|
|
A Walk Through Hell |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
A Walk Through Hell #1
June 24, 2018
|
|
The dread builds with every page and leaves the reader needing the next chapter immediately to resume breathing. The visuals firmly ground this tale in reality, making the events disturbing. I don't know where this is headed and I'm anxious for more, but nervous as to what I'll witness.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
A Walk Through Hell #2
July 26, 2018
|
|
This series takes a massive supernatural turn that has me hooked all the way to its conclusion. I have a million questions, but this book isn't answering them yet. All I know is, I have to keep reading to find out what the hell is going on. This Walk has me running back for more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Abe Sapien (2013) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Abe Sapien #3
June 6, 2013
|
|
“You do have some dinosaurs in your dinosaur park?” is a famous quote I could paraphrase for this issue and the previous two: “You do have some Abe Sapien in your Abe Sapien comic?” Very, very disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Abe Sapien #4
July 4, 2013
|
|
This is the Abe Sapien story I want. A deeper consideration of what's going on in the world, with only a taste of the true horror beyond our vision.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Abe Sapien #5
August 25, 2013
|
|
Must reading for fans of the Mignolaverse or those who enjoy end of the world yarns. Not an upper of a story by any means, but an incredible experience if you venture to it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Action Comics (2011) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Action Comics #9
May 9, 2012
|
|
Haven't tried one of the new Superman titles? This is where you want in. It ties into nothing else, but what you already know, and tweaks it in the most wonderful of ways.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #23.1
September 15, 2013
|
|
This is the book all other Villains Take Over titles must equal. Exceptional in every way, making one wish this take over would last forever. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Action Comics (2016) |
16 issues
show
|
|
|
Action Comics #958
June 28, 2016
|
|
A few concerns with the visuals keep this from being a perfect book, but the story is great. I'll continue to follow this series if it stays like this. Two Clark Kents and two Supermans against Doomsday equals chaos.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #959
July 15, 2016
|
|
This is fun, but could the Doomsday story be over and thetrulyoriginal content begin? This battle's deja vu is not improving over the original story. I'm much more interested in the “new” Clark, Super Lex, and Lois and Jon. Enjoyable, but I'm ready to move on.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #960
July 27, 2016
|
|
This is quickly becoming one of my favorite comics. It lives up to the title: Action. Not only action, but characters as well. I really enjoyed this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #961
August 13, 2016
|
|
Good action and emotion with solid visuals. This issue may be starting the reveal of the DC Universe's Rebirth. I'll absolutely be coming back in two weeks for more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #977
April 16, 2017
|
|
Superman's Rebirth origin is interesting, albeit a familiar one. The visuals on this book are incredible. A good entry point for those to want to begin the Man of Steel's adventures.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #978
April 30, 2017
|
|
This summary of the Man of Steel's timeline is a good primer for old and new fans. It goes beyond the history lesson by introducing a new team of villains that will make Superman's life miserable soon.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #987
September 17, 2017
|
|
The guessing is over, Mr. Oz is revealed and Superman's life will never be the same. The story is great, though doesn't rate a + because it's only the first chapter in “The Oz Effect.” Future issues will see if this upgrade is warranted in the story. The visuals are exceptionally strong, making Superman a god and his struggles colossal. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #988
September 30, 2017
|
|
A disappointing second installment that comes across as padded and visually inconsistent. This is not a way to impress old fans or create new ones. I'll continue to follow this story to see what truths are revealed about Oz and the Rebirth event, but this doesn't have me excited.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #989
October 14, 2017
|
|
A conversation, a confrontation, a meeting, and a seduction make this a highly enjoyable read. More questions than answers in this issue, but it's extremely entertaining. This Jor-El is quickly becoming one of Superman's most readable foes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #990
November 8, 2017
|
|
This continues to make itself one of the best Rebirth stories of the DC Universe. The story is engaging and the visuals are out of this world. You want this!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #991
November 12, 2017
|
|
The conclusion will make or break one's love of this issue, though the visuals are top notch. I was mildly disappointed in the ending, much like the recent “The Button” stories in Batman and The Flash. Much is teased, but not much is really revealed. I loved the visuals, but wanting something more solid with the story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #992
November 26, 2017
|
|
A fantastic follow up to “The Oz Effect” with Superman questioning his identity. Several supporting heroes help out, while Lois provides the never ending support he now needs. The visuals are incredibly realistic, making his quest very human. A perfect comic in every way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #993
December 17, 2017
|
|
Superman continues to inch forward to discover who or what is responsible for the universe's Rebirth. This is incredibly fun and having Booster Gold become involved will only increase a reader's delight. The visuals are great, with some terrific scenes of the book's co-star. A winner in every way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #994
January 6, 2018
|
|
Superman and Booster try to escape a past that never should have existed. The action is good, the drama heartbreaking, and the tease for next issue excellent. I wish that there had been only one artist and one inker for this issue, because there are pages that don't gel with the rest of the issue. That said, I need to have Booster Gold back in his monthly book after reading this!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #995
January 15, 2018
|
|
A good breather after the last two issues, focusing on some Booster Gold backstory. The action is good, the story is informative, and the visuals are outstanding. “Booster Shot” continues to be an engaging story of Superman's error in trying to see his past.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Action Comics #1000
April 21, 2018
|
|
A must-own book for any comic book fan. It wonderfully celebrates the past, present, and future of the greatest superhero of all time. I initially gawked at the cover price, but, having read it, I didn't pay enough.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aether & Empire |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Aether & Empire #1
April 17, 2016
|
|
Steampunk action in the skies that will please any who are willing to get aboard. This was a good introductory issue and has me looking forward to the next installment. All are to be congratulated for this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aether & Empire #2
May 22, 2016
|
|
This continues to be an excellent Steampunk adventure. The story is still in its early phases, setting up the characters and situations. There's not any action in this issue, but it's still an entertaining read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Alabaster #1 |
Aug 11, 2019
show
|
|
A fun adventure as a hero is confronted in a graveyard by supernatural enemies. The origin is solid, the action good, and the visuals clear enough to get across characters' emotions and movements. The religious aspects of this book perfectly match the character and her origin, with her reliance on the Bible essential. I would be more than willing to seeing what happens next to this hero.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Alien Legion: Uncivil War |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Alien Legion: Uncivil War #1
June 29, 2014
|
|
You haven't seen science fiction action until you've read Alien Legion. A fantastic, and long overdue, return to comics that should be read by everyone. Big thanks to all the creators and Titan Comics for bringing it back. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Alien vs. Predator: Fire and Stone #3 |
Dec 06, 2014
show
|
|
Evil is shown in many forms and all are amazing to watch.Recommended for fans of the filmsor those that like terror in space.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aliens: Defiance |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Aliens: Defiance #1
May 1, 2016
|
|
This is how to celebrate a 30th anniversary. This is beautifully frightening: a love letter to fans that will make their chests explode in joy. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aliens: Dust to Dust |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Aliens: Dust to Dust #1
May 13, 2018
|
|
A masterfully horrific tale of a boy on the wrong colony at the wrong time. Once it starts, the tension never lets up. Fans of the franchise will take note of telltale signs of future dangers, but even they can't expect every ghastly twist and turn in this tale of survival. The visuals are wonderfully cinematic, increasing the reader's heartbeat with each turn of the page. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens: Dust to Dust #2
July 13, 2018
|
|
Things go from bad to worse as a little boy tries to survive on a colony that's become infested. The story is tense with danger lurking in every panel and the visuals are outstanding as they create hopes and nightmares. If you enjoyed the films, you'll enjoy this original tale.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens: Dust to Dust #3
November 8, 2018
|
|
This is like reading a missing Aliens film. This is frantic, frightful, and absolutely fun. Maxon's creepy connection to the one armed alien is revealed and it's not going to have things ending well for anyone. The story is great and the visuals awesome. Why can't the sequels be as good as this? Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens: Dust to Dust #4
January 27, 2019
|
|
A terrific conclusion to a terrific series. Plenty of action and surprises, plus a believable justification for why these creatures are let loose. I would love to see all involved with this series return for a sequel, chronicling the further adventures of the survivors. Absolutely recommended reading!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aliens: Fire and Stone |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Aliens: Fire and Stone #1
September 28, 2014
|
|
This is the way I want anAliens comic to be: frantic, exciting, scary, and well illustrated. I'm also looking forward to seeinga new set of obstacles confront the humans chased by the xenomorphs. I don't recall having charactersin this type ofenvironment and situation in other books, so Dark Horse isgoing into new territory and I'm ready for the ride.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens: Fire and Stone #3
December 13, 2014
|
|
I say this in the best possible way: this is one bizarre science fiction horror. Aliens was alreadya creepy enough franchise, but with the black goo and the alien-human combinations, it's truly gone where no man has gone before. I am revolted and intrigued, and I cannot wait to see how this ends.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens: Fire and Stone #4
January 3, 2015
|
|
A scientist stranded on a rural world populated by xenomorphs gets into a fascinatingexploration of their origin which slowly becomes a life or death situation. Outstanding and recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aliens: Rescue |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Aliens: Rescue #1
August 18, 2019
|
|
This is a decent start to the series, though the heroes and title creatures are only in photos and one flashback. Wood is setting the stage for the action of the upcoming issues. The visuals are typical comic book fare: they look fine, but don't have the awesomeness of previous Alien comics. My hopes were higher than they should have been for this opening installment, but I'm still eager to see what happens next.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens: Rescue #2
September 28, 2019
|
|
The premise is now solidified and the title characters make a brief appearance. I'm hoping that the next issue has things go wrong, as they always do in this franchise. Alec is looking to be the star of this series more so than Amanda or Zula. Though who or what is the “rescue” of this series is still open. This was enjoyable, but now needs to go somewhere.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens: Rescue #3
November 5, 2019
|
|
Some neat reveals and a surprise turn by the xenomorphs make this a fun read. The story answers some questions from the previous series, as well as creating some new ones. The visuals are the best yet, with the colors adding to the dramatics. Even the letters are deserving of special praise for capturing the feel of the films. This is an Aliens comic working on every level. Definitely worth checking out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aliens: Resistance |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Aliens: Resistance #1
February 25, 2019
|
|
An exciting read set on Earth with a clear purpose for the pair of heroes. Their overall goal will not go as easy as they expect, I'm sure. The story doesn't require reading of the previous series and has some excellent non-alien antagonists in this outing. The visuals are unique among previous Alien stories and I like them. I'm on board to see what horrors Amanda and Zula encounter in space.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens: Resistance #2
March 3, 2019
|
|
The mystery thickens, while the intelligence of the heroes seems to lessen. Given the heroes' past exploits, I would think they'd be smarter in figuring out what the company was doing with the colonists, even if they're observing them from a distance. The visuals are really good. The art and the colors create a really strong sense of terror around every corner, in and outside the ships. I'm still on board for more of this series, but I'm hoping the leads are better than this one plot point.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens: Resistance #3
April 28, 2019
|
|
A new setting brings new terrors, but there's still not much not much alien action in this Aliens book. The opening sequence is fun, as is what's revealed, but this has been a really long tease to encountering the creatures. I did really enjoy the art, with the illustrations and colors creating some fantastic images. A lack of consistent sounds is also hurting this book, as every noise would put the reader on edge, as they did in the films. I liked this issue, but am finding myself impatient to get to see the draws of the title fully appear.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens: Resistance #4
May 11, 2019
|
|
A character joins the heroines and something really big and bad occurs. The first four pages give me the Alien horrors I've been waiting for and the latter half of the book finally has an all-out assault by the creatures. An enjoyable, quick read with visuals that are sharp.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aliens/Vampirella |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Aliens/Vampirella #1
September 3, 2015
|
|
This cross-over brings all the best elements of both series into a nightmare where only one can survive " and it probably won't be the reader. Excellent story and art that will put a smile on your facewhen you're not hurriedly turning the pages. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Aliens/Vampirella #6
February 16, 2016
|
|
An excellent conclusion for this excellent series. Great scares, great characters, and great visuals. You couldhear me in space screaming about how much fun this is.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
ALL FALL DOWN #1 |
Apr 18, 2015
show
|
|
I didn't enjoy the lead character and found the conclusion dissatisfying. I would pass on this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
All New Executive Assistant Iris #1 |
Oct 20, 2013
show
|
|
I'm so impressed that Aspen is releasing so many titles' first issues for only a dollar. It's a great way to get people, like me, to try out their line of books. That said, I'm glad I tried this, but I'm not coming back. The story didn't do anything for me and the art wasn't consistent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
All New Fathom #1 |
Aug 05, 2013
show
|
|
A sumptuous looking book with an interesting storyline beginning. I'll be back for more, to be sure!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
All-New Captain America (2014) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
All-New Captain America #1
November 28, 2014
|
|
A must read for any fan of comics. Spectacular story and art that will turn anyone into a giddy twelve year old. This is the way Marvel comics should be. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
All-New Soulfire #1 |
Nov 17, 2013
show
|
|
You don't need to sell your soul to get this first issue that's a steal for only $1! Once you buy this and read it, you'll be on fire, like I am, to get the next issue. Slick story and gorgeous art.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Alters |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Alters #5
March 24, 2017
|
|
The first arc wraps up quickly with Chalice truly belonging to a group. This is a typical super hero conclusion, but I enjoyed it and look forward to reading more adventures of Chalice and the other Alters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Alters #6
August 6, 2017
|
|
An accessible new story that has the hero growing and a possible new ally introduced. The visuals are beautiful and deserve attention, while the story looks to be addressing something avoided in American society.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Alters #7
October 14, 2017
|
|
Everything about this issue is well done, but it's the calm before the storm that literally breaks out on the last two pages. Some good character moments that are leading up to the confrontation that closes this issue out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Alters #8
December 10, 2017
|
|
A reluctant alter is forced to choose a side for those who have abilities. Everything about this series is terrific, with characters that are real and visuals that are beautiful. This is a series to follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Alters #9
January 14, 2018
|
|
Action, the strange, and a lot of heart make this a book you can't stop reading. The artwork stylishly creates reality and the bizarre existing side by side. I love the story. I love the visuals. I love this comic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Alters #10
March 21, 2018
|
|
A solid conclusion with a new Alter's painful transformation and Charlie making an important decision. I love this universe and hope that all the creators return to it soon enough.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Amazing Spider-Man #1 |
May 09, 2014
show
|
|
I would have preferred just to get the Main story, rather than all these teases for other books I'm not going to buy, and the inclusion (though I liked it) of Inhuman #1. Wouldn't it have been better to have a first issue at a competitive $2.99 with DC, than adding a buck? My grade would have been higher if Marvel's focus had been better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Angel (2019) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Angel #0
April 20, 2019
|
|
This story is a hit, but the visuals are a major misfire. I love the character's brooding nature, which is part of his charm, and his supporting cast is terrific. Unfortunately the title character is either illustrated roughly, like a hurried sketch, or shown half covered in shadow. This is a major detriment to the book. I'm on board to see where the story is going, but if the art remains the same, I won't be sticking around for long. Angel deserves better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel #1
May 31, 2019
|
|
This is a fantastic first issue that earns my highest possible rating. I was thrilled and practically moved to tears by the finale. Ye gods, if this is the way the series starts this is going to beat BOOM's Buffy series quickly! The characters are fantastic, the visuals awesome, and the letters perfection. This is a book to follow for thrills, chills, and tears.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel #2
June 28, 2019
|
|
Angel is a monstrous success. All the laughs, the scares, and feels are here. The mystery is great, the flashbacks interesting, and the terrors terrific. I love the addition of a familiar face in this issue and am on fire to see what's to be done with this character. The visuals are great, continuing the recognizable faces from the show and starting some new terrors with this series. If you've never partaken of Angel, this is the time to take a bite. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel #4
September 3, 2019
|
|
This Angel is heaven sent for the thrills it creates. A nice psychological outing for Angel as he battles a demon in another dimension, while Fred gets some information about what's going to be opening up, as well as what her immediate future may hold. This is sure to please old and new fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel #6
October 26, 2019
|
|
The Hellmouth and Angel take a back seat to Fred and Gunn on a mission. The characters are fantastic in their words and deeds. The visuals are beautiful, strong, and cool. This Angel continues to outshine the Buffy comic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 |
13 issues
show
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 #1
April 4, 2014
|
|
I'm so thankful that Dark Horse decided to continue this series. I love the previous “season” and fell in love with both characters all over again because of it. Gischler and Conrad make a fine addition to this team and I'll eagerly be awaiting each issue that comes out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 #16
July 2, 2015
|
|
Faith comes to the front, but she'd rather be in the back of the class during this caper. This is an excellent jumping in point for new readers and an enjoyable read for fervent fans, of which I consider myself a member.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 #23
February 8, 2016
|
|
Magic has literally come to Magic Town and Angel and Faith are not around. Things are building to a head in “A Tale of Two Families” and the reader is rewarded for continuing to follow this saga. Always a joy to read and always highly recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 #25
April 9, 2016
|
|
I'm standing and applauding everyone that contributed to this book. I got the characters, the action, and the visuals I wanted. This group made this series feel like home. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 |
19 issues
show
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #7
March 1, 2012
|
|
There's any easy way to tell when you've got a goodcomic:The conversations are as entertaining as any fight. There are some fisticuffs, but the dialogue is just as good. Add some outstanding visuals, and you've got a winner, like this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #8
April 10, 2012
|
|
This is the penultimate chapter in this story arc, so this is the final building issue. Next issue should be the payoff, and my expectations are high in resolving Faith and her poppa, and Drusilla's return!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #12
August 20, 2012
|
|
This had to be a comic, because it would be too expensive to put on television. This issue is proof that comic books are the perfect medium to continue popular franchises. This is good stuff!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #15
November 4, 2012
|
|
An okay issue, but one that could probably be skipped and it would have no effect on how one understands the overall plotline of the series. I guess no Faith equals no fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #16
December 5, 2012
|
|
I'm loving this book. Our heroes have gotten too comfortable with each other, so something, or someone, has got to come around and put them into their doubting phase, again. That's where we're at, and it's gonna be good!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #25
September 7, 2013
|
|
This series goes out excellently and I will buy any book by any of these creators. If they should reunite for a future series, nothing will stop me from buying it. This issue, like the ones before it, are gold. Everyone has created magic on this series. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 |
12 issues
show
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #1
January 24, 2017
|
|
Angel may have lost Faith, but he's gained Fred! This tale of ghosts has Angel and Fred going where no episode has gone before"but to find what? If the past is haunting Angel, there's no telling where this story can go, but I'm eager to see where. The story is intriguing and the art top notch. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #2
February 21, 2017
|
|
The past is frightening, surprising, and absolutely entertaining. This is must-read material for Angel fans. Those new to the characters will be equally surprised and shocked at what's revealed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #3
March 18, 2017
|
|
Lots of action and Illyria issues in this outing. Some potential allies may have been made, as well as changes for the future. Definitely worth checking out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #5
June 1, 2017
|
|
Angel's violent past is always a good source for stories and Bechko has crafted a terrific tale. Having Darla in the mix and the heroes trapped on a ship with the vampires creates wonderful tension. Silva's art captures the beauty of the time, as well as the more monstrous natures of the undead. This is a voyage worth taking. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #6
June 23, 2017
|
|
Crawling, biting, flying, exploding, slashing, and burning terrors make this Angel outstanding. Oh, yeah, there's also Darla and Angelus. Danger comes from every corner of this entertaining installment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #7
August 15, 2017
|
|
Fire, pirates, zombie crewmen, and an insect horde plague Angel and Fred on the high seas. Can they escape all these threats and the rising sun? Incredibly fun with visuals that capture the adventure and scares.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #8
August 30, 2017
|
|
Zombie pirates, death dealing insects, and time travel paradoxes with Angel and Fred right in the middle of it. This makes being dead look easy. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #9
October 1, 2017
|
|
Problems with time travel are voiced, just as the leads end up at a key moment in the past. The characters think things out and don't just react, which puts them far above typical comic book fare. I love how it's the characters that drive the story. The visuals are great, with the characters emoting exceptionally well. Outstanding for long time fans or those new to the Buffyverse.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #10
November 20, 2017
|
|
The hero considers changing the timeline, while another changes their relationship. Solid drama, terrific characters, good visuals, and a stunning conclusion in this installment. The concept of changing time is discussed well, but it's the ending that will leave fans screaming.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #11
November 26, 2017
|
|
A fun story is undone by sketchy visuals and overly dark colors. I can only shake my head and wonder what happened with this issue. This series — this team — has done strong work in the past. What happened here? This is the penultimate issue, so my hopes are high that next issue will end with strong visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Angel Season 11 #12
December 21, 2017
|
|
A disappointing conclusion that could have gone for another issue to properly wrap up the story for the characters, while the art is extremely rough. Really, really rough. This series started strong and ended on a low note. The visuals are such a detriment to this finale.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Animosity |
14 issues
show
|
|
|
Animosity #1
August 7, 2016
|
|
The premise, the characters, and the action have me hooked. As you read this book you'll be thankful the Wake hasn't happened…yet. My local comic book store sold out of Animosity #1 the day it was released. Diamond sold out the same day. Seriously, you need to find this book; it's that good. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #4
December 23, 2016
|
|
Making a protagonist have questionable motivations is an incredible way to put another spin on this excellent series. Woof!"This is good and very recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #5
February 18, 2017
|
|
An excellent entry point for new readers. Tensions continue to run high from threats within and outside the group. The visuals are wonderful throughout. This series is always a revelation in its characters and terrors.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #7
May 20, 2017
|
|
The best issue yet, and all have been excellent. There's resolution to a conflict, the fate of several characters revealed, and one character's past continues to become more ominous. This book should be on everyone's reading list. "Feeding Time" is a delicious chapter.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #8
July 13, 2017
|
|
A departure from the dangers of the new world, focusing on the animals' search for meaning in their lives. Sandor's secret is revealed and Jesse beautifully shares what it means to her. This comic continues to go where other books can't or won't. Outstanding.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #9
September 3, 2017
|
|
A swarm of new problems comes the heroes' way, leading to a reveal that could further complicate their situation. An engaging story, populated with outstanding characters, complimented by perfect visuals. A good entry point to the series and recommended reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #10
October 21, 2017
|
|
Tension is on every page as the search for a captured queen bee continues. Adding to the stress are several flashbacks to Jesse's mother. The visuals are aces, with close-ups and dark colors making every piece of text important. The conclusion will leave readers buzzing online until the next installment appears. A creepy read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #11
December 19, 2017
|
|
A must-read that creates wonders and thrills that will leave the reader buzzing in joy. Questions are posed, some are answered, and then things explode. A jewel of a comic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #12
February 4, 2018
|
|
This is the best book of the week and gets my highest possible recommendation. Mammals don't just have consciousness, bees do too and heaven help those that stand in their way. The story is riveting and the visuals outstanding. If you aren't reading Animosity, you're missing out on something wondrous.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #13
April 8, 2018
|
|
The bees and the humans have their final showdown with devastating results. Young Jesse is caught in the middle, while Sandor does his best to protect her. These characters are engaging and ever changing, one moment getting one's sympathies and the next casting incredible doubt on their natures. The visuals bring the animal world to life in beautiful and terrifying ways. Animosity is a roller coaster of a read that can't be missed. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #14
May 28, 2018
|
|
Sandor looks for Jesse, unaware that's she arrived in the worst possible place. Intense reading with characters to root for and visuals to thrill and shock. It doesn't get better than this, folks! This issue serves as a good jumping in point for this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #15
November 16, 2018
|
|
A supporting character's backstory is painfully revealed. This is a good entrance point for new readers, even with the dramatic conclusion. This shows how some people end up in certain situations and it's a reality check on human civilization. The visuals enhance the story wonderfully, making each tearful image chip at one's soul. A great issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #16
December 21, 2018
|
|
The truth is revealed about the Walled City and Kyle's visions lead to an unexpected terror. The story will hit you like The Handmaiden's Tale and the visuals ensure you grasp the horror. I loved every scene with Jesse and Kyle's tale was a fall into darkness. This is great in every possible way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity #17
January 6, 2019
|
|
A tremendous truth is told and Jesse confronts the headmistress. The story is tremendously rewarding for the payoffs for the character developments and where the arc of the story is now heading. The visuals are outstanding for what is shown, as well as not, with outstanding colors and lettering. Every element of this issue is outstanding. The fuse is lit with this issue and the boom looks to be next issue!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Animosity: Evolution |
8 issues
show
|
|
|
Animosity: Evolution #1
October 22, 2017
|
|
A great story that needed better visuals. I'll continue to follow this because I love the characters and universe, but I'm dreading the artwork. If one is looking for a world turned upside down, this is for you.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity: Evolution #2
November 26, 2017
|
|
A fantastic entry level issue that shows four sisters' entrance into the new animal-human world. The story is outstanding and the visuals perfect. This is the best book of the week. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity: Evolution #3
January 6, 2018
|
|
This story is frightening, funny, and opens up so many more possibilities in this Woken world. The art and colors manipulate the reader's emotions as well as the story. And the letters give the perfect voice to characters of all sizes. Animosity: Evolution is a perfect comic, it's that simple. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity: Evolution #4
February 23, 2018
|
|
What price is the progress of the new world? It upends communities, creates black markets, and makes the innocent jaded. Bennett makes this an absolute page turner and the visuals make the creatures personified without diminishing their natural appearances. Animosity: Evolution is a powerful and entertaining read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity: Evolution #5
April 17, 2018
|
|
To final line: A villain is revealed who makes a bold attack on Wintermute's creations. This issue is full of plenty of surprises that will fascinate, disgust, and sadden. Animosity: Evolution is always a WOW read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity: Evolution #6
July 12, 2018
|
|
The reader wants this society to succeed, but it's eating itself before it even starts. I don't know how this society can be saved. Can it? Should it? The scary thing is it's not too far from that of the modern world. Are we in the same state as the first words on Page 2? The drama never lets up and the visuals do not disappoint. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity: Evolution #8
December 13, 2018
|
|
Big changes in this issue and a big introduction. The story continues to sizzle in this series, but the art becomes too simplistic to have this book equal its predecessors. I'm still a fan, but I've got to have better art in this book to continue purchasing it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity: Evolution #9
February 13, 2019
|
|
This is a character's final issue and it's stunning. I never thought the book was headed in this direction, I never thought I would ever see this happen, and I never thought it would move me so much. It's brilliant. Every element of this book makes it an emotional powerhouse. What an incredible culmination of only eleven issues. But the survivors have to go on, but to what? I'm terrified to read the next issue, but I can't look away. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Animosity: The Rise |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Animosity: The Rise #1
February 5, 2017
|
|
A shocking story that will have readers being extra nice to every animal they meet. Excellent, creepy story with visuals that will make you jump. Recommended, if you can handle it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity: The Rise #2
July 16, 2017
|
|
The new world order is beginning to stumble and one human has an opportunity for change. An absorbing story that shows it's difficult to lead and follow after The Wake. A reader can root for the animals and the humans, but it appears that soon they'll be fighting each other and among themselves.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Animosity: The Rise #3
September 11, 2017
|
|
This series ends with a dramatic choice and a technological twist. The constant tension and startling visuals will sink its claws into you and never let go. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Apocalypse Al #2 |
Mar 07, 2014
show
|
|
This is a supernatural roller coaster ride that contains equal thrills and laughs. It's hard to be funny on the edge of the Apocalypse, butthis book shows easy it can be.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aquaman #1 |
Jul 05, 2016
show
|
|
I haven't followed an Aquaman comic since the 1986 limited series that had the radical costume redo. This book has definitely inspired me to follow this series. Great story and characters paired with spectacular artwork.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aquaman: Rebirth #1 |
Jun 26, 2016
show
|
|
I haven't read an Aquaman book in a few decades. This encourages me to continue to read his exploits. I'm in.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Archie Vs Sharknado #1 |
Jul 22, 2015
show
|
|
If this is wrong, I don't want to feel right. Unbelievably fun with outstanding visuals. Ian Ziering, watch your back, 'cause Archie Andrews is in your wheelhouse.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Archie vs. Predator |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Archie vs. Predator II |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Archie vs. Predator II #1
July 26, 2019
|
|
A major misfire as the humor is lost in realistic visuals and colors that are too dark. If one doesn't have a lot of knowledge of recent Archie titles this could also impede one's enjoyment. I really wanted to like this series — I LOVED the first one, but the realism of the visuals is killing the joy. I might return for another issue, but my expectations are considerably lowered.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Archie vs. Predator II #2
September 21, 2019
|
|
This will probably be my last issue for this series. It's not as funny as the previous series and the visuals are an absolute detriment to the reading experience. Maybe my hopes were too high. Regardless, this is a messy looking book, where the covers outshine the interiors. I would suggest perusing before purchasing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Army of Darkness Vol. 3 |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Army Of Darkness Vs. Hack/Slash |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Army Of Darkness Vs. Hack/Slash #1
July 25, 2013
|
|
When two characters team up for a miniseries one always wonders if it'll be any good. After reading this book, I know it's not good–it's awesome! Gore, guffaws and epic action is to be found in this tale from Seeley, Leister, Badilla, and Dillon. You have no soul for a deadite to swallow if you don't buy this book and love it! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Army Of Darkness Vs. Hack/Slash #6
March 9, 2014
|
|
Without question, this is the greatest horror team-up of all time. Will appeal to Ash, Hack, and horror fans, plus anyone that wants a fantastic adventure. Not to be missed for any reason. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Army of Darkness/Xena: Warrior Princess #3 |
Dec 16, 2016
show
|
|
All "The power"the passion"the danger" one could want, plus an idiot with a chainsaw for a hand. How could this not be successful?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Artifact One |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Artifact One #1
October 14, 2018
|
|
I was taken by the visuals and surprised by the story's turn. This is a wonderful science fiction tale with elements of fantasy that will delight and surprise and readers. I'm so glad I picked this book up and I cannot wait to see where the creators are headed with this character. More please! If you're looking for something different, give this a try!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Artifact One #2
November 17, 2018
|
|
Working in secret, Remi finds another clue about the true origins of her people, as well as a new threat. I love that Remi is smart, continuing to search for the truth while keeping herself fairly hidden from others. The final three pages increase the questions she and the reader will have. The visuals are great, wonderfully merging the familiar with the unreal. This book is a gem.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Artifact One #3
December 22, 2018
|
|
Artifact One is a wonderful mystery in an unknown land. The reader learns along with protagonist Remi, immediately pulling them tightly into the story. The visuals create the familiar and the new in gorgeous design and colors. This is a book I look forward to every month. I want a book that takes me someplace I've never been before and this delivers the goods. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Artifact One #4
March 22, 2019
|
|
A good stopping point, but not a conclusion for this saga. Characters seem to be rushed to get to their final destinations, though the ending is a triumph. I loved the artwork, which has created a wonderfully unique look for this world. Had the coloring not been so dark it would have been more enjoyable to see. The letters are also visually arresting, done in a font that emphasizes the difference between the races. I enjoyed this series quite a bit and I hope that Aspen doesn't take too long to continue Remi's saga.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ash and the Army of Darkness |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Ash and the Army of Darkness #1
November 22, 2013
|
|
If I could go back in time, I'd do everything in my power to forget I ever looked at this book. A wonderfully running series has been rebirthed as a visual travesty. Just avoid this book!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ash and the Army of Darkness #2
December 29, 2013
|
|
No specific editor is stated on this book's inside front cover and I can understand why. This is the worst Dynamite comic I have ever read and I'm amazed it ever got published. It's destroying my love for this character and the movie. Avoid this at all costs.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Atomic Robo Presents: Real Science Adventures |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Atomic Robo: Savage Sword of Dr. Dinosaur |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Atomic Robo: Savage Sword of Dr. Dinosaur #2
August 18, 2013
|
|
Red 5 Comics' mission statement is “Comics that are fun.” This book isn't just fun–It's gorgeous, hilarious, somewhat scientific, and something that will make you smile. Who needs angst when fun like this can be had? Highly recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Atomic Robo: The Dawn of a New Era |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Atomic Robo: The Dawn of a New Era #1
January 14, 2019
|
|
Though Atomic Robo has been around for some time, this is the perfect jumping in point for new readers. All the characters are smoothly introduced and several story threads begun. The visuals are unique and entirely engrossing. The same can also be said of the colors and letters. This is the perfect comic book and if you're not reading this you're missing out on one of the most wonderful books created. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Atomic Robo: The Dawn of a New Era #3
March 10, 2019
|
|
A kidnapping underground, vampires, and a past threat returns to cause trouble for the Action Scientists! This story is fanciful, scary, fun, and full of so much heart. I love these characters and their interactions with one another only increase my love of them.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Atomic Robo: The Dawn of a New Era #5
May 11, 2019
|
|
A character is formally introduced to the team creating the “New Era” for this series. This is a quiet issue, featuring characters' reactions to Alan's creation and unveiling. There are sweet and angry reactions, but all are honest for each individual. Several plot threads are left dangling for future outings, and that's fine. A change of pace for any series is good, and this story was very enjoyable. I would recommend this or any other Atomic Robo series to anyone seeking science fiction fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Atomic Robo: The Knights of the Golden Circle |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Avengers #25 |
May 05, 2012
show
|
|
The clouds parted, the sun arose, the birds sang, and on the seventh day this comic appeared for us all to enjoy! Yeah, I liked it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Avengers (2016) |
16 issues
show
|
|
|
Avengers #675
January 15, 2018
|
|
The story throws the reader into the story will no build, which was exciting, but also causes confusion with the bloated cast. Thankfully, the cast shrinks considerably, allowing an easier time for readers in future installments. The visuals are the highpoint of this issue, which dazzle in every panel. I've not read an Avengers comic in decades, so I'm looking at this story as my re-entry to the series. There are many promises begun in this issue that I hope to see delivered.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #676
January 22, 2018
|
|
The story is moving at a deliberate pace, but the visuals remain staggeringly lush. I'm going to continue to follow, but I'd like to see more of the story revealed and some interaction between the heroes and the villains. Voyager is a very interesting character.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #677
January 27, 2018
|
|
This book justifies the use of the word “epic”. Wow! With characterization this good, action this excellent, and visuals this good one cannot help but squeal in joy knowing there's another issue out next week. This is outstanding fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #678
February 3, 2018
|
|
You want heroes? You want awesome action? You want incredible antagonists? You want fast action? You want visuals to die for? You want Avengers No Surrender! This is reigniting my love of Marvel's characters and is spurring me to check out other titles. This is a gateway comic, to be sure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #679
February 10, 2018
|
|
The origin of the Challenger is necessary, but more Avenger moments would have been appreciated. The visuals look great, even with a change of artists. This series continues to impress.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #680
February 18, 2018
|
|
The focus returns to the heroes with Rogue on the offense. The story gives every character a moment and the visuals continue to give this tale an epic look. This is what a team book should be like in comics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #681
March 3, 2018
|
|
This story is officially in full swing, with the heroes learning why the battles are occurring, while they're battling the many antagonists. This story and its visuals are as strong as the classic Marvel tales of my youth. What a gift to Marvel fans, old and new.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #682
March 21, 2018
|
|
Love the focus on Red Wolf and Hawkeye, while an iconic character finally rises. The story continues to move smoothly, the action is high, the characterization is well done, and the visuals are exciting. This what Marvel Comics are famous for. If you haven't read a Marvel series in a while, this is where your rejoin the fold.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #683
March 23, 2018
|
|
A final attempt is made to save Jarvis and a revelation shocks the heroes. The story continues in fine format, but the artist and coloring changes stumble occasionally. This is very readable, just not at the same caliber as previous issues.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #684
March 24, 2018
|
|
The Incredible Hulk is back and everyone better get out of his way! The opening ten pages create much sympathy for Banner, but the visuals are lackluster. Much better are the final two-thirds of the book where the Hulk is set on a task and the Avengers are in his way. The story is good and the art is excellent. A mixed bag, but one worth checking out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #685
April 2, 2018
|
|
A Hulk-smashing successful issue, with several strong surprises. There are several memorable moments as it's Avengers versus the Green Goliath. One moment is a shocker. Great character moments, outstanding fights, and good art make this a winner from the House of Ideas.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #686
April 15, 2018
|
|
Some solid moments, but all elements of the visuals mar the story. I'm still enjoying No Surrender, but better visuals would have had me reveling in the issue like the previous installment. Still, I'm on board to see how this plays out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #687
April 21, 2018
|
|
In a collection this might be more entertaining, but looked at on its own, this issue of exposition reveals information that the reader already knows. Unless something is teased that becomes a major plot point in later issues, this could be skipped and not much missed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #688
April 28, 2018
|
|
Things begin to wind up as the story winds down. One Avenger is on a quest, another makes a life changing decision, and the final page gives the fans what they want. The visuals are off occasionally, but work for the most part. A transition issue that introduces the last threat of this saga.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #689
April 28, 2018
|
|
Perfect payoff. This is how to end an epic! The heroes are brave and smart, the villains tremendous. The story gives you all you could want and more. And the art is to die for. This works brilliantly. And there's a coda in the next issue? Wow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #690
April 28, 2018
|
|
Nice, but nothing memorable as the messes are cleaned up. Characters go their separate ways until called again and villainy takes a breather before causing more havoc. Was this necessary. No. Was it readable. Yes. But the last issue was the place to stop this story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Avengers (2018) |
14 issues
show
|
|
|
Avengers #2
May 20, 2018
|
|
The first strike is made against the Final Host of Celestials, while two former friends battle. Very enjoyable read with the story split in two locations. No Black Panther or Doctor Strange sadly in this installment, so I'm hoping for more of them in two weeks. The visuals are good, going from big to epic equally. This is perfect Marvel reading for all ages.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #3
June 23, 2018
|
|
A talky issue, but a fun one. The volume of dialogue is necessary to prep the rest of this storyline which will have plenty of action from Aaron, I'm sure. The visuals are great, with some great work on the characters and the colors glorious throughout. A solid building issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #4
July 15, 2018
|
|
Thor and She-Hulk search for a weapon to defeat the Celestials, while other characters are in their own unique dangers. Great action and suspense as the mystery of the ancient Celestials continues to be revealed. The visuals are worthy of this epic tale. An excellent super hero book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #5
July 27, 2018
|
|
Revelations, actions, and surprises combined with strong visuals make this a Marvel book to follow. The new history of Earth and the cliffhanger are reason enough to pick up this issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #6
September 6, 2018
|
|
The concluding chapter in this saga is a bit of cheat with something important missing and the art not as clear as in previous installments. Still, there's fun to be had in the dialogue and there are some effective panels. I just expected better for such a great build.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #7
September 9, 2018
|
|
This book is absolutely perfect. The story, art, colors, and letters are all at the highest possible caliber, delivering a must-read, must-own story for every comic fan. This is fun, thrilling, and incredible to look upon. This is why comic books continue to be published. This earns my highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #8
October 14, 2018
|
|
A decent transition issue as the team relaxes and shows off their new headquarters to the reader. Several new plot threads are introduced, relationships strengthened and weakened, while the new baddie appears on the final page. Nothing too exciting, but plenty of information is given and teased.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #9
November 23, 2018
|
|
This is not a Namor to mess with. He's angry, he's stronger, and he's not going to tolerate anyone in his oceans. A fantastic relaunch of the character showing what he's capable of. Giving him his own version of the Avengers is a terrific twist. The visuals on this are great, with Namor looking like a god. I'm eager to see where this is heading!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #10
December 23, 2018
|
|
This is everything you could want in a super hero team book: outstanding story, plenty of action, fun lines, teases of what's to come, and epic visuals. The $5.99 price tag is definitely worth it for all that you get. My hat's off to Marvel for making such a fun book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #11
February 13, 2019
|
|
A great story that features no villains, though the visuals could have been tighter. I'm really liking what Aaron is doing with the characters and how T'Challa is reaching out to other characters. I liked seeing Coulson back in action, though what he did or why he did it, I have no clue. The visuals run from great to better than average. I wish that one artist was responsible for this series' artwork and that the credits properly stated who is responsible for what. Even with all this grousing, I'll be back to see what happens next because I really like the characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #12
February 15, 2019
|
|
A key issue to have as this introduces the ground crew for the main Avengers. It's wonderful to see these characters, again, and how they interact with others. The visuals continue to be strong to better than average, due to there continuing to be more than one artist and inker on this book. If the visuals were more consistent, my grade would be higher. I'm enjoying the story immensely, I just wish the visuals were better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #13
March 19, 2019
|
|
This is another reason that Jason Aaron's needs to be writing the adventures of the Avengers 1,000,000 B.C. I am now a fan of this Iron Fist and would love to see more of her in another book or series. The visuals are incredible, with the art and colors breathtaking. The letters are good, though the lack of sounds does diminish their joy. Marvel, why isn't Aaron doing Avengers' stories set in the distant past? This is recommended reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers #14
March 21, 2019
|
|
The Vampire Civil War has begun and it's outstanding! There's plenty of action with the team paired off in different locales fighting all sorts of bloodsuckers. One hero undergoes a transformation that's going to cause problems as the heroes continue to fight the fangers. The visuals are killer, with the characters, their actions, and the settings superb. This is a team book to find before the sun goes down! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers: Halloween Special #1
November 19, 2018
|
|
A decent collection of what are essentially What If? Halloween tales. Some are better written, illustrated, and colored than others, but that's always the case with a collection of short stories. There's sure to be something in this for every Marvel fan, with the final two being ones that could support their own limited series. An okay read, albeit an expensive one.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Avengers Academy #29 |
May 09, 2012
show
|
|
I'm suffering, of late, from a major Marvel overdose due to all of these crossovers, but I really enjoyed this book. It had a welcome sense of humor I haven't encountered in any of the other crossovers so far, fresh faces I don't know, and an outstanding sense of pacing introducing the characters that didn't seem forced. This is a Marvel book I would consider following monthly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Avengers Vs. X-Men |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Avengers Vs. X-Men #1
April 5, 2012
|
|
Is this worth your money? It's 36 pages on glossy paper that explodes in colors and characters. And the story, though it's only the first issue, is setting things up nicely. I'd gladly pay this much for a book with this many pages with this story and art. Will I continue to buy this series? Well…Okay, Marvel, I was in only for the Walt Simonson Avengers issues. This got me interested enough to see what else is going to happen: I'm going to buy all the cross-over issues as well. Well played, Marvel. Well played. You've got me buying your books again.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Avengers: No Road Home |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Avengers: No Road Home #1
February 23, 2019
|
|
Not perfect, but a fun start. The heroes are introduced and a problem established that goes beyond Earth. The art is suitable, but there's not many opportunities for it to wow the reader, and when it does it misses the mark. The characters are familiar and enjoyable, so I'll be back for more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers: No Road Home #2
March 2, 2019
|
|
An excellent action issue that introduces new villains and has one character traumatically changed. I enjoyed the Voyager flashback, Challenger's appearances, seeing the Avengers in action, and that conclusion is outstanding! The visuals are great in this chapter, with every blow massive and every tear in flesh felt by the reader. This is exactly how the Avengers should be shown! Marvel is making magic with this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers: No Road Home #3
March 6, 2019
|
|
The team is split with three dealing with a classic villain and the others carrying an unsuspecting traitor. I was thrilled to see who the big bad was and he's fantastic. The cosmic locale is interesting and I'm hoping to see more of it and the character encountered there. The visuals are fine, though there are some loosely rendered images that lessen the book. The colors, however, are stunning, with some wildly entertaining choices in a quirky setting. This series continues to be enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers: No Road Home #4
March 9, 2019
|
|
Primarily backstory on the baddie, though the scenes in the present have decent action. I enjoyed learning why the villain and her spawn are disposed to cause trouble, but I do wish there had been more fighting in the present. The visuals are exceptional, leaving me wanting to see more from the artist and colorist. This was an enjoyable comic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers: No Road Home #5
March 16, 2019
|
|
Important artifacts are introduced, there's plenty of action, and several surprises, including someone entering the Marvel Universe. There are several terrific scenes for many heroes, with many deserving applause. The art looks good, with the Nightmare scenes awesome. The colors are are great, with Wanda's scenes the best. Letters add to the intensity of the visuals, with several strong yells and sounds. This is a winning book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers: No Road Home #6
March 23, 2019
|
|
I'm really on the fence about Conan being in an Avengers tale. This was okay, because he was only around Wanda. I'm really apprehensive about his further appearances in this series. That aside, this follows the typical Conan comic book plot: seek a treasure, fight a monster, encounter minions, interrupt a ritual, and battle the giant monster that appears. This is as typical as Conan stories get, just with an Avenger in tow. The visuals are good, but this is a dip in storytelling. Been there, done that — decades ago.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Avengers: No Road Home #7
March 30, 2019
|
|
A fun issue with lots of action, while the Hulk continues to scheme. I was happy with the action in the Hyborian Age and look forward to seeing more of the Avengers and Conan in action together. I was worried a long relationship between the Howard hero and the superheroes would be clumsy, but it most definitely was not. This is an enjoyable superhero outing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
AVX: VS #1 |
Apr 27, 2012
show
|
|
|
|
|
B.P.R.D. |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: 1948 #3
December 29, 2012
|
|
This is the middle issue of this series so I can expect a pause of some kind before the storm, and I'm hoping to see that next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: 1948 #4
January 20, 2013
|
|
Anna's going to die, I'm predicting. Anders, too. He's seen too much and she doesn't believe. Both are reasons for their deaths. We'll find out next issue!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth |
45 issues
show
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #114
December 23, 2013
|
|
I don't know how this will resonate with first time readers, but for those who've been following Liz's journey for a few years, Christmas came a week early. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #115
January 19, 2014
|
|
This is great! Finally, the team is a team and they're going into action in a major setting. Allie's right, we've had the build up and now we're in. If you've never read a B.P.R.D. story before you could jump in here and be fine"or at least until some beast jumps out!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #117
March 24, 2014
|
|
This is shaping up to the be the most important Mignolaverse story in years. The world is at stake, so why wouldn't it be? You could try looking for a better book, but, to quote a character in this issue, "You won't." Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #119
May 25, 2014
|
|
Wow. This was "Hell On Earth." How do you top this? And where does the B.P.R.D. go from here? I poured over each page for every detail and will see this series through until the bitter end, and it's getting very bitter.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #123
October 8, 2014
|
|
This closes out a two part story, but this could have gone on much longer and been just as good. Monsters battle on a ruined Japan and readers get to watch it play out in perfect style. A fun read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #124
October 19, 2014
|
|
If you're curious about the B.P.R.D., this is the issue to try. It contains every bit ofbizarre horror the world is encountering, while showing how normal people have tocope. An excellent read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #131
June 6, 2015
|
|
This is a disturbing issue because it questions amajor character's motives.Honest moral horrors are always the most frightening. I'm leaving this issue with theworst possible question: Now what? Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #1
August 14, 2017
|
|
The characters are beginning to converge for the fate of humanity after its greatest threat has been thwarted. This is not going to end well for several individuals. The story is gripping and the visuals create an unrelenting air of hopelessness. A compelling read for those that have been following the exploits of the B.P.R.D.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #6
May 24, 2018
|
|
I'm happy Hellboy is back, but I'm worried what further hells he's going to endure. Every page keeps me anxiously turning pages, trying to prepare for the next horror, while the visuals have me unable to look away. A tense read, but one worth taking. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #7
July 7, 2018
|
|
Varvara gathers her army with one member of the B.P.R.D. terrifying the inhuman horde. I'm loving the pace, the slow reveals, the shocks, the actions, and the visuals of this book. The exorcism scene is incredible, yet the quiet demeanor of Hellboy is just as riveting. Both sides have devils, but which is more powerful? Out-flippin'-standing!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #8
July 14, 2018
|
|
The heroes learn the history of their adversary as they inch closer to a final showdown. The story is terrifically tense and the visuals are real and terrifying. I couldn't turn the pages fast enough and was always worried something terrible would happen to someone I cared for. A fantastic book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #9
September 8, 2018
|
|
The heroes are now in New York and they're hit with flying hellions. Great characters try to survive death of all kinds in this great issue. The visuals are excellent, making anything thrown at the heroes believable. The march to the end has begun in earnest.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #10
September 16, 2018
|
|
My highest possible recommendation for the week goes to this book for the drama, energy, and horrors it creates. I don't know how anyone can survive what's to come. What I do know is that I'll be sweating each day until the next issue arrives.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #11
December 19, 2018
|
|
A child's turn to demon is shown and Rasputin's return heralds the end of the world. Or does it? A very cool origin story with the beginning of the ending truly starting make this story one that a reader fervently speeds through. Even with the world beginning its last gasp, the deaths of two characters will hit fans hard. The visuals are, as always, tremendous, with an origin looking believable and creating tears, while the destruction in the present will bring a reader to their knees. This is a WOW! issue in a WOW! series. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #12
February 11, 2019
|
|
Each chapter of this series ratchets up the tension as the end looms closer. The story is fantastic and the visuals superb. I'm grateful for the insertion of hope in this issue, because without that, why bother? The apocalypse has never been so entertaining.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #13
February 18, 2019
|
|
This is the final build to the climax and it's unsettling and heroic. The reader can feel the hope and despair of the characters and they face their fears. I was shocked and warmed by the story, while the visuals made each horror visceral. You have to read this book before the end arrives. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #14
March 23, 2019
|
|
Let me use a word I've often employed in reviewing the previous issues: WOW. This battle of gods for the future of Earth lived up to the twenty-five years of hype. I am saddened and upset, yet this is the ending that was always eluded to. Why wouldn't it be like this? However, the word “No” has never held such promise. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: The Devil You Know #15
April 27, 2019
|
|
This hit me hard. I've been following Hellboy since the beginning. Knowing a character — a series — you've followed for so long is ending is a dreadful thing. I weep for the billions of innocents killed in this closing, but every lead character fulfilled their destiny and always fought for what's right. Even dead, Hellboy took a swing at injustice one last time. Even after reading this book for a fourth time to write this review, this continues to be an emotional ending: sad, happy, surprising…But most of all, satisfying. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: Vampire |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
B.P.R.D.: Vampire #4
July 2, 2013
|
|
What's left? Seriously. I have no clue as to what can happen in the final issue. Things are pretty much wrapped up, but I'm seeing this through to the end!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Babyteeth #1 |
Jun 10, 2017
show
|
|
This horrific tale is undercut by some disappointing visuals. I really wanted to like this, but the art was not for me. I'll go one more issue, but if it looks the same I'm out
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Backways |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Backways #1
December 22, 2017
|
|
The roads less traveled are the paths that must be followed in this magical creeper of a series. A great premise explodes into a world of possibilities for Anna Merrick to find her friend Sylvia. The visuals are great, capturing the beauty and horrors of magic wonderfully. You'll be looking over your shoulder and watching each step once you enter Backways.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Backways #2
January 28, 2018
|
|
The title location is explored and explained, with trouble coming from a giant sized youngster. A mesmerizing story with brilliant visuals make this a can't miss experience. Recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Bad Reception |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Bad Reception #1
October 5, 2019
|
|
The message is clear: trouble is coming. The stage is set, the characters are introduced, the setting established, and the antagonist violently teased. The premise is incredibly topical and the visuals are striking for their design and colors. If you think there's nothing new in comics, you need to make a connection with this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Bad Reception #2
October 27, 2019
|
|
The cast is introduced so the terror can begin. This issue has a very Agatha Christie feel as the guests and newlyweds converse, revealing their personalities. The visuals are terrific, with the first killing striking. Enjoyable, but I'm hoping for more action in the next installment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Baltimore |
14 issues
show
|
|
|
Baltimore: Empty Graves #1
April 12, 2016
|
|
Who will next be the recipient of an empty grave? There's only way to find out: pick up this book. Creepy, classic horror that festers under your skin long after you've finished. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Baltimore: Empty Graves #5
August 8, 2016
|
|
Things go horribly wrong for the heroes and the saga has never been more enjoyable. A major character finally appears, while another falls. Some characters feel they've made the right decision, while another feels very differently. Just like life, only time will tell if the right decision was made. The right decision a reader could make is to pick this up. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Baltimore: The Cult Of The Red King #3
July 6, 2015
|
|
The tension of this book can fill a room because each turn of the page could reveal some unknown horror capable of killing all. Forget pins and needles, I'm on daggers reading this book because of the tension. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Baltimore: The Cult Of The Red King #4
August 9, 2015
|
|
I've loved the previous issues and I love this one. A discovery has been made on one continent, while others on another are surrounded by possessed hordes. Supernatural perfection. One of my favorite titles whose ending I'm already mourning. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Baltimore: The Red Kingdom #1
February 7, 2017
|
|
If the terrors of this first issue are only precursors of what's to come, this is going to be an epic series. The Red King is taking more than his pound of flesh and only Baltimore and his allies can stop him. Perfect reading for fans of the supernatural. Once you start, you won't be able to stop. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Batgirl (2011) |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Batgirl Annual #3
August 4, 2015
|
|
The Batwoman pages were so different from the rest of this book it lowered my grade. Everything else is tops, but those six pages are just glaringly in the wrong book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batgirl #36
November 27, 2014
|
|
This deservesall the hype it's gotten. This is a newBatgirl for the 21st century, yet she's the same strong Barbara fans grew up with. I'll follow this team on this book for as long as they're on it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batgirl #37
December 23, 2014
|
|
This book just makes me feel good. It's contemporary, but has Batgirl as I remember her acting when I was young. There's no camp or dark Batman-like despair, but fun heroics as a young hero rights wrongs. It makes me feel good to read. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batgirl #44
September 30, 2015
|
|
Extremely fun to read, balancing action with relationships. If only the coloring had been more consistent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batgirl #46
December 19, 2015
|
|
An excellent issue and a good jumping in place for new readers. Come for the action, stay for the characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batgirl #50
April 9, 2016
|
|
This should be the model on how to do a fiftieth issue. A sensational story featuring all the famous and infamous faces that have made their way through this book, and visuals that are strong.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Batgirl and the Birds of Prey: Rebirth #1 |
Jul 28, 2016
show
|
|
An interesting opening that has me wanting to see what's next with this trio. I like how the Huntress is meeting Batgirl and Canary for the first time. I just want the visuals to be a little better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Batman #37 |
Dec 24, 2014
show
|
|
This would have been much better had the final pages been deleted or placed in another book. One story is great, the other not so much.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Batman (2016) |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Batman #1
June 29, 2016
|
|
I own every issue of Batman from Issue #196 through #529. Nothing since then has swayed me to pick this series up again on a regular basis, until now. My god, this is Batman as he should be. This has made me fall in love with Batman all over again. More, please. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman #5
August 18, 2016
|
|
I haven't felt this way reading a Batman story in years. The power, the drama, the definition of what Batman is, the visuals…They all are outstanding. DC, this Rebirth has been more than successful.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman #22
May 6, 2017
|
|
A pointless story with strong art makes this one of Rebirth's most mixed issues. This installment could be skipped and nothing lost. Very, very disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman #24
June 9, 2017
|
|
I stopped picking up this title after the first six issues of its Rebirth because the stories weren't grabbing me. The final page of this story was leaked online a few days before its issuance, yet I wanted to pick it up to see if it was any good. This exceeded all my expectations and has me now following this title for as long as this story line continues. This was fantastic. Highest possible recommendation of the week.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman #25
June 22, 2017
|
|
A great start to the villains' war, but nothing more on the proposal that ended last issue. I enjoyed this, but felt somewhat cheated. I'll continue to read, though I'm more interested in Selina's response and its aftereffects than a flashback tale.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman #26
July 8, 2017
|
|
A visual feast as the story continues to build to war. Enjoyable, but two back-to-back issues of story building has me expecting a major confrontation among the villains. My grade could change based on how this saga concludes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman #28
August 12, 2017
|
|
The visuals are stronger than the story, which finally has a bit of the war for the reader to see. I'm interested where this is going, but has me thinking of Ian Malcolm from Jurassic Park, “Now, eventually your do plan to have dinosaurs on your, on your dinosaur tour, right?” I'm still waiting for the war.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman #29
August 30, 2017
|
|
Undeniably readable, but is this going anywhere? This continues to be the most peaceful war I've ever read in a comic book series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman #30
September 10, 2017
|
|
Readable, but not memorable. Definitely an interlude in the larger tale of war between Joker and Riddler. The visuals are fine, but the story leaves one shrugging their shoulders in the necessity of such a tale.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman #37
December 23, 2017
|
|
A flawless issue that one gives to others to hook them into becoming comic book fans. A quiet tale where all four characters reveal things about themselves is riveting reading. The visuals are gorgeous in every possible way. This gets my vote for the best issue of Batman of the year. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman #50
July 6, 2018
|
|
The story is milked and expanded by unnecessary slash pages that interrupt this predictable tale. This issue confirms that I shouldn't be reading Batman by King. Jann's art is wonderful, but the splash pages are hit and miss. This was a disappointing story with good to average art. A disappointing anniversary issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Batman / The Shadow |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Batman / The Shadow #1
May 4, 2017
|
|
Run, don't walk, to get this. A fantastic story where the World's Greatest Detective lives up to his nickname and the Shadow creates some extraordinary fear in the Dark Knight. The visuals are sumptuous and flawless. A masterful book in every possible way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman / The Shadow #2
May 27, 2017
|
|
Just as strong as the first issue, you need to run out and get this. It is wonderfully faithful to both heroes, with both in a race to find a killer. An intense story with stunning visuals. Absolutely recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman / The Shadow #3
June 30, 2017
|
|
This is well on its way to being the miniseries of the year. The teaming of Batman and the Shadow is perfect, with this story and the art epic. This is comic book gold.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman / The Shadow #5
August 27, 2017
|
|
I'm feeling safe in saying, even with one issue to go, this is the best miniseries of 2017. The story is fantastic and the visuals incredible. Both heroes compliment each other, while the villains enhance the evil of the other. I will be purchasing this when it's collected, and if it's not released as a hardcover it would be a crime.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman / The Shadow #6
October 1, 2017
|
|
A fantastic conclusion to a fantastic series. Each hero faces a choice that could radically change them, but would stop the villains forever. Superior story and art makes this one of the best team-ups in some time. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Batman and Robin #0 |
Sep 20, 2012
show
|
|
|
|
|
Batman: Kings of Fear |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Batman: Kings of Fear #1
August 25, 2018
|
|
Absolutely recommended for fans of the Dark Knight! Batman versus the Joker and a slew of villains illustrated by the incredible Kelley Jones. Every illustration is like a dive off the deep end into adventure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman: Kings of Fear #2
October 13, 2018
|
|
The visuals make this a must-own for Batman fans. Watching the caped crusader in action is impressive as he truly emerges from the darkness to stop thugs on the street. When his costumed antagonists appear each is a horror in his or her own right. This book is a winner and will please any fan of comics or superheroes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman: Kings of Fear #3
November 23, 2018
|
|
A slim story that depends on the visuals to sell books. I can't disagree with how good this issue looks, but I don't see how this develops the overall plot. This is a book you look at and don't read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman: Kings of Fear #4
December 22, 2018
|
|
The journey into what drives the Batman is a beautiful and sad telling. The story finally gets into the Dark Knight's soul and answers some important questions. James Gordon gets some neat action sequences and the citizens and criminals get some space to react to an iconic item. The visuals are exceptional in this issue, with them showing a lot of humor and a lot of horrors, including personal failings. If you haven't read the first three issues, you could pick this up and not be lost. Seriously, this is a book that every Batman fan should read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman: Kings of Fear #5
December 30, 2018
|
|
This is a must-read, must-own Batman book. The story is fantastic and the visuals are to die for. I've read Batman comics for years and I've not seen Batman's psyche so focused on with such mind blowing artwork. Seriously, this is the Batman to get. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Batman: Kings of Fear #6
February 17, 2019
|
|
A fantastic conclusion to a great series. The visuals are the reason to pick this up, but my hat's off to writer Peterson for having such a perfectly executed conclusion for the characters and the reader. This was a fun series and I will repurchase it once it comes out in hardcover. This is a great series to give to non-comic readers to hook them.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Batman: Rebirth #1 |
Jun 01, 2016
show
|
|
Entertaining, but not a “Wow” book. This is setting things in place for the monthly adventures, obviously, but if the visuals are this dark because of the colors I won't be purchasing them.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Batman: The Dark Knight #23.1 |
Sep 15, 2013
show
|
|
|
|
|
Battlestar Galactica: Starbuck |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Battlestar Galactica: Starbuck #1
December 28, 2013
|
|
I was very reticent in reviewing this book because of my indifference to Starbuck and Galactica in general. Boy, was I wrong! This is a great entry point for the uninitiated or those with vague memories of the show. I fell in love with the story and the art and eagerly await the next installment. If you're a fan of the series this can only be the best love letter you'll ever get.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Battlestar Galactica: The Death Of Apollo #2 |
Jan 19, 2015
show
|
|
This makes me want to watch the television series. It sparked so many memories and created some new ones. Worth the cubits it costs!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Batwoman #1 |
Mar 18, 2017
show
|
|
An outstanding beginning that will have me returning for the next installment. The story sets the premise quickly and smoothly, while the visuals are top of the line. I hope this team remains on this series for a long time. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Beasts of Burden |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Beasts of Burden: The Presence Of Others #1
May 5, 2019
|
|
An excellent entry point to the supernatural adventures and thrills of the four legged protectors of Burden Hill. The characters are fun, the horror strong, and the visuals wonderfully detailed and damning. You haven't experienced horror until you follow the Beasts. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Beasts of Burden: The Presence Of Others #2
June 21, 2019
|
|
This is a masterpiece of morality and horror. Even a reader missed the first issue (and shame on you if you have!) would be swept away by this book. I was constantly wowed as I read from the shocks in the story and the chilling visuals. This is the book you give readers to make them fans of this series. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Beasts of Burden: Wise Dogs and Eldritch Men #1
October 26, 2018
|
|
It's no burden to fall for every beast in this book, be they protagonist or antagonist. The scares are great, the drama outstanding, and the visuals superior. This is perfect reading for fans of horror who think they've read it all. Treat yourself and open this book and marvel at the four legged heroes who battle the supernatural. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Beasts of Burden: Wise Dogs and Eldritch Men #3
December 24, 2018
|
|
A major plot twist has the dogs in jeopardy, with one on her own. The story is great, with clues provided before a major reveal, rewarding careful readers. The visuals create the beautiful and the ghastly equally well. You'll never look at a dog the same way after reading this book, that's for sure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Beasts of Burden: Wise Dogs and Eldritch Men #4
February 16, 2019
|
|
This series was my introduction to these characters and now I have to find all of their previous exploits. The story is thrilling, magical, and creepy, and the visuals are gorgeous for the reality they create and frightening for the horrors brought to life. This is an excellent series for fans of horror. Definitely recommended reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Before Watchmen: Comedian #1 |
Jun 29, 2012
show
|
|
I learned nothing about the origin of this character. I went on a trip that seemed to go against the previously shown nature of this character. I just did not like this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Before Watchmen: Minutemen |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Before Watchmen: Minutemen #2
July 13, 2012
|
|
I enjoyed it while I was reading it, but when I was done and thought about it, I hoped each issue wouldn't tear at my soul. I don't want to pay $16 more dollars for that experience. Is Cooke treating the reader like the Hooded Justice?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Before Watchmen: Nite Owl |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Before Watchmen: Ozymandias |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Before Watchmen: Rorschach #1 |
Sep 12, 2012
show
|
|
If you thought this character was intense in Watchmen, you ain't seen nothing yet! Powerful, moving and mature. This is must read comics!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre #2
September 12, 2012
|
|
This is my favorite Before Watchmen book. Action and innocence done believably. It doesn't have the taint of doom hanging over it that some of the other B.W. books have. And, again, I see Edgar nominations in this book's future. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Belle: Beast Hunter |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Belle: Beast Hunter #1
January 20, 2018
|
|
A new hero has arrived and she's fantastic! The story is brisk, filled with plenty of action, fun lines, and threads of future plots, and the visuals are detailed and exciting. This is how you launch a book. Yeah, Zenescope, you've got me hooked.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Belle: Beast Hunter #2
February 23, 2018
|
|
The character is interesting, the monster killing is great, and the visuals are exceptional. What are you waiting for? Get this! One of the best books put out by Zenescope, it features a new character, so this is the perfect place to jump on. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Belle: Beast Hunter #3
May 28, 2018
|
|
Some serious monster battling in this issue as Belle fights an underwater foe on her own turf. Fun story with plenty of action and wonderfully detailed art makes this a winner. Belle continues to be one of Zenescope's better new characters and titles.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Belle: Beast Hunter #4
September 8, 2018
|
|
The monster hunting continues, but becomes personal for Belle. The story and art are very believable and the action is perfect for those craving some largeness in their comics. I'm looking forward to seeing what happens next issue!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Betrothed #1 |
Mar 17, 2018
show
|
|
Romeo and Juliet gets some genre spin with visuals that occasionally stumble. I like the premise, but the visuals are too mixed to enjoy. I'll eyeball the next issue and if the art looks improved, I'll pick it up. If it looks the same, this will be my only issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Big Trouble In Little China |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Big Trouble In Little China #1
June 5, 2014
|
|
If you loved the movie, here's the sequel you never got. Brace yourself, because the things that are whispered and dreamed about have returnedand they're looking for trouble. But with Jack Burton back in town, there's going to be big trouble in Little China, again.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Birds Of Prey #0 |
Sep 25, 2012
show
|
|
|
|
|
Black Canary (2015) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Black Cat (2019) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Black Cat #1
June 9, 2019
|
|
I haven't been this fired up by a hero book from Marvel Comics in a long time. The stories are fun and thrilling, the characters honor their past iterations while charting new paths, the visuals are phenomenal, the colors vivid, and the letters just flat out cool. This is a book you can give to anyone to get them hooked into comics, let alone, this series. This is comic book perfection! Thank you, Marvel! Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Black Cat #2
July 14, 2019
|
|
This is the best hero book published by Marvel, but she's not really a hero, is she? I love the personalities of all the characters, with Felicia just being so awesome. The artwork is to die for, with every page a wonder in characters and settings. The colors are gorgeous, increasing the tension and directing the eye perfectly. This is a book one can only hope goes on eternally with these creators. Make Mine Black Cat! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Black Eyed Kids #1 |
Apr 25, 2016
show
|
|
Things could completely turn around next issue, but looked at on its own this is shrug inducing reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Blue Beetle #0 |
Sep 25, 2012
show
|
|
|
|
|
Books of Magic #1 |
Oct 28, 2018
show
|
|
This series cannot expect to last long with visuals like this for new readers or stories that fail to do anything original for veteran fans. This pushes all the buttons one would expect of a secretive teenage magic user in modern day England. It will have to do something completely different from J.K. Rowling's blockbuster to come out of its shadows. It will also have to have much better visuals. I'll go one more issue, Vertigo, but my hopes are not high after this reboot.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Brilliant Trash #1 |
Nov 18, 2017
show
|
|
I have no clue what's going on, but I want more. Reading this book is like falling down a rabbit hole where you try to make sense of something and when you're close to understanding something new confronts you and you have to start over. The visuals are great in every way, but I wish I knew what the heck was happening. That said, I'm solidly on board for the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Brothers Dracul |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Brothers Dracul #1
May 25, 2018
|
|
An excellent beginning to a creepy story that seeks to explain Vlad's later infamy. The characters are interesting, the action cool, and the visuals fantastic. Thank you, AfterShock Comics for this series! Another feather in your cap!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Brothers Dracul #2
June 19, 2018
|
|
The brothers battle the vampir and learn their fates. Good action and suspense, with even the quiet moments being powerful. The art captures the horrors of the monsters well and capture the discomfort of not being in control of one's future. An excellent read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Brothers Dracul #3
July 2, 2018
|
|
The character relationships are starting to strain as the vampir threat increases. The characters are great, the visuals beautiful and horrific, and the cliffhanger has a greater threat emerging from the darkness. This is a winning team of creators making a delightfully dark tale. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Brothers Dracul #4
August 21, 2018
|
|
Vlad has crossed a line and will no longer do any man's bidding. Unfortunately he's willing to sacrifice anyone to get what he wants. The story is tense, with the scenes involving humans rivaling the intensity of the creatures. The visuals are great, with plenty of horrific imagery and ghastly gorgeous colors. This is a delightfully dark book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Brothers Dracul #5
September 2, 2018
|
|
Bunn and Colak have created a sensational saga of brothers fighting horrors. The story delivers all the thrills and screams one would want, as well as several excellent surprises. The visuals wonderfully capture the time period and have believable characters going through absolute hell. This should be in every horror fan's library. The only way to improve this book is to continue this saga. AfterShock?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Bubba Ho-Tep and the Cosmic Blood-Suckers #1 |
Jun 10, 2018
show
|
|
This had the perfect foundation to build upon and it fails in every possible way. The humor is flat, the art terrible, the colors hit and miss, and the lettering a disappointment. Save your money and buy a copy of Bubba Ho-Tep. You'll be much more satisfied. A major disappointment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer (2019) |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer #1
January 26, 2019
|
|
An enjoyable first issue that's a fine introduction for new fans that maintains enough familiar elements to please faithful followers. It will take a while for me to get used to the changes in the story, but this was fun. The visuals are good, with the majority of characters resembling their television personas and the action being solid.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer #2
March 4, 2019
|
|
Character development throughout, with several changes to shake up veteran fans, but little action. I enjoyed this, but didn't love this. I need to see some more Slayer action. There's also a lot characters being thrown at the reader right away, with teases of what they are capable of. The visuals are good, with my favorite character still not looking like herself. I want more, but my expectations aren't high.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer #3
March 16, 2019
|
|
I'm liking the artwork, but am not feeling the joy from much else. The story seems to be rushing characters into familiar niches and the colors and letters aren't strong enough. I'm a huge Buffy fan and will see this introductory arc through to the end, but this rebooting from BOOM! could be my only foray following this new Slayer.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer #4
April 28, 2019
|
|
This is the best issue of the series yet, due to one character getting some solid focus. In fact, this issue is entirely character driven with no slaying whatsoever. I liked how uncomfortable Buffy was in trying to be social and the Scoobie on the final seven pages is spectacular. The visuals remain strong, though I don't like the stylized blur used by Mora. The dialogue font is also very limp looking. These are really minor nicks, because this an enjoyable issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer #5
June 7, 2019
|
|
A change in artists for this issue hurts worse than a vampire's kiss. The story is neat for having one of the Scoobies in trouble, but the villains are so different from the way they've been portrayed in the past they come off as poor substitutes. The new artist in this issue is not consistent with this characters, especially on Willow, and the blurred images for speed look horrible. The colors are also really dim, making the art lessen further. And I continue to find the dialogue font to be practically unreadable. I did not like this issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer #6
July 6, 2019
|
|
If the characters don't look good and the dialogue too difficult to read, this book should not be purchased or read. I'm walking away from this title because of the subpar visuals. This is a shame because the story has become interesting; I'm still not thrilled with some of the changes from the television series, but with this issue I got on board with the majority of them. This is the first Buffy book I've dropped in twelve years. In just two issues Angel is a much stronger looking series and I'll continue with that. When Buffy looks better, I hope to come back. Looking at her like this mars every outing that's come before.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 |
25 issues
show
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #1
March 24, 2014
|
|
A new team continues the excellence begun in the previous “seasons.” Mandated reading for anyone who hungers to see their favorite shows continue after cancelation. Never read a Buffy book before? Here's your opportunity to jump in and hold on for the ride of your life! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #4
June 20, 2014
|
|
This is such a faithful addition to the Buffy canon, it makes me weep. All "continuations" from long gone series should be this good. If you're not a Buffy fan, get on board, and join the drama and insanity. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #21
November 26, 2015
|
|
A treaty is formed, but at the cost of a relationship. Reading this book is like watching friends get stabbed — I can't stand it, but I can't stop reading! Enjoyable, engaging, and horrifically addictive. Once I pick this up, I can't put it down. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #22
December 24, 2015
|
|
You know you're reading something special when the conversations can be as intense as any slaying. These characters continue to live amazing lives beyond the television series. Every contributor is at the top of their game. Highest possible recommendation of the week.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #23
January 24, 2016
|
|
Andrew Wells becomes a question mark in this strong character driven tale. Why can't other comics have such strong characters where their lives matter more than the fights? Highest possible recommendation of the week.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #25
March 25, 2016
|
|
Everything has changed by the end of this issue, but not the quality. Just when my heart can't take any more, the story moves in a different, surprising direction. You cannot beat the drama of this book. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #27
May 21, 2016
|
|
Drama everywhere involving everyone. Several character are hitting their lowest points of this season, and things can only get worse with D'Hoffryn in possession of the book. Grab some tissues: This one is going to hit you hard!Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 11 |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 11 #1
November 23, 2016
|
|
This is an excellent introduction to and continuation of the Slayer's adventures. Accessible to new readers and faithful to its followers, every contributor has brought their A game. The quality of this series continues to rise above the competition. Highest possible recommendation. Overall grade: A+
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 11 #2
December 21, 2016
|
|
Some things can be more frightening than the supernatural, such as the steps a government takes. The government and the supernatural are heading for a showdown and Buffy Summers is right in the middle. I want more, but I'm worried where it will take the characters I love.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 11 #4
February 16, 2017
|
|
Be wary of a Slayer in a cage and be afraid of missing out on this tale. Riveting reading that surrounds the heroine and her friends with those that want to kill them. Tense, dramatic, romantic, and packed with supernatural thrills. It's impossible not to be drawn into this tale. Highest possible recommendation of the week.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 11 #7
May 24, 2017
|
|
This reads like a stake through the heart for emotional punch. This is going to take some time to recover from. I haven't seen the heroes this down in a long time. If you think things couldn't get worse for the heroes, they just got worse. Beautifully heartbreaking! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 11 #8
June 19, 2017
|
|
Buffy and Willow have been prepared for any foe, except being powerless. Outstanding story as the two question their worth in the world sans abilities. The visuals continue to be superior, with one image being the most savage panel in the Slayer's history. The Slayer is down, but not out as Faith arrives for the fray. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 11 #10
August 30, 2017
|
|
Much happens, with the heroes making their way to the series' final obstacle. The story comes off a bit rushed, but there's still much to enjoy, with some odd things discovered and one character getting a very new perspective.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Buffy The Vampire Slayer Season 11: Giles |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Buffy The Vampire Slayer Season 11: Giles #1
March 6, 2018
|
|
Teenage Giles is investigating vampires at a charter school and encounters a threat much larger. The premise is set out in this issue, so I'm ready to see where this is going to go next. The visuals are fine, though the style is something that's going to require me getting used to on the lead. The horror's back in high school, with Giles stuck growing up and protecting his classmates.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 12: The Reckoning |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 12: The Reckoning #1
June 24, 2018
|
|
The Scoobies have reunited to stop time traveling bads from changing the past to rule the future. There's plenty of action, several surprises, and the dialogue between the characters outstanding. The art is also top notch, with characters resembling their actor counterparts and being superb during the massive fight. A must-read for fans of the Slayer.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 12: The Reckoning #3
August 29, 2018
|
|
Final farewells before the final battle leads to the final issue of Buffy Summers's saga. The drama is heavy as every character gets a moment. They are all great. The conflict is entertaining, punctuated by several interesting conversations. The visuals are strong, especially when the battle gets going. This is one to keep fans in suspense until the final curtain call.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 12: The Reckoning #4
September 24, 2018
|
|
I would have preferred this been a longer series, because the fights are very quick and two characters' conclusions are too rapid. However, Joss got to end this way he wanted and that made me happy. The final battle's conclusion is clever and cool and made me happy. The final page also made me happy. This series made me happy. Best of luck in the future, Slayer. Hope to see you and Scoobies again. I'm really going to miss new adventures of the Slayer and her friends.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9 |
19 issues
show
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9 #6
February 10, 2012
|
|
I didn't get into Buffy until it had long gone off the air. I bought a complete series collection and ate up each DVD. I am so glad that the series continues in comic format under its original creator's reigns. You should find out if all the hype on Buffy is true and try this book, because it is!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Spike |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Spike #5
January 27, 2013
|
|
I paid the money, I took the ride, and I regreted it. This is the last issue of this series as Spike moves back into the main continuity. This entire series, from the premise to the talented used, was way off. Dark Horse has got a long way to go to match the level of IDW's Spike tales. Compared to every other published Dark Horse Buffy book, this is the weakest produced. Very, very disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Willow - Wonderland |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer/Angel: Hellmouth #1 |
Oct 19, 2019
show
|
|
A solid start with several changes to the classic television adventures. The meeting that occurs is good, but is hard to see at times due to the coloring. I like the art, though the two leads look nothing like the actors that played them. I'm open to more of this series, but it's not knocking my socks off.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Bunny vs. Monkey #1 |
Jan 09, 2016
show
|
|
I don't care what the intended age is, this is fun for anyone! This will make the youngsters laugh with the physical humor and make the adults laugh with humor inspired by classic cartoons. It reminds me very much of Lela Dowling's work on The Weasel Patrol from way back in 1987 in the comic book Fusion. After a few pages you'll be unable to stop reading. Jamie Smart is a genius! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
By Blood Alone #1 |
Nov 30, 2014
show
|
|
My favorite book so far in the series. Civil war created and fought by opposing sides of the Legion is incredibly engaging. I couldn't put this down once I started.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Captain America #1 |
Jul 06, 2018
show
|
|
The last time I read Captain America, which was also a first issue, Sam Wilson was the title character. Captain America realizes the country has lost its way, while trouble is growing in Russia. The story hits all the right Cap moments: Hydra agents, fighting baddies, Sharon Carter, and the government not trusting him. The art is very realistic, though I'm hoping things become more fanciful with the characters and the colors. A solid first issue that will have me returning for more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Captain America: Living Legend #1 |
Oct 06, 2013
show
|
|
This is the first Captain America comic I've purchased in about thirty years. I wanted to see Cap in his prime, and I didn't get that. I got too little of the title character, but the visuals were good. I won't be returning to this title based on what I got, and I'm too cheap to shell out $3.99 on a gamble.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Captain Atom #0 |
Sep 25, 2012
show
|
|
|
|
|
Captain Marvel #1 |
Mar 16, 2014
show
|
|
I'll look at the next issue before I pick it up. But if it's primarily a flashback or has visuals as dismal as this, I'm out. Time to pull out those issues from the 1970s to cleanse myself of this reading experience.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Catwad #1 |
Feb 28, 2019
show
|
|
This will make the intended audience laugh, as well as younger readers fascinated by the visuals and the older sneak a guilty peek at a children's book, resulting in chuckles, laughter, howls, giggles, and titters. However, I can't be entirely positive with this review: 128 pages isn't enough to please readers, because I want more. This book will passed about to create delirious laughter in all who are lucky enough to read it. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Catwoman (2011) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Catwoman #41
June 16, 2015
|
|
This isn't a Catwoman comic, it's a mobster comic, and I felt I was taken. I was bored and lost with the story. I'll skim the next issue before purchasing it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Catwoman #43
August 16, 2015
|
|
Three issues is more than enough time to sample a series and I'm out. I'd like more than two pagesof Catwoman in a book titled Catwoman, and I'm absolutely bored with gangster politics. I love the art but just don't care about any aspect ofthis story. Sorry, DC.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Catwoman #1 |
Jul 13, 2018
show
|
|
I won't be back to this Catwoman. The story is okay, but the villain outshines the title character who isn't in costume enough. The visuals were the real black eye for me, with realism making things too difficult to see. If I can't see the art clearly, I might as well save my money and buy a novel.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Centipede #1 |
Jul 15, 2017
show
|
|
The story is building too slowly, but the visuals are engaging in this premiere issue. An unnecessary flashback interrupts the proceedings and it takes a while to get some insect action, though I'm liking the visuals, which remind me of a comic from the early 1980s. I'll be back for the second issue, but I've got to get some more bug action.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Chaos #1 |
May 07, 2014
show
|
|
The sign of a good series is if it compels you to want the next installment immediately and seek out earlier issues of these characters. Mission accomplished on both fronts. Fun reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Chappie #1 |
Mar 08, 2015
show
|
|
An A-level idea done with D-level choices. I couldn't sit through this again, even to laugh at it. I'm now officially worried about Blomkamp's upcomingAlien movie.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Charismagic (2013) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Charismagic #1
May 29, 2013
|
|
For only $1 how could I not give this book a try? A fun groundwork laying issue with cool art. I'll be back next month, even at full price.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Chastity #1 |
Jul 12, 2014
show
|
|
This is the origin of a quickly rising character. You better strap yourselves in, it's going to be a bumpy read. Ferocious fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Chastity (2019) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Chastity #1
September 15, 2019
|
|
This is a great introduction to this character for new readers and an excellent way to reacquaint her fans with what she's capable of. Chastity Jack has got some great lines, an awesome personality, and she doesn't like being played a fool. The visuals show off her abilities and gives her and the other characters some great reactions. I enjoyed this enough to want to continue picking up. I have no idea where this will go and that's what makes this entertaining.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Chastity #2
October 20, 2019
|
|
Once Chastity goes into action you won't forget her. The story is smart and full of action. The visuals are excellent, with Chastity being beautiful and deadly. If you didn't pick up the previous issue, it's not a problem. Jump in here and enjoy the red ride. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Cinderella: Serial Killer Princess |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Cleopatra In Space-Boo #4 |
Jun 27, 2017
show
|
|
A fun, action filled story with beautiful visuals make this an absolute winner. Perfect reading for reluctant readers and those who look to the stars. I can't wait for the next adventure. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Clive Barker's Nightbreed #1 |
May 31, 2014
show
|
|
A wonderfulbook that had me longing to watch the film as soon as I was done reading it. This is perfect for fans of the film and an outstanding introduction to those not familiar with Barker's characters. This shows incredible promise and I am thrilled that this team produced such an outstanding comic. I will be following this book religiously–or blasphemously–whichever keeps it published. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Clone |
16 issues
show
|
|
|
Clone #1
November 25, 2012
|
|
Don't bother trying to shut your open mouth, it'll stay that way even after you've finished. What are you waiting for? It'sIssue #1, you start here!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Clone #4
February 17, 2013
|
|
This is the best new series I've read in months and you had better buy it while it's still on the shelves. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Clone #8
July 2, 2013
|
|
I'm feeling pretty safe in saying this book will have a perfectletter grade this year, based on previous issues and this one.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Clone #9
August 18, 2013
|
|
Again and again, month after month, this book proves to be an exceptional experience. One not to miss.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Clone #10
September 18, 2013
|
|
This is a snowball of a book that gets bigger, faster, and louder with each issue. My hat's off to this creative team. Hands down, the best monthly on the shelves. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Clone #12
December 15, 2013
|
|
No fillers, no duds. This is the best new series of the year. Every issue is gold. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Clone #15
March 7, 2014
|
|
This continues to be the best monthly series on the stands. You're missing out if you're not following this. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Clone #17
June 5, 2014
|
|
Another outstanding chapter, and a good jumping inspot for new readers. This series continues to be the most consistent book on the market.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Clone #20
September 21, 2014
|
|
This is the book you should be reading. The drama is always high and the payoff huge. Even if you haven't been following this series, the final three pages will haunt you. Get this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Cold War (2018) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Cold War #1
February 17, 2018
|
|
The only downside to this book is that it's only twenty-two pages long. This book is amazing. A simple premise that becomes a furious battle in a questionable landscape against questionable foes. The protagonist is terrific and the visuals are epic. This book is a jewel in futuristic warfare. Cold War is unbelievably hot! Highest possible recommendation of the week.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Cold War #2
April 14, 2018
|
|
The strongest reason to read this book is you will not know what's around the next corner: some robotic monstrosity trying to kill the heroes or a memory that will bring them to their knees. The visuals are also insane with antagonists constructed by an unknown dark god, heroes bathed in ebony darting through a city, and colors that create shocks and horrors. This Cold War isn't hell, it's heaven.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Cold War #3
May 20, 2018
|
|
A super trippy tale whose scope constantly grows in a savage scale. Recommended for lovers of dystopias, war stories, sci-fi, or edgy visuals. This book is just awesome.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Conan / Red Sonja |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Conan / Red Sonja #1
January 16, 2015
|
|
The Gods are smiling down on readers for allowing them tohave this ancient tale. So fun, so well written, so gorgeous. By Crom, this is good! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Conan / Red Sonja #3
March 28, 2015
|
|
This is a stark dip in quality from the first issue. What began as an excellent saga has regressed to a clich 1970s heroteam up. Very disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Conan: The Slayer |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Conan: The Slayer #1
July 13, 2016
|
|
This book deserves its title: Conan is a slayer, and Crom help you if you get in his way. A strong story with fierce imagery. Long may this Conan make his way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Constantine (2013) |
8 issues
show
|
|
|
Constantine #1
March 23, 2013
|
|
This book looks good, but didn't do anything for me story-wise. I'm not going to buy any further issues and will just keep myself content by reading my old Hellblazers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Constantine #2
April 29, 2013
|
|
I'm still trying to get used to a non-Sting looking Constantine, but this book is the right direction to help me overcome it. Hooray for the anti-hero!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Constantine #5
August 18, 2013
|
|
This issue justifies my dislike for the Trinity War storyline. Good visuals, but an unnecessary interlude in a great storyline.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Constantine, Episode 1 "Non Est Asylum" #1 |
Oct 25, 2014
show
|
|
I've been on fire for this series since its announcement, and Iloved the acting, but felt a let down by the story, which suffered from being twenty years too late. I need this show to distance itself from elements thatother shows and films have done well, eventhough the character was doing such things over twenty years ago.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Constantine: The Hellblazer |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Constantine: The Hellblazer #4
September 21, 2015
|
|
I'm not going to follow this series any more with this art team. I can't followa book that has a mature storyline that is aping the style so blatantly of another book. Utterly disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Convergence |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Convergence #5
May 9, 2015
|
|
This was the best issue so far, with one character picking up a fallen hero's identity, while several characters meet their fates. The multiverses are finally converging.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Convergence #8
May 30, 2015
|
|
Outside of having various characters meet up, when all is said and done, there is no reason for this series to have everhappened. I liked seeing the characters, but the wrap up to every disaster is too quick and clean.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Action Comics #2 |
Jun 02, 2015
show
|
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Blue Beetle #2 |
Jun 02, 2015
show
|
|
A terrific read for Charlton heroes and the characters of the 30th century. This is one worth tracking down.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Catwoman #2 |
May 19, 2015
show
|
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Green Lantern/Parallax #2 |
May 19, 2015
show
|
|
A well drawn three character conflict that ends with a solid surprise. I felt twenty years younger reading this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Shazam #1 |
May 26, 2015
show
|
|
This is the best Convergence tie-in, better than the actual series itself. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Speed Force #2 |
May 19, 2015
show
|
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Superboy |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Superboy & The Legion of Super-Heroes |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Supergirl - Matrix #1 |
Apr 21, 2015
show
|
|
This completely caught me by surprise. It's funny, beautiful, and upbeat. When does a comic ever go there, and does so successfully? Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Superman #2 |
May 09, 2015
show
|
|
|
|
|
Convergence: Superman: Man of Steel #1 |
Apr 20, 2015
show
|
|
|
|
|
Convergence: The Adventures of Superman |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Crimson Lotus |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Crimson Lotus #1
December 24, 2018
|
|
A frightening opening leads to a mystery in China's Russian quarter. Solid scares, great action, with fantastic visuals make this a book to pick up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Crimson Lotus #2
January 31, 2019
|
|
Sensational spy action paired with supernatural shocks. This is brilliant. The intrigue is thrilling, the action awesome, and the scares are unforgettable. It doesn't get better than this. Book passage on the Crimson Lotus express!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Crimson Lotus #3
March 19, 2019
|
|
The Crimson Lotus reveals herself to the heroes and destruction lies in her wake. The action is great, the intelligence of the leads is displayed, the visuals are awesome, the colors increase the tone, and the letters accentuate every panel. This book is amazing! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Crimson Lotus #4
March 31, 2019
|
|
The true mission is revealed, but does the Crimson Lotus know? Outstanding action and magic combine to create a slam-bang tale of spies and sorcerers battling over a supernatural object. I love the characters and the visuals are wonderful. If this doesn't become a monthly series, it would be a crime. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Crimson Lotus #5
May 15, 2019
|
|
This can not end here! This needs to be another miniseries — Heck, a monthly series! I want everyone involved with this book back for more. The story is epic, the action stellar, and the characters fantastic. The visuals capture the gallantry and the dangers of spies and magic in China. I can't get enough and I need more. Dark Horse, please, make this happen! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Cryptocracy #1 |
Jul 04, 2016
show
|
|
A must read for fans of conspiracy theories and science fiction. A solid injection of humor keeps the story from getting overly serious and the visuals are absolutely sumptuous. The perfect blend of action, humor, and conspiracy. Highly enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Cyborg #2 |
Aug 29, 2015
show
|
|
A good read, but still a building block issue. I'm impatient and want to see some super heroics in my super-hero book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Damian: Son of Batman #1 |
Nov 04, 2013
show
|
|
A good start with an okay story that has terrificvisuals, but I'm not going to continue to but it. $3.99 for a limited series is too much for me. Sorry DC, but you've priced this book beyond my wallet's means.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Damsels: Mermaids |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Danger Girl: The Chase #1 |
Sep 08, 2013
show
|
|
|
|
|
Danger Girl: Trinity |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Danger Girl: Trinity #1
April 28, 2013
|
|
This was my introduction to these characters and I enjoyed it. This book is filling my Indiana Jones void nicely in action and tone, plus the ladies aren't hard on the eyes. A whole lot of fun that I'll continue to buy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dark Age #1 |
Aug 22, 2019
show
|
|
You'll be missing out on something wonderful if you don't add this to your pull list. The story starts small and goes epic quickly. The story possibilities are endless for this premise. The characters are engaging, with the protagonists smart and cool and the antagonists monsters. The visuals are excellent; I love the design of the characters and the settings are awesome. The colors are bright and perfect. The lettering adds to the excitement in action scenes. This is a perfect comic book. Congratulations to all involved. I'll take as many issues of The Dark Age as you can make, Red 5. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dark Ark |
12 issues
show
|
|
|
Dark Ark #1
September 23, 2017
|
|
A deliriously delicious dark tale of untold truths. Putting this many creatures in such a confined space will have disastrous implications before forty days and forty nights come to a close. Recommended reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark #6
May 7, 2018
|
|
This is a beautifully blasphemous book that will have you cheering for the nightmares that are trying to avoid the wrath of God. The story is epic, surprising, and devilishly good fun. The visuals are a match to the scope of the story, making man and monster impressive. One's horror collection is not complete unlessDark Ark is on their shelf.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark #7
June 17, 2018
|
|
The focus shifts to a pair of young humans as the monsters' barge continues its terrible trip. With the humans at the center of this issue, the reader will have to consider if man is worth saving if such horrible extremes exist. The visuals are great in setting a scene and showing hopes and horrors, while the colors are expressionist explosions upon each page.Dark Ark is a “must-read” for fans of horror and monsters. Deliciously deviant.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark #8
July 15, 2018
|
|
Shrae has already made a deal with the devil, now he tries to deal with another. The introduction and justification for this new antagonist is excellent. The best compliment that can be given a writer is I have no idea how the protagonist can get out of the corner he's been painted into. Bunn has created a foe for all humans to fear more immediately than the wrath of God. The visuals by Doe are also outstanding, showing monsters of all shapes and sizes with dazzling color work. This book should be required reading for horror enthusiasts.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark #9
September 7, 2018
|
|
Dark Ark'svoyage maybe coming to a close as a creature wants to kill its captain. The story is great, with a scream worthy moment and plenty of threatening creatures. The visuals are also impressive, with humans and monsters colliding and colors that increase the drama and thrills. This Dark Ark is perfect, if one is expecting to see Hell protect its own.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark #10
November 22, 2018
|
|
Many big payoffs in this issue as the Dark Ark tries to stay afloat. I love how daughter Khalee is a fully developed character who might be the death of her father and how some of the monsters are more humane than those aboard the ship. The visuals are amazing, full of horrors and humanity. I still believe that this series can't end well for anyone, though the final panel assumes it might. A must read for fans of horror.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark #11
December 9, 2018
|
|
What do you need? A sign from above? This is the horror you're looking for. Monster and man have new blood, but both look to be damned as the voyage inches closer to its dark end. Great story and visuals make monsters truly terrible. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark #12
December 27, 2018
|
|
God's punishment on man has ended, but for those upon the Dark Ark the hell is only beginning. A killer story with scheming characters, monsters waiting to spring, and something deadly on land. The visuals are awesome with horrors wrought equally with art and colors. This is one terrible voyage you'll enjoy taking. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark #13
January 26, 2019
|
|
Book passage on Dark Ark as soon as you can if you want to see horrors you've never dreamed. I never thought I would feel sorry for the blasphemes on this boat until what occurs in this issue. The story surprises and scares, the visuals are vibrant and vicious, and the lettering is lively and laudable. This book is a joy to read. Creepy as hell, but a joy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark #14
February 17, 2019
|
|
Promises were made to the monsters, but only horrors have been found. This story takes readers on the unwritten aftermath of the creatures that survived the Great Flood and makes their fate on land questionable. I love the twists in this saga, with that last page being a jaw-dropper. The visuals are wonderful horrors put on the page, with the monsters now oddly sympathetic now that they've come upon older, stronger creatures. This is the book I reach for first when it comes out. You should reach for a copy. Now. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark #15
May 16, 2019
|
|
Just when you think this series has been worked into a corner, it turns on you and rips out your heart. Great twists, outstanding emotional moments, and one hell of a finale. The visuals are stunning with so much hope becoming horror with its images and colors. Even the letters create monstrosities on the page. Dark Ark was quite the ride. Is it too early to ask for a hardcover collection?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Ark: After the Flood #1
October 7, 2019
|
|
The saga continues as the Dark Ark has successfully come ashore. What the humans and the monsters do next is going to be a new Hell on Earth and I can't wait to see how it goes. Bunn continues to create shivers as well as heartbreak, while Doe makes the valiant and damned incredible. Sharpe has every character sound unique and gives birth to sounds that will shake the heavens. Truly, this is a comic to thankful for as Hell resumes its work. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dark Days: The Forge #1 |
Jul 13, 2017
show
|
|
A beautiful looking book, with a story that reveals nothing. Enjoyable, but would have been better had something been explicitly given to the reader. Pricey for a book that keeps everything so close to the chest.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dark Nights: Metal #1 |
Aug 19, 2017
show
|
|
Nine pages were not needed, so the extra two dollars seems unnecessary. When the story begins on 11 things improve considerably, though they're still only setup for what's to be revealed later. Thankfully, the visuals are strong and that makes the extra two bucks seem less painful. Enjoyable, but still nothing is revealed about this Metal story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dark Red |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Dark Red #1
March 24, 2019
|
|
A vampire in modern day America off the highway is a dark delight. The characters are funny, sad, and creepy as hell. The visuals are a perfect mix of reality and horror, with the graphic dealings absolutely appropriate for the characters. I love everything about this book and can't wait to sink my teeth into the next issue. No one does horror like AfterShock! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Red #2
April 28, 2019
|
|
Dark Red is a gloriously deviant read. I love Chip's desire to stay under the radar of everyone, willing to move away from trouble to keep himself safe. And his desire to keep innocents safe instantly makes him likable. The citizens of Fall's End are wholly believable and have me wanting to see more of this location. The visuals are great, going easily from horrors to heartfelt moments. The final page is the best page out of any book this week. This is one hell of a horror book. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Red #3
June 2, 2019
|
|
You can't go wrong with vampires during WWII. Chip's turning is revealed as is how he ultimately beat Victor. The visuals were great and I would love to see Howell doing more in the 1940's. Victor's death is disgustingly cool. This is a book that every horror fan should have. Simply outstanding.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Red #4
June 29, 2019
|
|
Dark Red is pure gold. The story is exciting and frightening. The visuals are realistic and horrible in its creation of the undead. The colors intensify the text and the art on the page. The letters bring a level of reality to the proceedings and amplify every sound and whisper to monstrous levels. This is a perfect horror comic. I can't get enough of this series. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Red #5
September 5, 2019
|
|
A perfect conclusion to a great gory opening saga. The story wraps up incredibly well and the door is left open for more adventures involving Chip and his friends. They cannot come quick enough for me. The story has action, emotion, surprises, and fantastic characters. The visuals are to die for! Every panel is perfection in layout, execution, colors, and letters. This is modern horror at its finest. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Red #6
September 15, 2019
|
|
You haven't encountered horror until you've seen Dark Red. This is an engaging, emotional roller coaster ride that will create sympathy and shocks. Chip is the best vampire created in any form of fiction in years. He is amazing. The visuals are spectacular in their ability to capture reality and the supernatural thrills that one hopes aren't real. This is an exceptional book and this is the perfect entry point to start following this series. This is one of my favorite comics. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Red #7
October 19, 2019
|
|
Chicago is happening with vampires inducting a new member and two new supernatural races debuting. The characters are delightful in their deviancy, darkness, and humor. I could read a book with these characters just sitting and talking all issue. The action is purposeful and monstrous. The visuals are striking with beauty and horrors. Colors add to the sights and thrills. The letters bring humor to the antiquated signage and power to the fights. This book is one to drink in before it decides to drink you. Fantastic! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dark Shadows |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Dark Shadows #18
July 15, 2013
|
|
This book literally goes to Hell as it makes its way to the final conflict with Dark Barnabas, who's now found his own Dark Prince. Collinwood is bracing for the ultimate battle and Barnabas can't interfere. Writer Mike Raicht has got a greatsaga going and artist Nacho Tenorio is crafting some great scares. A chillingly charming comic!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Shadows #20
October 5, 2013
|
|
One character's visuals are keeping me from a higher grade because he stuck out so much. You might look upon him differently. There's only way to find out: Go check this out yourself!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dark Shadows Year One |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Dark Shadows Year One #5
September 5, 2013
|
|
This book is wildly exceeding my expectations in every way. Equal parts heart rending and heart ripping, the blood flows along with the tears as the Collins family descends into darkness. A must have!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dark Shadows Year One #6
October 8, 2013
|
|
Without question, this is one of the most entertaining vampire series ever created. Fans of Dark Shadows can flap their wings in glee and virgins to the series can be safe in the knowledge that they can enjoy it with no foreknowledge. You will be cursed like the Collins clan if you don't procure a copy of this tale. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dawn of the Planet of the Apes |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
DC Comics: Bombshells |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
DC Comics: Bombshells #4
November 15, 2015
|
|
A visually mixed book generates a mixed response, but this is worth checking out. The first two tales were great, while the third was a let down. Wonder Woman has been the least interesting character in this series so far. Perhaps she could be left for a while to introduce other heroes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
DC Universe: Rebirth #1 |
May 27, 2016
show
|
|
Lives up to and exceeds all expectations. DC is mending fences. Let's hope all the monthlies live up to this beginning.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dead Kings |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Dead Kings #1
November 18, 2018
|
|
Survival is key with all the kings dead. One man has a mission in this harsh environment and it's one to follow. The story is incredibly engaging for what's told and withheld, and the visuals are fantastic. The world of Dead Kings is definitely alive. If you're looking for something different, this is the book to pick up. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dead Kings #2
December 19, 2018
|
|
The quest is joined to save a brother and certain technology will be needed. The story is absorbing, dropping the reader into a future Russia that's been destroyed by the Great Iron War. Characters are dramatic, real, and undeniably engaging. The visuals bring this story to life incredibly well, with the reader looking in the dark corners to see what may be lurking. Every element of this book is great. If you don't think comics are for adults, you haven't read this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dead Kings #3
May 29, 2019
|
|
Obstacles are overcome, something is found, and someone makes a life changing decision. I am enthralled with this story and visuals. I love this alternate history of Russia and how one brother will do anything to save his brother. Stone Mary is probably the toughest woman in comics at present: no super powers, just one strong character. I'm looking forward to seeing how explosive next issue gets.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dead Kings #4
May 29, 2019
|
|
The iron War-Habit has been found and the climax has begun! Lots of great payoff in this issue, with plenty of action and surprises for Sasha and Gena. Maria continues to be an incredibly strong character, with her being powerful in and out of the suit. The visuals are terrific, often telling the story without text. The colors are beautiful and the letters are perfect. This is storytelling at its best.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dead Kings #5
June 5, 2019
|
|
It's rare to find a book that's set in such a pessimistic world end so optimistically. This story is over, but it could go on, with the fight continuing elsewhere. I enjoyed the characters and their arcs, the sensational art was based in reality, the colors added immensely to the art, and the letters had me hearing the characters' speech with all the right tones. I was surprised by this book in so many ways. I would absolutely welcome all the creators back for another visit to the land of Dead Kings.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Deadman (2017) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Deadman #1
November 6, 2017
|
|
Recommended for fans of Deadman, Neal Adams, or those who just want a good book. The story's got action and surprises, while the visuals are top of the line work from an iconic comic book creator. If only this Deadman went beyond six issues.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Deadman #2
January 2, 2018
|
|
Action and drama team up with outstanding visuals that range from the real to the supernatural. Deadman's journey becomes stranger as three of DC's inhuman characters intrude on his trek.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Deadman #3
March 24, 2018
|
|
A trippy journey into a character's head has Deadman learning secrets and finding evil. Highly enjoyable story with excellent visuals. If you love comics, you'll love this Deadman.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Deadpool #1 |
Feb 13, 2016
show
|
|
A smorgasbord of R rated violence and humor that's long overdue. I want a second trip to this buffet immediately. The two X-Men slow things down, but this edgy film keeps the laughs and gasps going.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Death Sentence #1 |
Jun 03, 2013
show
|
|
|
|
|
Deathstroke #1 |
Oct 30, 2014
show
|
|
I've been familiar with Slade since The New Teen Titans and he's just as awesome in this new series. Lots of action with incredible art will satisfy all action junkies.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Deathstroke: Rebirth #1 |
Aug 15, 2016
show
|
|
I gave it a try, but this isn't for me. This should please fans of hardcore mercenaries that travel the world, but for those craving more traditional comic book adventures it might be best to look elsewhere.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Deep Gravity |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Deep Gravity #3
October 13, 2014
|
|
A super action sequence can't overcome a convenient reveal and art that looks four decades old. I'm going to see this to end because the story does have some merit.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dejah of Mars |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Dejah of Mars #2
June 30, 2014
|
|
I would rather this series be cancelled than continue if it reads like this or looks like this. A sad endeavor that destroys the power and the wonder of Edgar Rice Burroughs's work. Avoid.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dejah Thoris #1 |
Feb 06, 2016
show
|
|
A welcome return to comics for the Princess of Mars, featuring a good beginning and strong visuals. I can't imagine a world without a Dejah Thoris monthly, so I'm glad to see this out and being so enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dejah Thoris (2018) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Dejah Thoris #0
January 15, 2018
|
|
A good taste of what's to come when the series begins. The story is good and the art is serviceable. I'm a big fan of Edgar Rice Burroughs's science fiction characters and with Chu charting Dejah's path I'm on board for this ride.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dejah Thoris #1
March 11, 2018
|
|
The visuals are a deal breaker on this book. The story is good, the colors and letters fine, but the art relies too heavily on photographic insertion, leading to a bad 1950s sci-fi film feel. This is a shame, because Dejah has been handled so well in years past by Dynamite, but this is simply not doing this beloved princess justice.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dejah Thoris and the Green Men of Mars |
10 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Delete |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Delete #1
January 7, 2016
|
|
Save the date in March to pick up what's going to be a very popular series. Mystery, action, and futuristic tech are contained in a superb story with outstanding visuals. A winner in every possible way and something I'm going to add to my pull list immediately. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delete #2
April 17, 2016
|
|
This book takes two reads because the action propels the reader to turn the pages as quickly as possible to find out what happens next. After surviving the first read, a second read is needed to see what was missed the first time through. There's lots of action and some slick twists and turns as Delete reveals its secrets. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dept Of Monsterology |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Dept Of Monsterology #1
November 6, 2013
|
|
A monstrous debut that puts the fun and scares in a book without drowning in drama. I'll enroll for life in this department if their further adventures are as good as this first issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dept Of Monsterology #4
January 19, 2014
|
|
I'm sorry, Renegade Arts Entertainment, you can't stop now. This series must continue and must become monthly. Name your price and I'll be there. Monsters, mystery, and mayhem. What more could you want in a comic?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Descendent (2019) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Descendent #1
May 22, 2019
|
|
I have no idea what's going on, but I have to keep reading! There's a link between kidnappings almost one hundred years apart and two people look to investigate the current crime. The characters are intriguing, having a very Mulder and Scully vibe. The art is grounded in reality which only increases during the action sequence. I'm so on board for more!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Descendent #2
June 7, 2019
|
|
They are watching. They are near. Now they are acting. The antagonists appear, but their hoods keep their identities hidden. David is in deeper than he knows and Jo and Amanda argue what's to be done with the conspiracy theorist. The mystery grows with more clues, but much still needs to be revealed. I'm in this for the long haul!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Detective Comics (2011) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Detective Comics #23.2
September 18, 2013
|
|
You'd think as an English teacher for 21 years I'd learned not to judge a book by its cover, but I never thought that it would apply to a comic book. This is a funny, gorgeous, awesome comic. Look beyond the cover and you'll find a perfect interior.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dinosaurs Attack! #2 |
Aug 25, 2013
show
|
|
Gratuitous gore guaranteed to bring giggles to anyone with a thirst for dinosaurs versus mankind.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doc Savage |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Doctor Fate #1 |
Jun 23, 2015
show
|
|
The visuals are killing my enjoyment of this book. It's only my faith in Paul Levitz that has me returning next month. I'm hoping for more Fate and less setup.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doctor Spektor: Master Of The Occult #1 |
Jun 17, 2014
show
|
|
|
|
|
Doctor Strange #1 |
Oct 09, 2015
show
|
|
A super story undone by colors that filter the art and lettering that flits about. A frustrating read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: Four Doctors |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Doctor Who: Four Doctors #3
August 30, 2015
|
|
Doctors make terrible decisions and the fourth Doctor is revealed: This was great! I got the payoff I wanted from last issue's build. The dialogue was fun, the action good, and the visuals pleasing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: Prisoners of Time |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Eighth Doctor |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Eighth Doctor #1
November 7, 2015
|
|
A fun story, which is more than welcome in a Doctor Who tale, but the art might leave some fans fuming. The visuals aren't as good as the story, but I'll continue to follow this Doctor's adventures. Because of the visuals, I'm going to tilt my grade lower than where the average should have it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Eleventh Doctor #1 |
Jul 17, 2014
show
|
|
A wonderful story that shows the joy and change the Doctor can bring to a companion's life. Highly enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Ninth Doctor |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Ninth Doctor #1 |
May 01, 2016
show
|
|
A terrific beginning to a new monthly. Having this Doctor in a monthly book is like having a best friend re-enter your life. This Doctor Who is brilliant!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor #7
February 23, 2015
|
|
This is the Doctor you're looking for. A perfect continuation of the Tenth Doctor's adventures thatflawlessly captures the thrills, settings, and madness of this Time Lord. You're missing out if you let this get by.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor: Year Three #11 |
Nov 25, 2017
show
|
|
Companion Gabby Gonzalez is the focus as this year draws to a close. The action is exciting, the characters engaging, and the visuals stellar. Every Who fan should grab a copy while they can!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor: Year Two #6 |
Feb 14, 2016
show
|
|
You don't need an invitation to jump in. This is where you can run about strange environments and experience exciting adventures that only the Doctor and his friends can supply. A neat mystery and some fun visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Twelfth Doctor #9 |
Jul 14, 2015
show
|
|
|
|
|
Doctor Who: The Twelfth Doctor: Year Two |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Dogman #1 |
Jul 05, 2016
show
|
|
Dave Pilkey has let the Dog Man out and the world is a much more entertaining place. Funny, charming, sweet, and dog-gone entertaining. This is the book that will be passed around on the playground for years to come. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Doomsday Clock |
8 issues
show
|
|
|
Doomsday Clock #1
November 25, 2017
|
|
I was expecting more from all the hype with this ending up being just a better than average comic. There's too much of the Watchmen for my tastes, but I'm more than eager to continue to see how Rebirth came to be.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Doomsday Clock #2
December 30, 2017
|
|
The story improves once the Watchmen characters enter the Rebirth Universe, but it does seem as if some elements could have been shortened or omitted. The visuals, however, are exceptional, even if they are aping the style of Watchmen. I would love for this series to strike out new storytelling rather than mirror Moore's series so much. Readable, but slow going.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Doomsday Clock #3
January 27, 2018
|
|
The heroes are fantastic, but the villains are meh in this continuing slow burn of a story. This is readable, but is definitely taking its time in delivering revelations, focusing instead on having the characters grow, with Rorschach being the focus in this issue. The visuals are flawless; every panel is beautiful. Enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Doomsday Clock #4
May 30, 2018
|
|
A stronger installment than previous issues due to its focus on Rorschach. There are a few moments that move the story forward, but the majority is built on character building. That's fine, but I'm more interested in how this series restructures the DC Universe, not in building familiar characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Doomsday Clock #5
June 2, 2018
|
|
The best issue yet with many characters in play: six different storylines all headed toward certain doom, but incredibly illustrated as they go there. Seeing Superman and Saturn Girl in costume is fantastic, while Johnny Thunder may have discovered something that will change the world. Must reading for DC fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Doomsday Clock #6
July 29, 2018
|
|
The story delivers an unnecessary origin for two characters, though a hero finally makes his presence known to the DC villains. We're halfway through this series and it seems to be progressing at a snail's pace. The visuals are top notch at least, so this journey is at least one to enjoy looking at. The story needs to pick it up and quit with the origin stories.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Doomsday Clock #7
September 30, 2018
|
|
I'm done with this series. The visuals are fine, but the story has become slower than molasses.Action scenes could have been shortened or deleted in this issue to further the overall arc, which is what I want. I actually sighed as I purchased this issue, knowing that something in the plot was sure to be revealed, but more than aware it wouldn't bring me the return of two classic DC teams I'm awaiting. I've grown tired with the Watchmen characters. They are too brutal to live and work among the DC characters. This series is diluting the impact of their original twelve issue run. The story is too familiar for what all the characters do and too brutal for what I want my childhood heroes to do. I'm out. Tell me when the Golden Age heroes and the Legion of Super-Heroes returns.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Doomsday Clock #8
May 30, 2019
|
|
The tipping point has arrived and there's no going back. It was nice to see the focus on Superman, who's the one character to unify this entire story that takes place in three different countries. The story also finally seems to be going somewhere, so that was long due change. The visuals continue to be top notch, with the coloring and lettering strong, though the absence of sounds is sad. Still, the story is finally reached a crisis point. Now what, Mr. Johns?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dragonsblood |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Dragonsblood #1
May 4, 2019
|
|
A solid introduction to the hero and the creature, ending with a possible rebirth. The story is good, the action great, and the visuals strong. Zenescope, you've got me following yet another title. Fun fantasy adventure with a crimson twist.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dragonsblood #2
June 8, 2019
|
|
Trust me when I say that little voice in your head is right — you should pick up Dragonsblood. Every individual is fun, the art is detailed, and the colors are vivid. A great series that deserves your time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dragonsblood #3
July 24, 2019
|
|
Zenescope's fantasy series is the perfect mix of action, thrills, and drama. The characters are strong and interesting, while the visuals are engaging and epic. This is what a comic book should be!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Drone (2009) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Earth 2 #0 |
Sep 07, 2012
show
|
|
|
|
|
Earth 2: Society |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Earth 2: Society #14
July 17, 2016
|
|
When the conversations are as good as the action, you know you're reading a well written book. The story is outstanding, with a good mix of action and drama, but the visuals are just not at the same level. If one is a fan of good writing or the adentures on this new Earth 2, I'd pick this up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Edgar Allan Poe: Snifter of Terror Season Two #1 |
Oct 13, 2019
show
|
|
This is a must-buy book for fans of Edgar Allan Poe or a good laugh. Motter's tale is clever, funny, and an absolute joy to read. I didn't enjoy the poems, but the short story by Mallory is fun, and Emerson's two pages are a delight. If you want fun and horror, you want Edgar Allan Poe's Snifter of Terror, Season Two. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Edward Scissorhands |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Edward Scissorhands #4
February 22, 2015
|
|
Save a friend or save an urban legend? Megan's got to hurry if she wants to accomplish both! Your chest is empty if you don't fall in love with this book. One of the best on the shelves.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Edward Scissorhands #5
March 27, 2015
|
|
This is my pick for book of the week. This captures all the hopes, tears, and fears of the film and brings them to the present in a stunning tale. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
EGOs #1 |
Jan 19, 2014
show
|
|
A solid debut that introduces a nice cast, a solid villain, and a lot of questions that I'm more than willing to continue to read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Empress |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Empress #1
April 10, 2016
|
|
A fast paced first issue of a science fiction saga set in Earth's distant past. Get in on the ground floor while you can. This is gonna be good. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Empress #3
June 28, 2016
|
|
The race through space continues to zig and zag throughout the galaxy. A fun science fiction outing where each step could lead to salvation or destruction.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Empress #4
July 7, 2016
|
|
Danger from a new source has the Empress and her family in dire straits. The action never lets up and the visuals look terrific.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Empress #5
August 14, 2016
|
|
You should run like the galaxy is after you to get a copy of this book. The story is high adventure, the setting science fiction, the dialogue sensational, and the visuals stunning. One of the best series of 2016. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Empress #7
December 4, 2016
|
|
A spectacular conclusion for a spectacular series. My highest possible recommendation of the week. The next adventures cannot come soon enough.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Escape From Monster Island |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Escape From Monster Island #1
February 7, 2016
|
|
Monsters of all shapes and sizes are interfering with the exploration of a mercenary unit's trek. This is making my inner eight year old undeniably happy. The stage is set, the monsters are in place, now RUN! Fun reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Escape From Monster Island #2
March 19, 2016
|
|
A monstrously successful return to monsters running amok on an island, while humans try to make their way through them. It's a classic trope done to perfection. We're only six issues in and I'd like to see this as a monthly series. Outstanding work, Zenescope!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Escape from New York |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Escape from New York #1
December 13, 2014
|
|
I was on fire for this book, given the excellent way BOOM! Studios has brought Big Trouble In Little China to comics, but this snuffed out any joy that could be had. A silly “comic book” plot, the wrong artist, and the wrong colorist. This book would convince someone to neverwatch the film. A franchise killer. So disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Escape from New York #3
February 7, 2015
|
|
I don't know if I'll be continuing with this book. The story isn't great and the art varies from average to poor. I wanted this to be fun, and it hasn't been. It's only my love of the movies that has me continuing, but I think that love may have ended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Faster than Light #4 |
Jan 04, 2016
show
|
|
A fun sci-fi book that utilizes a real technological application! The characters are the real, the visuals strong, and the UAR incredibly fun. I'm looking forward to seeing where Haberline takes these characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Fathom: Blue #2 |
Jul 17, 2015
show
|
|
I'm glad I picked this book up. It's an entertaining read that shows two worlds colliding, with a team of four playing in the middle.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Fathom: Kiani Vol. 3 #1 |
Apr 12, 2014
show
|
|
A great read with great visuals. Worth checking out. I know I'll be back for more next month.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Flash (2011) |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Flash #35
October 26, 2014
|
|
Having read this and now written this review, I'm going to have to start picking this up. Curse you DC Comics, for anothertitle I'm going to have to start following.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Flash #37
January 3, 2015
|
|
This is how super hero comics should make you feel: alive, thrilled, inspired, and hungry for more. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Flash #39
February 28, 2015
|
|
I feel like such a fool. I've only been following this book for six months, and I should have been following since this creative team took over. This gives you everything you want in a super hero book and more.Outstanding story and visuals that have me racing each month for the next issue. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Flash #40
March 28, 2015
|
|
An epic ending to an epic saga that concludes with a stunning cliffhanger. This is the hero book everyone should be reading. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Flash #41
June 26, 2015
|
|
Familiar story elements bring this book down, but the visuals raise it up. I'll be back next month, to be sure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Flash #44
September 29, 2015
|
|
This issue moves at a pace that is the equal of its hero and it's tremendous fun. A horde of villains versus one hero with the stakes massive. Isn't what a super hero book should be? Excellent story and art that you'll speed through.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Flash #47
January 4, 2016
|
|
The story was bit of a letdown, but the visuals are outstanding. Fans of the Flash should be satisfied.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Flash #52
June 1, 2016
|
|
A typical super hero yarn closes out this series. It's good, but I expected something bigger for the finale.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Flash (2016) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Flash #2
July 17, 2016
|
|
The Flash gets a new partner, but will he become a rogue? Good art and story that shows the lines that the Flash will not cross for justice.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Flash #21
April 30, 2017
|
|
Must reading for anyone who reads DC Comics. Completely understandable on its own, this will have fans eating up the Internet until the next issue is published. Fun, cool, and awesome reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Flash #22
May 19, 2017
|
|
More of an introduction to a larger story than one that answers burning questions, this issue of The Flash is entertaining. The circle is complete, much like a button, but there is much, much more to be revealed. In November. A classic hero returns famously and the visuals are breathtaking. Fun, but only a tease of what's to come.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Flash Gordon |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Flash Gordon #2
June 2, 2014
|
|
This is a superior book that is a welcome breath of bright science fiction to a modern world drowning in dystopias. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Flash: Rebirth #1 |
Jun 10, 2016
show
|
|
Another excellent Rebirth that will please old fans and reintroduce the character to new readers. The highlight is the expansion of the scene between the title character and another hero, which is worth the cover price alone.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Forever Evil |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Forever Evil #1
September 8, 2013
|
|
This was a blast! And I'm not talking like from the chief villain's eyes. This is forever engaging, forever exciting, and forever entertaining. Forever Evil is great fun!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Forever Evil #6
March 7, 2014
|
|
This the best DC crossover series since the new 52 was launched. This is the penultimate issue, but I've already told my local comic book store that I want a copy of the hardcover when it comes out. You will, too. Must own reading. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Future Quest #1 |
May 21, 2016
show
|
|
The best all ages action book that will thrill parents as much as their children. Every page delights and returns readers to the golden age of heroic cartoons. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
George Perez's Sirens #1 |
Sep 21, 2014
show
|
|
A masterful book by a master creator. This is a book to revel in. Pick an era. It's here. Pick a genre. It's here. It all works, and it's waiting for you. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ghostbusters 101 |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Ghostbusters 101 #1
March 23, 2017
|
|
An impressive debut that has plenty of laughs and thrills for fans of the films. The only thing you have to be afraid of is missing the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters 101 #2
May 6, 2017
|
|
The visuals are excellent, but the story could be progressing more quickly. Not much tension in this issue, just more setting up of characters. Enjoyable, but I want the characters to have met and the threat to have been clearly established.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters 101 #3
May 27, 2017
|
|
Both Ghostbusters teams finally meet and it's worth checking out. The story is filled with plenty of laughs and the visuals are spectacular. Will easily please fans of both teams.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters 101 #4
July 1, 2017
|
|
Strong writing maintains the laughs and scares of the films and the visuals are of the highest caliber. This series continues to bring out the best of the movies in an all new adventure. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters 101 #5
August 17, 2017
|
|
I don't want this to end! Having both teams working together is fun and makes me want to watch all the films as soon as I'm done reading. If a comic can get a reader to run to rewatch the films, it's more than successful as a companion piece to them. This book shows that two teams are indeed better than one.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters 101 #6
September 2, 2017
|
|
The only negative to this issue is that it concludes the series. The story and visuals are exceptional. If you're a Ghostbusters fan, you'll want this book. Laughs, scares, and plenty of heart. IDW is keeping the flame faithfully burning for Ghostbusters fans. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: 35th Anniversary: Ghostbusters #1 |
May 25, 2019
show
|
|
A fun, but quick, one-shot that shows the Ghostbusters at their finest. This story could have easily gone on for more than twenty pages, and I would have preferred that. However, what's here is enjoyable, with the visuals off the chart brilliant. This is the perfect read for all ages and fans old and new. IDW continues to make Ghostbusters incredibly fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Answer The Call |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Answer The Call #2
January 5, 2018
|
|
This issue has got plenty of scares and some solid laughs as each character's fears are revealed. The dialogue between characters deserves praise for sounding absolutely authentic, while the visuals capture the visual humor and frights of the film. This is a Ghostbusters adventure for all ages. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Answer The Call #4
April 15, 2018
|
|
Backstory is revealed of the Ghostbusters' pasts as they plan to take down the monstrous specter in the present. The story is great, but is undone by artwork lacking in details and colors that go oddly psychedelic. There's only one issue to go, so I'll continue to read, though I'm really hoping the visuals improve in the conclusion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Answer The Call #5
May 13, 2018
|
|
An extremely satisfying and fun conclusion that will please readers of all ages. I can only hope that IDW doesn't wait too long to have these heroes back in action, with the creative team that was behind this success. I need more!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Crossing Over |
8 issues
show
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Crossing Over #1
March 19, 2018
|
|
Dimension hopping gone awry leads to frantic fun and frights with the Ghostbusters. A wonderfully twisted premise with impressive visuals make this one to pick up and place in your own personal containment unit.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Crossing Over #2
April 28, 2018
|
|
A great story with terrific characters and laugh out loud jokes combined with spectacular visuals make this mandatory reading for all readers. You're guaranteed to have a smile on your face as you read this book. Comic gold for Ghostbusters fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Crossing Over #3
June 17, 2018
|
|
A plan is hatched and a ghost is fought. Every iteration of the Ghostbusters has gathered to fight a foe and it's fun and frightening reading. If you love any version of the Ghostbusters, you're going to love this. Recommended for anyone who's not afraid of a ghost.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Crossing Over #4
July 15, 2018
|
|
The heroes are in different dimensions trying to recapture ghosts and it ain't easy. The story is the right mix of scares and humor, with the dialogue between all the characters fantastic, and the visuals are impressive for being so true to their source material and the wildly different settings. If you're a Ghostbusters fan, this is like Christmas. Every iteration of the Ghostbusters interacts with the others and it's a blast.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Crossing Over #5
September 8, 2018
|
|
One of the most fun books on the shelves is Ghostbusters: Crossing Over which is a gift to the fan of any version of the franchise. Every version of the Ghostbusters appears and they are absolutely true to their source material. The story is fun and frantic. The visuals are to die for, but there's already plenty of spooks in this story. Seriously, don't be afraid of the ghosts and pick this up!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Crossing Over #6
October 28, 2018
|
|
Without question, this is the greatest Ghostbusters epic of all time. Every possible character is involved in stopping horrors that have traveled across different dimensions. There are several laughs and plenty of appropriate chills for readers of all ages. Perfect reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Crossing Over #7
December 18, 2018
|
|
Burnham always delivers solid Ghostbuster tales with plenty of action, thrills, and laughs. Schoening andDelgado make the visuals exquisitely detailed; these are not the kind of the visuals one simply skims and moves on to the next page, but the kind of artwork one takes and savors. This is a welcome all-ages comedy in the comic book world that everyone needs to read. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ghostbusters: Crossing Over #8
January 27, 2019
|
|
The teams come together to fight a common foe, but one does not have a happy ending. An absolutely magnificent conclusion to an all encompassing saga of every Ghostbuster. This is the one to have in your collection and one to take out to make you feel young and just flat out happy. An amazing job by all involved and I'm standing and applauding your efforts. Thank you, one and all, and thank you, IDW Publishing for this epic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Goddess Inc. #1 |
Aug 09, 2014
show
|
|
An okay first issue, though I'm not really sure about all that's going on. Interesting, but questionable if I'm going to purchase another issue. It takes a hit because of the art.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Godzilla #1 |
May 30, 2012
show
|
|
It's only the first issue, so I'm hoping next issue to see more Godzilla action, but for a set-up story this is worth checking out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Godzilla: Cataclysm #5 |
Dec 27, 2014
show
|
|
This misses a perfect score because I didn't read the previous issues and am lacking the backstory on the human drama. For classic monster smashing and fighting, this is fantastic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Godzilla: Rulers Of Earth |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Goosebumps: Slappy's Tales of Horror #1 |
Aug 18, 2015
show
|
|
With the exception of one story's art, which is a style that I don't care for, this book is great! It's the perfect book for those who want a good scare without the gruesomeness associated with horror. Four distinct styles give strong looks to these tales by Stine. You'll have to buy young readers a flashlight to go along with this book because they'll pour over every page long after they've been told to go to sleep. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Gotham Academy #1 |
Oct 08, 2014
show
|
|
This book looks superior, but reads like last year's model. Having a book set outside the normal crime fighting happenings of Gotham is a terrific idea, but the story has really got to improve if this is to survive.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Gotham By Midnight |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Gotham By Midnight #2
December 31, 2014
|
|
Precinct Thirteen deals with the things beyond the Dark Knight's abilities. The supernatural scares in Gotham by Midnight will chill you to the bone. Outstanding stuff!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Green Lantern (2011) |
39 issues
show
|
|
|
Green Lantern #0
September 7, 2012
|
|
Maybe I was too excited about this, or I've been spoiled for several years on the superior Lantern stories that have happened, but the story so effected my grade. Geoff, you can do so much better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern Annual #2
November 4, 2013
|
|
I groused paying this much for an annual, but once I read it I was glad I picked it up. This really is the beginning of a new start for the Green Lantern Corps.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern #7
March 15, 2012
|
|
This book continues to show, yet again, why this title gets so much praise. This is the beginning of a new story. If you haven't done so, you should check out the cosmic side of the DC universe now!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern #14
November 12, 2012
|
|
I'm enjoying all of the spin-off Lantern books more than this book. This book has been outstanding for years, but the slipping continues.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern #20
May 27, 2013
|
|
This is the super hero book of the year. Everything elseI read will have to be compared to it. I doubt anything can top this. An absolute must own for anyone who has ever dreamed of being a hero.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern #23.3
October 2, 2013
|
|
The cover is good, but that's the best part of this book. If you're new to Black Hand you might like this more than I did. If you're familiar with this character, just walk past this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern #25
November 11, 2013
|
|
The new direction has begun, but who will tow the line and who won't? I hope this plotline lasts for a while. A solid first step that leaves me wanting to where we're running to next.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern #26
December 8, 2013
|
|
A readable story that leaves me wanting the stronger lanterns from four months ago with excellent visuals. The final panel teases that a Legion of Super-Heroes race may be causing the latest woes for the Corps.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern #37
December 14, 2014
|
|
Black Hand was a little corny at times, but he got his evil mojo on. With the addition of this villain, Godhead takes a turn to the epic. Good story with great art.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern #41
June 16, 2015
|
|
This is a different Green Lantern,but he's just as thrilling. If you've never read a Lantern book, here's your jumping in point. You're going to like this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern #49
February 7, 2016
|
|
Please start a new story and get a new artist for this series, DC Comics! This issue would not inspire anyone to continue reading it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Green Lantern #1 |
Nov 12, 2018
show
|
|
These aren't the visuals I want to see on a Lantern book, so I'm one and done with this series. This is a shame because I love the Corps and I've loved Morrison's past works, but I can't get beyond the art. This is a title I would rather read than view. Catch you later, Hal.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Green Lantern Corps (2011) |
29 issues
show
|
|
|
Green Lantern Corps Annual #2
February 10, 2014
|
|
Long live the Corps! This is a great example of the all the lanterns doing something, while providing backstory on their newest members. And that final page…? Long Live the Legion!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern Corps #13
October 14, 2012
|
|
I'm torn–no pun intended. Should I be loving this “spin-off” more than the original title, 'cause I sure am! Fun and frightening as the dominoes are finally struck.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lantern Corps #18
March 19, 2013
|
|
The more I think about the money I paid for this book, and the previous Lantern titles that just had more of the same, the angrier I get. This was an utter waste. Pretty to look at, but empty as a story. Do not buy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Green Lantern Corps: Edge of Oblivion |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Green Lantern: New Guardians |
35 issues
show
|
|
|
Green Lantern: New Guardians #25
December 15, 2013
|
|
I wanted to see Kyle and the Guardians bop about the galaxy on tales involving exploration and discovery, and it seems my hopes have been answered. This was a solid read with two nice surprises.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Green Lantern: The Lost Army |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Green Lantern/New Gods: Godhead #1 |
Oct 07, 2014
show
|
|
A super opening chapter that brings the Corps into conflict with the Gods. This is going to be great!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Green Lanterns |
33 issues
show
|
|
|
Green Lanterns Annual #1
June 16, 2018
|
|
This was okay, but doesn't really add to the Lantern mythos, nor change the characters. If one is looking for a Lantern adventure, this will do, but it won't be one that's remembered in a few months. The visuals are slightly better than the story, but are not as good as those in the twice monthly series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #1
June 26, 2016
|
|
A good start that establishes both characters clearly and the threat they face. I'm slightly concerned about the villain's goal being similar to a recent story, but I'm such a Lantern fan I'll follow this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #5
August 21, 2016
|
|
Simon is much more enjoyable than Jessica who's become a fear filled cliche. She needs to change quickly from this mousey path. The visuals are mixed, with some pages looking better than others. Character growth and consistency are what this issue needs.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #13
December 23, 2016
|
|
The heroes aren't learning anything and the visuals aren't strong. I need this series to be much better, and so do Simon and Jessica or this book won't last.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #14
January 8, 2017
|
|
The final line: Starts well and then slides downhill. The characters continue to demonstrate unlantern-like behavior, which makes their actions and this series troublesome. I'm a Lantern junky and I'm buying this series for that reason, but my enjoyment is very low.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #15
January 24, 2017
|
|
This one day story continues to show Jessica not evolving as a character. I like the Green Lanterns, I like these characters, but it's time to quit beating this horse that's not going anywhere.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #20
April 9, 2017
|
|
The villain's perspective is focused on and it doesn't generate any sympathy. This is an okay story, with some better than average visuals, but nothing to write home about. Only for hard core Lantern fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #21
April 21, 2017
|
|
A familiar story told with strong visuals. The drama with Polaris starts well, but goes into frequently trod super hero territory. Next issue should provide a story to match the visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #22
May 9, 2017
|
|
A fantastic issue that is the perfect entry point for new readers to this title and the Green Lantern Corps. Though I'm very familiar with the lanterns and how they function, this was still an enjoyable issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #23
May 21, 2017
|
|
Training and a villain's discovery of new things make this issue a winner. The training sequences are fun and Volthoom's reading could fill an entire issue. Also of merit are the book's excellent visuals. This is a Green Lanterns issue worth getting.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #24
June 11, 2017
|
|
The outcome of this issue is never in doubt, but it's extremely entertaining getting there. The story is fun, the art amazing, and the teases of impending peril delicious. A perfect Green Lanterns read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #25
June 24, 2017
|
|
Two flashbacks for two first lanterns, Volthoom is back at full strength, and something really bad happens to a hero. This saga will send your heart soaring for the heroics and skipping a beat at the villainy. Excellent story telling and visuals. Must reading for Lantern fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #26
July 8, 2017
|
|
Volthoom and Rami's backstory is visited and it brings needed clarification to their relationship. Outstanding story and art have this soaring far above other filler issues.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #28
August 7, 2017
|
|
The original seven lanterns have arrived, but will they tolerate Simon and Jessica? The story is fantastic and the art powerful. This is the type of Lantern story that fans crave. Check this out!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #29
August 27, 2017
|
|
The visuals are muddled by the colors, but the story is still top notch. It's neat to see the Ancient Lanterns in action and this is the issue that unifies them as a team, though at a steep cost. I'm hoping once this story line's threat is beaten more tales of these new/old lanterns will be told.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #30
September 22, 2017
|
|
Perfection in every way as Volthoom is battled, often to the death. The story is incredible, surprising, and cheer worthy. The visuals are perfection. Everything about this book is amazing. An absolute must-read for fans of heroics and ring slingers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #31
September 23, 2017
|
|
A solid conclusion to adventure in the past, with one character set on a dark path, while two more become rejuvenated. If only the art had been more consistent between issues. Maybe it would be if this title wasn't published twice a month. DC…?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #32
October 8, 2017
|
|
A quiet issue compared to what's gone before, but one that's worth reading to see that the heroes are trying to lead normal lives when not fighting aliens. The visuals are good, especially since they're set in a house during a party. Everything about this works, continuing its streak of excellence.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #33
October 23, 2017
|
|
An average story lessened by troublesome visuals. This was not a good debut for Seeley on this book. The artwork has got to get better. This was a disappointing read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #34
November 21, 2017
|
|
A step up from last issue, with one lantern resuming an ability that's not been seen for a while. The story has several strong lantern moments and teases of more with the supporting cast. The visuals are good, too, with the lantern sequences heroic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #38
January 14, 2018
|
|
An excellent story gets better, though the art stumbles at times. It's also enjoyable to see some believable friction between the heroes; it's natural and it's going to come to a head eventually. The cliffhanger is terrific, with the mention of other alien races terrific to encounter. If only the visuals had been more detailed and more consistent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #39
January 21, 2018
|
|
A terrific conclusion with some fun surprises and excellent visuals. This is a fun comic that captures all the joy of classic Lantern outings. I'm looking forward to more from this team.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #41
February 27, 2018
|
|
The visuals do not help this story and are the weakest contribution to this issue. Science fiction comics depend on the visuals to sell the fantastical elements of the story and if they're weak they'll hurt the book, as they do with this. Still, if one likes Green Lantern tales, this will be an okay read, but it does nothing to encourage new readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #42
March 21, 2018
|
|
The heroes are in the belly of the beast and they might not be strong enough to survive. The story is very clever and the visuals a tremendous improvement over previous issues. This is the Green Lanterns tale I want!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #43
June 1, 2018
|
|
The visuals are outstanding in this final chapter. The story contains no true surprises until the final four pages, confirming what fans have suspected. A fun conclusion that now has several new heroes to expand upon in the DC Universe.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #44
June 2, 2018
|
|
A quiet beginning to a new story is fine, but not thrilling. I have a feeling the thrills will kick in with the next installment. The art is also just fine, because there's really not that much action, just a lot of conversation…I hope things get a little more exciting with the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #45
June 2, 2018
|
|
Jessica's trauma is revealed and Simon ventures into unknown territory with the help of an infamous DC character. This was a big improvement over last issue, with all the reveals. I'm always overjoyed to see the “British street wizard” in any book. The visuals have strong character work, with teases of supernatural threats to come. Enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #46
June 2, 2018
|
|
Payoff on this story begins in this penultimate issue. The trauma in Jessica's past is revealed, Simon encounters several new foes in a strange place, and one character makes a change for the worst. I was especially pleased with Power Ring of Earth-3 and want to see more of him anywhere. I really enjoyed this and I can't wait to see how Seeley resolves the conflicts. More, please!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Green Lanterns #47
June 3, 2018
|
|
A solid conclusion with the heroes battling for one's future. The story is satisfying, with John Constantine having some great moments. The visuals are exceptional, in both art and colors, and someone at DC must get all three contributors locked onto a series for as long as possible. The final page teases that Jessica and Simon are in for changes from the higher ups.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Green Lanterns: Rebirth #1 |
Jun 03, 2016
show
|
|
A fantastic start! The characters are made a team and given a mission. Highly detailed visuals make this one of the better looking Rebirths.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Gretel |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Gretel #1
March 23, 2019
|
|
A hero whose exploits will be devoured, Gretel is a fantastic twist on the classic fairy tale. Her abilities are awesome, her drive is justifiable, and the artwork a perfect mix of magic and horror. This left me hungry for more. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Gretel #2
May 13, 2019
|
|
Backstory of the heroine is given as she's attacked on two fronts. The story and characters are engaging and the visuals, especially those killer flashbacks sequences, look great. Gretel is establishing herself one of Zenescope's best characters. I also like how this is fairly graphic series, more so than other books from this publisher. It makes the actions much more intense. I need more!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Gretel #3
June 6, 2019
|
|
An exciting issue as Gretel encounters witches in the past and present. Fun story as the search for Tituba continues. The visuals are the best yet in this series. I need more Gretel in my life!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Gretel #4
June 24, 2019
|
|
I can't believe this series ends with the next issue. This penultimate installment fantastically fills in some backstory while keeping the tension in the present. The visuals create the past and the present splendidly, while having heroic protagonists and an utterly evil antagonist. This series is so good I don't want it to end!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Gretel #5
August 25, 2019
|
|
This is a fantastic conclusion to the newest hero at Zenescope. Gretel is strong, sympathetic, and absolute gold. The story has surprises and plenty of punch. The visuals superbly show the power and horrors of his hero. Zenescope has created gold with Gretel. Get this book! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
GRIMM |
8 issues
show
|
|
|
GRIMM #1
May 13, 2013
|
|
Monsters, exotic locales, terrific heroes, great dialogue, and one perfect story that fits it all together perfectly! New fan or old, you'll be a fan of Grimm with this book!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
GRIMM #2
June 26, 2013
|
|
Action, adventure, mystery, Wesen, and great one liners. All that's missing is the kitchen sink! This delivers the goods!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
GRIMM #3
July 15, 2013
|
|
I'm loving the story and rolling with the art. If you're a Grimm fan, you'll love this. But the art might prevent you from committing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
GRIMM #5
October 2, 2013
|
|
This story goes where the series can't afford to and gives Nick the opportunity to show he's got legs beyond Oregon. This Grimm is good!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
GRIMM #7
December 27, 2013
|
|
The art knocked this issue down quite a bit. This could have been a classic book but instead is a major visual misfire.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales |
13 issues
show
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #25
January 13, 2019
|
|
This is THE payoff " Merlin makes his move to claim the power of the Grail. The opening deals with the villains of this series, while the second half has the heroes springing into action. The characters are terrific, with both villains and heroes being engaging, and action epic, with this absolutely being the right word for the climax. Unfortunately there are several panels and pages that are just too dark to make out what's occurring, leaving the reader straining to see the action. Great story, but disappointing visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #113
August 16, 2015
|
|
It's a new school year, with familiar and new faces learning their craft as something vows to destroy them.Interestingcharacters with excellent art makes this a title I always look forward to.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #117
January 6, 2016
|
|
Things are continuing to threaten Arcane Acre, but now the students are fighting back. An entertaining read that has me looking forward to the next installment. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #120
March 20, 2016
|
|
If this is your first issue, it could be confusing. However, if you've been reading this book for a few months, this is going to have a good payoff. The visuals could have been more consistent, but given the volume of text involved in the first half, it's not surprising the artist let some panels slide in quality.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #121
May 9, 2016
|
|
Everyone has their own agenda, but can they work together to stop Bloody Bones? This series is close to its conclusion and no one looks safe for its ending. A good read for long time fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #123
July 5, 2016
|
|
Great drama, showing how the turmoil that runs between characters can be as powerful as any slugfest. The visuals are also strong, making me hope that Cuffari will be asked back to illustrate other Zenescope books soon.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #124
July 9, 2016
|
|
If this is the penultimate issue before the series closes, what the heck is planned for the finale? Superior in every possible way. I was already unhappy that this title was ending, but with this issue I'm already a wreck. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Annual: 2016
December 17, 2016
|
|
An excellent opening in the next phase of the Fairy Tales saga. Recommended for new fans and those that been followers since the beginning.This book came out in October and I would recommend getting a copy since the relaunched Grimm Fairy Tales comes out this month!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales (2016) |
34 issues
show
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Annual #1
January 30, 2019
|
|
This is good, but it does come off as the middle story in a larger epic, which it is. The reader only needs the last twenty pages to move the story forward. The art is really hurt by the too dark colors, rendering several panels and pages muddied. I enjoyed this, but I know I would have liked it better had the story been tighter and the colors brighter.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #2
January 28, 2017
|
|
Another good issue in this relaunch. More of Skye's abilities are shown in this issue and I can't wait to see her in action again. An enjoyable story with sensational art. Recommended. This is a Zenescope book for everyone.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #4
March 23, 2017
|
|
Super art and some slick surprises make this a book worth hopping up and down about. The characters seem like cliches, but surprises along the way show a reader that they've fallen into the writers' trap. Skye's adventures continue to be entertaining.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #5
April 30, 2017
|
|
Skye continues to follow in her mother's footsteps, this time going to Neverland. The story justifies some character growth, a rarity in most hero books, and the visuals are good. You can't go wrong following Skye as she goes out on an adventure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #6
June 2, 2017
|
|
This is the first issue of this series I can't rave about. The story and visuals are adequate, but compared to what's occurred in the previous five issues, this was a disappointment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #7
August 27, 2017
|
|
Classic fairy tales are twisted into adventures that will keep you entertained with every page. This issue introduces a new character who has a future at Arcane Acre, while villainous sorcerers continue plague Skye. This is exactly what I want in a comic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #8
September 3, 2017
|
|
Some fun character moments add to the enjoyment of a supernatural caper that has an excellent ending. Skye's adventures continue to be fun, with her retaining the sass of a young adult. The visuals are consistent and the lettering is tops. This is an enjoyable read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #9
October 14, 2017
|
|
This story lays the groundwork for future conflicts and a spin-off. The visuals are extremely engaging, being some of the best Zenescope has produced. I'm loving Skye's adventures and am eager to see the Order of the Tarot's evils explode.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #10
November 20, 2017
|
|
Skye continues to grow as a hero, though her abilities are not at their full strength. The story is a titch better than the visuals which are too dark at times. The warping of familiar characters continues to be creepy fun. This continues to be a series I look forward to each month.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #11
January 27, 2018
|
|
The newest villains of Zenescope have Skye infiltrating one of their sanctums and it's perfect storytelling. The characters are interesting and the visuals are strong. The only thing that will disappoint is that you have to wait a month for the next issue. Flat out fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #12
March 19, 2018
|
|
The villains summon their leader as Skye battles for her life. The story sets the Order of Tarot up for future deviltry and the artwork is really damn good. This is the book you give to new readers to make them Zenescope fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #13
April 6, 2018
|
|
Characters from Camelot enter the Zenescope Universe, so beware! A great introductory issue that focuses on five characters' creation and teases what they are capable of. Their story is told well and the visuals good, so I'm ready to see more of these newbies in action. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #14
May 12, 2018
|
|
Skye and Sam meet the Musketeers and it's fun destruction. The Musketeers continue to develop as characters and throwing Skye at them shows the trio at their best and worst. The Age of Camelot continues to develop across the Grimm Universe, with Skye now drawn into it. I'm ready for more!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #15
May 25, 2018
|
|
The story is fun, with a new villain introduced and the visuals incredibly strong, leaving me wanting to see much more from artist Leo Rodrigues. Merlin continues to release the Age of Camelot upon the world, with only Skye to stop him. I really liked this issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #16
June 24, 2018
|
|
Skye and Sam fight three villains, while another and his minions wait in the wings. The protagonists finally have linked previous troublemakers together to a single event and look as if they're ready to put the bad guys in their place. Unfortunately, the bads have other plans. The story progresses the Age of Camelot saga, contains plenty of action, and the accompanying visuals enhance the tale. A fun installment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #17
July 2, 2018
|
|
An origin tale intercuts with dangers in the present for a fun read. I was impressed to enjoy an origin story so much and the visuals were well done. Oberon looks to be a major figure in Skye's future, not to mention the army of trolls he commands. The players move into position for a big blowout next issue and I'm looking forward to it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #18
July 28, 2018
|
|
A solid action issue with trolls causing trouble for New Yorkers. The story keeps the action exciting, but the visuals are hampered occasionally for being too dark. Still, this is a fun issue and one fans of Skye will enjoy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #19
August 26, 2018
|
|
Some new threats are introduced as Merlin finally makes a major move. The story brings a Zenescope villain into this saga and one former villain further cements herself as a hero. The visuals have terrific character work, though the settings are lackluster. I would recommend this to Zenescope fans and anyone who would like a good jumping in point to this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #20
September 29, 2018
|
|
Skye and the Black Knight encounter obstacles as they try to stop Merlin. A fun story, setting up more troubles in the future, and art that's done in a very realistic style. Grimm Fairy Tales continues to be one of the most consistent well written and drawn books on the shelves.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #21
October 27, 2018
|
|
There's so much going on it's impressive that the story progresses so smoothy. I would have expected a character to have been left out of this installment, but everyone has something to do and all of it's entertaining. The visuals are flat out awesomeness and I need to see Goetten doing more interiors for Zenescope. More please, Zenescope!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #22
November 9, 2018
|
|
This series continues to reach epic heights with the Camelot saga. Skye looks for an important object, the Black Knight and Puck are in action, Merlin continues to scheme, and the reassembled Knights of the Round Table continue to do harm upon all they encounter. My only complaint is that this is only 22 pages. Great fun to read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #23
November 21, 2018
|
|
A necessary, but quiet, issue that fills in the gaps of Camelot's backstory. It's interesting reading, but leaves the reader wanting to see the conflict between the heroes and villains, which I'm sure will commence in the next issue. The visuals are okay, though there are times when they are too far from the reader, leaving little for the colorist to do. An okay issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #24
December 11, 2018
|
|
Both sides ready for the battle that will occur next month. The visuals are killer in this issue, though the story goes where one would expect, though it needs to have the characters do these things in preparation. This issue does its job in getting the reader hyped for next month!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #26
May 7, 2019
|
|
The Odyssey has begun, but even Skye isn't prepared to go it alone. The story is great, being a terrific entry point for new readers and going forward at a good clip for veteran fans. Having Cinderella make an appearance is always an excellent way to start an issue, and she's still completely bonkers and deadly as can be. The artwork was a mixed bag for me, with the protagonist looking awkward whenever she faced the reader, and the last few pages being incredibly sparse. That said, the majority of the book has enough for me to hold on to and want to continue to follow Skye's adventures.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #27
May 13, 2019
|
|
Skye seeks another piece of weaponry to aid her quest, but has some major obstacles to overcome. I was glad to see the inclusion of normal characters against the threats, forcing Skye to defend them as well as be on the offense. Goldilocks's return is good and I hope to see more of her soon. The visuals are fine throughout, though not spectacular. That said, I would more than welcome the artist and colorist back. This was a solid comic with The Odyessy arc moving along smoothly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #28
June 4, 2019
|
|
This is Zenoscope at their finest. This is a perfect entry point for new readers, while still being enjoyable to long time fans. The visuals — art, colors, and letters — are outstanding. This is why this book and publisher thrive.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #29
June 28, 2019
|
|
Dorothy seeks information in Oz, but is unaware of the dramatic changes occurring there. The story has some solid action with flying gorillas, a neat twist literally placed upon her, and a slick change in her visage by the end. The visuals are highly enjoyable with Main making Oz magical and menacing. Skye's odyssey continues to be a pleasure to read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #30
September 18, 2019
|
|
Skye gets further down the Yellow Brick Road, making new allies and learning more about her shield. There's not much action, but the progression of the story is entertaining. This is essentially a middle piece of Skye in Oz. It's good, but doesn't pack the punch of the previous issue. The visuals are great, having me hope that Casallos returns to another Zenescope book, along with Cortes and Esposito.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #31
October 2, 2019
|
|
A smart and exciting conclusion to Skye's journey through Oz. Clever storytelling has Skye encountering and creating several surprises. The visuals are good, though I do wish the reader had been closer to the action. The colors and letters are the cherries on top of this tale. This book is consistently superior.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales #32
October 19, 2019
|
|
The story has some fun trouble in Neverland, but the art doesn't rise to the occasion. I enjoyed the characters and the origin of the armor that's been the focus for the last several issues, but found the visuals to be average. I'm definitely back next month, but hoping for the artwork to improve.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: 2017 Armed Forces Edition #1
October 1, 2017
|
|
A terrific tease of a new character leads to several pages of pin-ups. The only negative that can be said of this book is that the new character only gets five pages. However, this book is not about a story, it's the pin-ups that matter and there are several strong ones in this one-shot. If one is looking for illustrations of beautiful women, this is for you.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: 2019 Giant Size
March 9, 2019
|
|
Two good surprises cap this segment of the Camelot saga, but the visuals don't help the book. I liked the story, with it doing something unexpected and smoothly starting a new direction for one hero. The visuals are constantly filled with odd choices, often too far from the reader or from odd points of view. The colors and letters are good, but with these visuals they can't help enough. This would probably be better in a collected format with the previous installments of this story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales 10th Anniversary |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Presents Godstorm: Age of Darkness One-Shot #1 |
Jun 05, 2014
show
|
|
A long comic that justifies the price of $5.99 with a dramatic turn for a classic character. I didn't feel out of the loop and now I want to read the earlier issues of this series. A good pick for fans of the classic gods on Earth.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Presents Oz: Reign of the Witch Queen |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Presents: Coven |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Presents: Coven #4
November 6, 2015
|
|
I'm already weeping that there's only one more issue in this series. I enjoy this story, the visuals, and this creative team too much to have them end this run. Story, action, and art that's worth more than the cover price. Highly enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Presents: Coven #5
December 20, 2015
|
|
A super conclusion to a super series. I'm sorry to say that Zenescope can't possible leave this story where it's at, because I want more. I would love to see this creative team reassembled for more adventures. This series is one of the best that Zenescope has produced. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Presents: Dark Shaman #1 |
Oct 26, 2014
show
|
|
An okay story with average to below-average visuals won't have me returning for other issues.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Presents: Realm Knights Annual: 2015 |
Dec 08, 2015
show
|
|
A great story with okay visuals. Nothing wows, but nothing disappoints — just average visuals. Had they been stronger, this book would have been a classic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Presents: Wonderland |
15 issues
show
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Presents: Wonderland #47
May 7, 2016
|
|
This issue gives John Mayer's “Your Body Is A Wonderland” a terrific twist. Without question, this is the best issue of this series in quite a while. Though beware, this is not for children! Creepy and cool with great visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Presents: Wonderland #49
July 17, 2016
|
|
This is the final battle before returning to Wonderland, and it's a good one. A good villain wounds one of the heroes, who's strength might be needed in the struggle against the Ace of Spades. A good, creepy read, which may be the calm before the storm.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Steampunk |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Steampunk #1
January 31, 2016
|
|
A great story slips and slides in its storytelling due to the artwork. For a cover price of $5.99 I expect stronger, consistent visuals. Still, the story was enjoyablesoI'll return to see how this plays out in its concluding chapter.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Steampunk #2
April 10, 2016
|
|
I can't raise the grade of this book too high because of the visuals; if they had been stronger this would have been a much more enjoyable experience. As this stands, this is an okay book, but for $5.99 I expect much better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Swimsuit Special |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Swimsuit Special: 2017
September 22, 2017
|
|
The story could have gone longer, but this is a pin-up collection. The pin-ups feature practically every female fury in Zenescope's line, so there is something for everyone here. The images range from good to average, so the price does seem a little steep for this quality. Truly for the hard core Zenescope fan only.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales Swimsuit Special: 2019
July 14, 2019
|
|
A great short story and plenty of pin-ups to make your summer sizzle. I really enjoyed the Thumbelina tale and I'm left wanting to see more of her, hopefully by the same creators! The pin-ups feature Zenescope's best characters and best artists. This is a one-shot to find.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Dance of the Dead |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Dance of the Dead #1
November 11, 2017
|
|
I want to read more of these characters, but this issue won't encourage new fans to continue. It's a decent read, but the story seems padded and all aspect of the visuals are mixed. I'm a Zenescope fan, so I'll continue on, but my fingers are crossed for improvements.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Dance of the Dead #3
February 8, 2018
|
|
Mystere's magical adventures make her a character to watch. The flashbacks are delicious reveals of deviltry and deceit in the distant past that could carry an entire series on their own. They complete the story in the present well, creating a smooth read. The visuals go from modern day heroics to epic classic skulduggery. More, please!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Dance of the Dead #4
May 15, 2018
|
|
Serviceable story and art, but in the grand scheme of this series it could probably be skipped and nothing lost. I'm enjoying the scenes involving Jasmine and Mary, but Bakur is still not doing much for me. I'm looking forward to the next installment, hoping that something major occurs. This is readable, but not stunning.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Dance of the Dead #5
July 4, 2018
|
|
A fun read, though there's a lot of chasing that doesn't really go anywhere. The flashbacks are the best part of the story. This issue felt as though the scenes in the present were just padding the series. They're fun, but not really necessary to the overall arc. The visuals, thankfully are strong, with the colors and letters outstanding. Even with these minor nicks, I'm looking forward to seeing how this ends.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Dance of the Dead #6
September 12, 2018
|
|
A fun final issue, though the climax comes across as rushed. I would recommend this for fans who've been following this limited series from the beginning or any fan of Zenescope books. New readers will find the art fine, though the dialogue too tiny at times. I enjoyed Mystere and Jasmine and look forward to reading more of their adventures in the future.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Death #1 |
Sep 27, 2015
show
|
|
This is a worthy one-shot because the protagonist actually learns something from the actions in the story. This is not a one-off, there's actual character growth, and that is a rarity in a medium that often seeks the quick buck. Keres goes where she's never gone before and readers reap the rewards. An excellent issue that has me hankering for Grimm Tales of Terror.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Holiday Special |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Tarot |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Tarot #1
August 19, 2017
|
|
Happiness will be in your future if you pick up Tarot. An epic story with a interesting lead, solid action, and visuals that are beautiful. This is the perfect entry point to the Zenescope Universe.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: Tarot #2
November 19, 2017
|
|
A bit difficult to know who's who, but an enjoyable read with beautiful art. There's a lot going on and I'm looking forward to seeing where this is going, as every character has their own twisted agenda. Some good action, but this issue's conclusion promises next issue to start big.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Fairy Tales: The White Queen |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Grimm Tales Of Terror |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Grimm Tales Of Terror #4
January 31, 2016
|
|
Another instance of the visuals not at the same level as the story. A twisty tale unravels from average art. If you're a fan of horror, I'd still give it a shot due to the story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm Universe |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Grimm Universe Presents: 2019 #1
February 10, 2019
|
|
This is a collection of short stories teasing upcoming series from Zenescope and it's good. I wasn't disappointed by a one and it's worked me into a frenzy to see what happens next to each character that's spotlighted. I was happy to see some of my favorites in the spotlight, Robyn, Liesel, and the Black Knight, and I'm intrigued by Dragonsblood, Zodiac, and Gretel. The price tag is a little steep, to be sure, but there's not a dud in this 64 paged, no ads, collection. If you've ever wanted to try a Zenescope book, here it is.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Grimm Universe: Fall 2019 #1
September 5, 2019
|
|
Five stories in sixty pages that tease upcoming series is something you should check out. There's plenty of action, great characters, and enough of a tease in each story to make you want to track one, if not all, of these books. I'm very happy to see Red Agent and Mystere back in action and The Bridgewater Triangle promises horror from vengeful spirits. I love books like this because it's a great way to see what a publisher has planned for future series. Zenescope, you've created a terrific sampler.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm: Portland,Wu #1 |
Sep 02, 2014
show
|
|
No Nick action in this collection, but so what? When the story and visuals are this good you don't need the Grimm to punch it up. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grimm: The Warlock |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Groo (1998) |
16 issues
show
|
|
|
Groo: Fray of the Gods #1
July 27, 2016
|
|
A new Groo saga has begun and anyone can jump in comfortably with this first issue. The gods better have someone they can pray to for help if Groo is going to crossing their paths. A laugh out loud story with lush illustrations — Now with gods! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Groo: Fray of the Gods #4
January 16, 2017
|
|
This fray is fraught with fights, fancy, and fun. Aragones and his collaborators have created another masterpiece guaranteed to please readers of all ages. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Groo: Friends and Foes #2
March 1, 2015
|
|
There are few things you can depend on: death, taxes, and that Groo is going to cause a disaster that will make you laugh. Sergio Aragones's character continues to create laughs with exceptionally strong stories and artwork.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Groo: Friends and Foes #3
March 22, 2015
|
|
I've been reading Groo since he started at Pacific Comics, and to say this was unpredictable is a credit to its creators. They continue to keep this funny and entertaining to read, which is an absolute joy in a medium drowning in somber, grim heroics.Fun for all ages.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Groo: Friends and Foes #10
October 25, 2015
|
|
You can't call yourself a fan of comics unless you've read Groo. Don't have me call him over to you. Groo! They haven't read your book! Yeah, them! No — Not me! I always read your book! Stop, please! This isn't a fray! Groo, stop! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Groo: Friends and Foes #11
December 29, 2015
|
|
You can't say you've read comics until you've read Groo, one of the best books ever created. Funny, gorgeous, sweet, bright, and a joy. This is what comics aspire to be. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Groo: Friends and Foes #12
January 23, 2016
|
|
I'd sing this book's praises endlessly, were it not for my fear of attracting the title character's attention. One of the most enjoyable series created–ever. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Groo: Play of the Gods #1
July 13, 2017
|
|
Thank heaven for Sergio Aragones's Groo and the continuing adventures of this clueless character. Funny and thoughtful all ages reading that will have you heaping praises on each contributor. Highest possible recommendation of the week.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Groo: Play of the Gods #2
August 26, 2017
|
|
A fun issue, though Groo is not the focus in this installment. There are lots of laughs, but also a lot of commentary. All ages reading that will entertain and enlighten.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Groo: Play of the Gods #3
September 18, 2017
|
|
Groo switches allegiances, foes continue to squabble, and the gods watch the follies of man. Oh, and mistakes are made. Again, again, and again. Fun reading with some nice commentary on faith. All ages accessible.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Groo: Play of the Gods #4
October 15, 2017
|
|
This series ends as it began: wonderfully written and perfectly drawn. The jokes don't stop and the issue ends gloriously. The colors are eye catching and the lettering visually pleasing. The smile on your face will last long after you've finished reading this. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Guardians of the Galaxy #6
October 8, 2013
|
|
I'm losing interest quickly, surprisingly, with the addition of Thanos. Angela is adding nothing to this book but being a puncher and a punching bag, serving the purpose that a zillion other Marvel villains could fill.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Guardians of the Galaxy: Mother Entropy |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Guardians Team-Up #1 |
Mar 07, 2015
show
|
|
This should be the standard for all Marvel comics: fun and gorgeous heroics. A dream come true for fans of super heroes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Guts #1 |
Jun 25, 2019
show
|
|
Fears in a fourth grader are explored with emotion and humor. This is accessible to all ages because of its relevant story that anyone can relate to and its wonderful visuals. My review is simple: get Guts.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
H.G. Wells' The Island of Dr. Moreau |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
H.G. Wells' The Island of Dr. Moreau #1
September 7, 2019
|
|
This is a fantastic adaptation of the timely science fiction-horror novel. The changes are excellent, with Ellie being a smart differentiation from the original. The visuals are killer, with horrors and heartbreak on every page. This should be read by all fans of science fiction, horror, and comics. Simply wonderful! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
H.G. Wells' The Island of Dr. Moreau #2
October 31, 2019
|
|
Several changes from the classic tale make this worth hunting down. The changes are interesting and thought provoking. The visuals are to die for. Rodrguez and Dniel have created nightmares and horrors that breathe life into this story. This is must-own for any fan of classic horror or classic literature.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hack/Slash vs Vampirella #1 |
Oct 08, 2017
show
|
|
The characters are the highlight of the issue as the villain and her plot are introduced. Cassie is the big winner, with enough personality to fill a room. Her companion Vlad has some fun moments, too, but Vampirella serves only to provide exposition. I enjoy both characters enough to continue, though I'm hoping the story has the vampire doing more. The visuals, however, were terrific noir pieces that wowed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps |
33 issues
show
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #9
December 5, 2016
|
|
The final line: I'd prefer this book to be Hal Jordan with the Green Lantern Corps, because his not being with them seems to be leading this book into the recent past. The Corps is great, but without Hal alongside this is only an average tale.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #12
January 14, 2017
|
|
Larfleeze is successfully reintegrated into the DC Universe as a monstrous threat, rather than the cartoon character he's become. Great action, killer art, and a major turning point for an iconic villain. Give me more DC! I want it! I want IT! I WANT IT!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #23
July 2, 2017
|
|
This series is a powerhouse! The conflicts come from within and outside the teams, with the Kyle-Soranik saga as compelling as the murder mystery. The visuals are intense, loaded with details in both art and colors. Even the letters are visually pleasing. Everything about this title is working at the highest possible level. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #32
November 11, 2017
|
|
The visuals are outstanding, but this tie-in to the Metal saga is just an issue long fight. It looks good, but I had no emotional buy in to any part of the story. I wanted this to pass quickly so the interrupted exceptional Lantern saga written by Venditti could continue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #33
December 2, 2017
|
|
A new hero revels in her abilities, while some infamous characters return to the DC Universe. The story is excellent and the visuals capture the joys and the horrors splendidly. This series continues to be a gem in the DC pantheon of comics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #37
January 28, 2018
|
|
This series continues to impress, now with Hal encountering Superman's equal: Zod! The story is brilliant, with delicious dialogue from the Kryptonians, and the visuals as bright as a lantern's construct. If you don't like this, you don't like comics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #38
February 19, 2018
|
|
Kneel before the awesomeness that is “Zod's Will”! Hal Jordan hasn't been this cocky in a long time and it's incredible to rediscover this aspect of his character. The visuals are to die for. If you love comics books, you'll love this. Seriously. You're going to love this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #40
April 10, 2018
|
|
What more could you want than Green Lanterns versus evil Kryptonians? This excels in every possible way, giving readers plenty to cheer and boo. The story is great, filled with several surprises and excellent dialogue. The visuals are awesome, with so much action it's amazing it fit in just one book. This is a comic lover's comic book. Action, heroics, and villainy at its finest.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #41
July 27, 2018
|
|
This is a Lantern fan's dream come true: Hal fighting a super strong baddie, plenty of constructs, and some terrific surprises in the last third. The visuals are also awesome, with the art really strong and the colors perfection. This is proof why Green Lantern comics continue to thrive.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #42
July 27, 2018
|
|
Old foes return to wreck havoc for the Green Lantern Corps. The dialogue is amazing in this issue as an argument is made to what constitutes a hero and justice. It's a great conversation and it's one that leaves Hal questioning himself. The visuals are incredible, with heroes looking amazing and villains fierce. This is a terrific comic, let alone an excellent issue of Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps. This is a comic that everyone should pick up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #44
August 12, 2018
|
|
The Lanterns go looking for help, while one Darkstar gets his revenge. The story is outstanding, while the visuals are better than average. This is still an incredibly readable book and one that has me eager to check out the next installment. I just wish the visuals had been a little more consistent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #45
August 12, 2018
|
|
This is the lead in to the lanterns confronting the Darkstars and it's delicious! Each lantern has an angle in getting assistance from some of their most powerful adversaries and it's incredible reading. There's more dialogue than action, but this is a must-read for Lantern fans. Assisting this strong story are incredible visuals. This is Lantern gold!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #46
August 14, 2018
|
|
This issue lacks the punch and immediacy of previous issues, but is still a fine read. The visuals are also not as strong; they work, but aren't as strong as what's come before. Lantern fans will be happy this, but others will probably be indifferent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #47
August 16, 2018
|
|
Hal has an introspective moment that stalls his getting to the Darkstars, but this is still a solid read. The other characters also have their concluding moments before blasting off to fight the deadly force, but Hal's scenes go on for a long time. The visuals are outstanding and I hope to see all return to another title, hopefully a monthly, as soon as possible. The book ends with the beginning of the end.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #48
August 19, 2018
|
|
The climatic battle between the Darkstars and the Lanterns has begun! The dialogue is fantastic as characters spar and the visuals are engaging. The issue leaves one wanting more and that's exactly how one should feel after finishing a comic book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #49
August 19, 2018
|
|
Solid payoff as the Lanterns and the Darkstars hammer one another. The dialogue is terrific as characters battle and the visuals, though mixed, make this an epic struggle. I'm already sad that the next issue is the last issue, but I cannot wait to read it!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #50
August 20, 2018
|
|
The Lantern and Darkstar conflict concludes, as does this series. The battle is good, the dialogue outstanding, the visuals strong. I'm sorry to see this conclude and Venditti leave Hal, but one can be safe in the knowledge that this is not the end of the Green Lantern Corps' adventures.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps: Rebirth #1 |
Jul 17, 2016
show
|
|
A successful summary and rebooting of Hal Jordan. Past stories are preserved in the timeline, while new ones can now be told. It's ring-slinging time. Let's go!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Half Past Danger II: Dead To Reichs |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Half Past Danger II: Dead To Reichs #1
September 23, 2017
|
|
I never picked up the first series and after reading this book, I have to get the collection as soon as possible. You've not seen action until you've read Half Past Danger 2. Action, adventure, femme fatales Nazis, dinosaurs, spies, and dynamite leads. A dream come true for fans of classic adventure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Half Past Danger II: Dead To Reichs #2
October 21, 2017
|
|
The femme fatale takes center stage in his enjoyable WWII pulp adventure. Stephen Mooney's labor of love will please those who like WWII, action, adventure, and intrigue. Could someone at Marvel call up Mr. Mooney to work on the long overdue comic book return of a famous cinematic archaeologist? Flat out fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Harley & Ivy Meet Betty and Veronica #1 |
Oct 08, 2017
show
|
|
This issue is putting the characters in their places so they can meet and that's about as far as things go. The story is cute, but not hilarious. The art is good, but not stellar. Intended for younger readers, this should please them considerably. Older fans should go elsewhere for their laughs and dynamic visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Harley Quinn (2013) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Harley Quinn #1
December 20, 2013
|
|
I'll not be buying any other issues. I didn't care for the story, but the art was pretty. I want over the top humor or a deadly serious tale, not this poor pastiche.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Harrow County |
12 issues
show
|
|
|
Harrow County #2
June 15, 2015
|
|
This is wrong. This shouldn't be happening. But it happens all the time in Harrow County, with a vengeance. Last issue trees were frightening, now it's dressers. I dare you to read this and not approach the one in your room cautiously. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Harrow County #5
September 13, 2015
|
|
Chills and beauty that matches the best of Guillermo Del Toro. A wonderfully dark, magicalworld that makes one yearn for it, but leaves one wondering it they would survive the visit. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Harrow County #10
March 22, 2016
|
|
If you think there aren't any more horrors in Harrow County, you haven't looked under the right bush. And be careful if you do, 'cause it'll bite you. It's impossible not to squirm from the tension. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Harrow County #13
June 11, 2016
|
|
Always south of what's right is Harrow County. Always a read that has you looking over your shoulder and keeping the lights on at night. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Harrow County #24
June 16, 2017
|
|
You can't predict where this series will go. It could be beautiful or it could be horrific. No matter which, you can't stop reading. Americana aberrations that are always recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Harrow County #25
October 14, 2017
|
|
I love and hate the creators of this issue for having something absolutely horrific occur in the final pages. It had to happen, but that doesn't mean I have to welcome it. Things are taking a decidedly darker direction in Harrow County. This is going to get messy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Harrow County #28
March 21, 2018
|
|
Bunn and Crook weave supernatural magic that will warm and break your heart. This is as perfect as horror gets. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Harrow County #29
May 29, 2018
|
|
A violent climax is coming closer as Hester speaks with family members. This story is sweet and scary, with visuals that will have you tearing up at the beauty and unable to look away at the horrors in Harrow County. This is one of the best horror series ever created. Pick this up and try not to look away.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellblazer: Rebirth #1 |
Jul 31, 2016
show
|
|
A solid reintroduction of John Constantine, showing how he can be a force for a good, when not being an absolute jerk. Recommended for fans of horror or the supernatural. I want more!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellboy: Krampusnacht #1 |
Dec 22, 2017
show
|
|
Ghosts and Krampus complicate Hellboy's life in this outstanding one-shot. The story is horrific, funny, and sweet. The art will kill you with its beautiful monstrosities. A must-read for those who want to walk a dark path this holiday season.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D. (2019) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: Long Night at Goloski Station #1
November 3, 2019
|
|
Simmering evil explodes violently in this one-shot set in Russia, 1967. Everything about this book is perfect. The story is incredible, be it with the conversation or the battle against the unholy. The art is killer, with silent looks from characters increasing the tension or revealing aspects of the individuals. The colors up every element of the art and the letters allow sounds to explode off the page. This is the book you give friends to hook them on Hellboy. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: Saturn Returns #1
September 8, 2019
|
|
The bodies are discovered and theories are being thrown about. Nothing is decided in this issue except there's something not right about this town. The story is fun, with some great interaction between Hellboy and Agent Kinsley. The visuals are sumptuous and only mildly disturbing. This is the quiet before the storm and I'm ready for the thunder.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: Saturn Returns #2
September 21, 2019
|
|
Only one of the plots has my interest. Loving Hellboy and the agents, but not thrilled by the Liz outing. The visuals are outstanding, making me want to see many, many more stories illustrated and colored by Mitten and Wagner. I'll definitely be back for the conclusion, but I'm scratching my head as to where this is headed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: Saturn Returns #3
October 26, 2019
|
|
This looks much better than it reads. Two separate tales that shouldn't have been combined conclude with strong visuals. I was disappointed in this conclusion, with the horror in the woods considerably more entertaining than Liz and Hellboy on the streets. Perhaps this suffers from prequel storytelling, much like popular films; for example, Star Wars: the reader knows where these characters end up, so is there any tension left in telling an adventure from the past? Readable, but not wholly satisfying.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: The Beast of Vargu #1
June 23, 2019
|
|
Hellboy learns if his life is his own or if fate merely pulls the strings. The story is a good action yarn spun around a bizarre show. The new characters and creature are cool and Hellboy remains the charismatic slugger. Fegredo's illustrations are detailed and thrilling. If any flaw can be found in this comic is that it's only a one-shot. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1952 |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1952 #2
January 9, 2015
|
|
In the present, he's dead and in Hell, but in 1952 Hellboy is just starting and it's enormously enjoyable. If you'vebeen tempted to readHellboy, but felt there's too much to take it, start here and you've missed nothing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1953 |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1954 |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1955 |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1955: Secret Nature #1
August 27, 2017
|
|
A terrific self-contained tale that will please long time fans and serve as an excellent introduction to new readers. With the conclusion, I found myself wanting more of Hellboy and Farrier's outings. And I want to see Martinbrough illustrate them. I can only hope that there are many more adventures to tell featuring this pair. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1956 |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1956 #1
December 6, 2018
|
|
The B.P.R.D. is growing and it's not going smoothly. The story moves masterfully about, introducing characters, showing missions, and threats on the horizon. The visuals are terrific collection of three unique looks that perfectly match their stories. This issue would be a solid introduction to new readers and will thrill fans who've loved this organization since its first appearance. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1956 #2
December 30, 2018
|
|
Agents frustrated or missing, while the government is doing something against Bruttenholm's wishes. The tension is building toward a head as the characters circle around the truth. The story has me concerned for two agents' safety. The visuals from three different artists are a wonderful change up from one artist producing an entire book and each illustrator brings their story to life wonderfully. This B.P.R.D. continues the thrills and drama of its predecessors.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1956 #3
March 2, 2019
|
|
A site is discovered, a revolt continues to brew, and an agent doesn't like what she learns. All of these tales are engaging, illustrated well, colored smartly, and lettered perfectly. This is how comic books should always be. Tension bubbling underneath each tale is increasing, foreshadowing forthcoming explosions. A great read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1956 #4
March 20, 2019
|
|
Someone is killed, someone is saved, someone is captured, and someone sees something they shouldn't have. It's impressive that so many thrills can exist in this book, considering it's set so far in the past. I was surprised several times throughout and find my apprehension of one character's fate increasing. Often three artists on a book leads to one outshining the others, but not in this book, with all creating incredible visuals. Hell, this is entertaining! Recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1956 #5
April 2, 2019
|
|
This final issue gets Hellboy back to America, while another character has a new focus. The story is fun, though I found myself drawn more to Susan's tale, and she's only on the last page! This isn't really a conclusion by any means, merely a pause before the next year's exploits are told. Enjoyable, to be sure, but the story peaked in the previous issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellboy in Hell |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Hellboy in Hell #2
January 5, 2013
|
|
I thought the final take on Hell had been done by Alan Moore at DC years ago. Thankfully, Mike Mignola is carving out his own epic down bellow and it is stunning.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy in Hell #5
December 8, 2013
|
|
A terrific story with terrific visuals. If you haven't tried this book before this is a good entry point. After all, to quote Hellboy himself, “What have you got to lose?” Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy in Hell #10
June 5, 2016
|
|
The conclusion is here, but it's not explicitly explained. It's enjoyable, but might only please those who've been reading this character's exploits for some time. Let the discussions begin!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellboy vs. Lobster Johnson in: The Ring of Death #1 |
May 31, 2019
show
|
|
This is a hilarious read, both in the film and the Visitor's short story. The film captures every type of cheese there is to be had in a 1950's low budget film. The characters look great and Hellboy, both versions of him, are a hoot. The Visitor tale was a welcome return to this supporting character and I'd love to see more of him. Hellboy continues to live in these early adventures.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellboy: Winter Special |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Hellboy: Winter Special: 2017 #1
January 28, 2017
|
|
The perfect combination of supernatural chills set in three different time periods. You'll discover ancient vessels, laugh at unexpected threats, and never want to go in the woods again. Something for everyone. Hellboy in winter is truly special.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellboy: Winter Special: 2018 #1
December 16, 2018
|
|
Three outstanding short stories that deal with the supernatural. Hellboy is at a seance gone wrong, a character from the B.P.R.D. makes a scream worthy appearance, and Lobster Johnson stops plagiarism. Exceptional art accompanies each tale. This is a must-own item for all Hellboy fans. It's funny, scary, and action packed. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellchild |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Hellchild #2
April 23, 2016
|
|
Angelica is reborn and her life decisions are not the best. She's reborn, confused, and hungry. A good read with occasionally murky art, but I'll definitely be back for more next month.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellchild #4
June 28, 2016
|
|
I can't believe this ends in one more issue! There's so much to be done with Angelica. I'm really looking forward to seeing how this will conclude. A father and daughter showdown done right.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellchild #5
July 29, 2016
|
|
Hellchild is a terrific introduction for Angelica and I look forward to seeing more of her in the Zenescope Universe. Good action and great characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellchild: Inferno #0
March 24, 2018
|
|
A solid one-shot that shows fans what these characters are up to. I've missed these heroines, so it was good to see them again, especially in a good book! The story is a good device to have this duo pair up and the visuals are sleek and strong. This is a worthwhile one-shot from Zenescope.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hellchild: Blood Money |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Hellchild: Blood Money #1
April 26, 2019
|
|
The story is good, the characters engaging, and the cliffhanger terrific. The artwork could have been a little stronger, with the backgrounds often rudimentary. This is a much more graphic series than the previous Hellchild offering. I really like Angelica and you will too after seeing her in action.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hellchild: Blood Money #2
May 24, 2019
|
|
The story is enjoyable, but the visuals are hurting it. I like seeing Hellchild in action and her foe is worthy in battling her. However, the lack of backgrounds and simplistic visuals lessen the story's impact. The colors do what they can with the visuals, but it results in focus going off the characters. I want to like this more than I am.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Her Infernal Descent |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Her Infernal Descent #1
April 21, 2018
|
|
I'm interested enough to continue reading to see what famous individuals lie in the center most rings of Hell and if the protagonist will get her family back. An intriguing premise on a classic novel with visuals that combine the sublime and the nightmarish. More, please!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Her Infernal Descent #2
July 5, 2018
|
|
It's impossible to look away at where Lynn is going. The characters are horrific, familiar, and illustrated disturbingly. Though I will admit to being very worried in what states Lynn will find her family. This trip through Hell is definitely worth taking.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Herald: Lovecraft & Tesla |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Herald: Lovecraft & Tesla #2
February 22, 2015
|
|
A fun story with two strong personalities trying to discover how a supernatural creature came to Earth. Good visuals and strong colors make this enjoyable to view. Worth checking out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Herald: Lovecraft & Tesla #4
June 26, 2015
|
|
I'm happy that this series is continuing. An excellent combination of real people in blasphemous situations with fun visuals. Thank you, Action Lab Entertainment, for continuing this title!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Herald: Lovecraft & Tesla #6
September 5, 2015
|
|
Historical characters continue to collidewith supernaturaloccurrences that foreshadow doom. Recommended reading for fans of alternate history that want to see icons mingle with the cosmic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hey Kids! Comics! |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Hey Kids! Comics! #1
September 2, 2018
|
|
Comic book creators try to eek out a reasonable living against the backdrop of several decades. These stories offer insight into what creators endured over time, with readers trying to guess whom each character was inspired by. Anything by Howard Chaykin is worth checking out and this definitely deserves your attention.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hey Kids! Comics! #2
October 29, 2018
|
|
Untold tales from behind the scenes of comic creators is riveting stuff. You'll try to guess who's who, while hoping that you haven't easily identified others. This a wonderful peek to what, allegedly, happened to those who charted an American enterprise. Open this up, enjoy, get mad, and learn what it was like as only Howard Chaykin can tell it. Wow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hey Kids! Comics! #3
November 21, 2018
|
|
Truthful tales told though fiction make this an unquestionably must-read if one loves comics. Not only is it readable to try to discover who the characters are based on, but as a record of what artists endured in an industry that chewed them up and spat them out. Fantastic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hey Kids! Comics! #4
December 17, 2018
|
|
You've got to have heart to make it in the comic book industry and Howard Chaykin shows how the business ripped it out of some people. These fictional retellings show the reality of working in the biz and how it changed over sixty years. What went on behind closed doors is now open. Read this if you think you can handle it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Hey Kids! Comics! #5
December 27, 2018
|
|
A dual firing and an infamous publication create complications for those that create comics. The stories are dramatic, the characters engaging, and the truth in this fiction brutal. You can't say you know everything about comics until you read this series. Brace yourself!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Human Bomb #1 |
Dec 11, 2012
show
|
|
A solid beginning that will have me following until the end. This is how a New 52 character should be introduced to readers!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
I, Human #1 |
Jul 03, 2016
show
|
|
There is much to enjoy in this tale of a too near, too possible existence. Alan Reynard is one of the best Everyman characters in recent science fiction. If only the ending hadn't taken a drastic turn. The questions this novel addresses go beyond the genre and hammer at modern man's existence. Worth reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
IDW 20/20: Ghostbusters #1 |
Feb 11, 2019
show
|
|
A decent outing that explores the Sanctum of Slime Ghostbusters. The story has some fun moments, several good scares, and I learned more about how this team works. The visuals are fine, with the colors being spot on. The back-up story looks fantastic, but is too short to do anything and comes off as a last minute addition, which it was. This is a decent Ghostbusters tale.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
In Retro Review: Doctor Who: Dark Progeny #1 |
Oct 01, 2014
show
|
|
Always good to read an adventure of Doctor number eight, as there was only the one filmed, but too many new characters meant not enough time for the Doctor, and where's the fun in that?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Inferior Five #1 |
Sep 28, 2019
show
|
|
Though both stories are related, I'm enjoying the main tale more so than the back-up. I like that the fallout from Invasion is the setting as I enjoyed that series when it first came out. I'm interested to see what's done with these familiar DC characters, and having Giffen play with them makes me happy. This is a good intro to these familiar heroes who are in a wonderfully warped environment. Buy this or Billy will make you go CHOOM.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Infinity Gauntlet #1 |
Jun 01, 2015
show
|
|
Anunexpected hard invasion story that doesn't go Marvel until its final pages. When it does tie in to that vast universe it does so in the most heroic of ways. I will be looking forward to what the upcoming issues do.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Infinity Man And The Forever People |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Infinity Man And The Forever People #3
August 23, 2014
|
|
Cosmic has returned to comics. If you're a youngster, this is a taste of what the good stuff was. If you're a geezer, what a welcome return to storytelling this is. The universe has expanded, and it may not be a good thing for these characters. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Inhuman |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Inhuman #1
April 3, 2014
|
|
This is the most enjoyable Marvel Comic I've read in several months. I'll definitely be coming back if the story and art remain at this high level. The hype on this series is that it's really going to impact the Marvel Universe. Okay, Marvel. I was a zombie for you in the 1970s and 80s, but you broke my heart in the 90s and I haven't been able to follow you since. I want to come back to the fold: Bring me in.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Inhuman #2
May 31, 2014
|
|
This is the only Marvel comic I'm picking up, and if it continues to be as good as this issue I'll continue to purchase it. This is the royal grandeur and epic-ness that Marvel became famous for in the 1960s. This could be the start of a classic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Inhuman #3
August 15, 2014
|
|
The story isnot as strong this issue and is a bit predictable. After having Lash built up, hisbeing taken down is tooquick. Still, the visuals are good and I didn't feel ripped off. This is the only Marvel Comic I've bought three issues of in some time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Inhuman #7
November 5, 2014
|
|
An average book, since the story goes in a different direction from previous issues and it's a different artist.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Inhuman #10
December 18, 2014
|
|
You could start reading here and fit right in. The story is tight, the art solid, and it's got Spider-Man. This is slick super hero fare.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
InSEXts |
9 issues
show
|
|
|
InSEXts #1
December 18, 2015
|
|
I had no idea what this book would be about, but picked it up because I enjoyed Replica which AfterShock published the week earlier. I'm glad I sought this out, as it shows that AfterShock is a publisher that's picking up good titles. This has me buzzing in anticipation to see what's next. Recommended, but for adults only!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
InSEXts #2
January 18, 2016
|
|
Mortiferum amatoribusare alive and well in this book, and now they are being threatened. Will their dark deeds be revealed or is there a way for their crime and love to survive? I can't wait to find out! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
InSEXts #3
February 15, 2016
|
|
Sensational Victorian horror that shows women battling for their place in the world. Not a “Penny Dreadful”, but AfterShock Awesomeness! Must reading for those with a predilection for the Grand Guignol. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
InSEXts #6
July 17, 2016
|
|
Insexts #6 is my highest possible recommendation of the week. No other book is as terrifying and beautiful.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
InSEXts #7
August 20, 2016
|
|
Outstanding story. Outstanding art. Insexts is one of the best books of the year. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
InSEXts #11
June 2, 2017
|
|
InSEXts continues to be a beautifully horrific jewel in AfterShock's crown. Superior story and art makes this a must read series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
InSEXts #13
September 21, 2017
|
|
A jewel in storytelling, InSEXts succeeds with its characters and visuals in every possible way. Horrific, empowering, and beautiful. A must-read for anyone that enjoys comics. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Invisible Republic |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Invisible Republic #4
July 19, 2015
|
|
An absorbing, gritty look at the secret history of a world as it's crumbling. I was lucky enough to purchase the first three issues of this series at the San Diego Comic-Con. You should chase down this series while it's still new, because this will be something people talk about. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Invisible Republic #6
September 27, 2015
|
|
This is the most adult comic on the market. It is not full of violence, sex, or drugs, but individuals trying to discover truth, on a personal and planetary scale. It is the finest example of what science fiction can be. This is the type of story one would expect from Robert Heinlein or Isaac Asimov. This is must reading. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Invisible Republic #8
December 27, 2015
|
|
If you think comics are only for juveniles, then you haven't been reading Invisible Republic. This is what you show others when they say that all characters in comics are spandex wearing superheroes. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Invisible Republic #9
March 13, 2016
|
|
The finest, purest science fiction book on the market. Each installment captures me in a web that would rival the work of a glyck eel. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Invisible Republic #10
July 5, 2016
|
|
This is the best mature science fiction series on the market. It should be read by anyone interested in the genre, journalism, politics, or what creates a myth. Always the highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
It Came! #1 |
Mar 29, 2013
show
|
|
Flat-out funny 1950′s tomfoolery that any fan of science fiction should own. Dan Boultwood, who did everything, is amazing!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
iZombie, Episode 9 "Patriot Brains" #1 |
May 13, 2015
show
|
|
|
|
|
Jasmine: Crown of Kings |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Jasmine: Crown of Kings #1
May 3, 2018
|
|
Your wish for high adventure and exotic locales is granted. A former jinn goes on a quest to stop a group of terrorists from assembling the pieces of a mysterious crown. Jasmine is a fun character, her foe Ali is very smart, and the visuals are good. This is another excellent book produced by Zenescope.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jasmine: Crown of Kings #2
June 22, 2018
|
|
Jinn confronts her lost past while battling foes that shouldn't exist. A fun story with teases of a larger story, wrapped around some epic action sequences with fantastic art. Zenescope should be proud of this entertaining installment. I'm looking forward to seeing where the creators next take this heroine.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jasmine: Crown of Kings #3
August 29, 2018
|
|
There's plenty of action to be found this issue as Jasmine seeks the next piece of the crown. I enjoyed the brief trip into Ali's past and the amount of thrills in this issue. The visuals matched the epic scale of the story well, with the colors being particularly impressive. This book is a winner from all its contributors.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Jeepers Creepers |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Jeepers Creepers #1
April 28, 2018
|
|
Not enough of the book's creature, but a story must be started before it can be unleashed. I'm confident that Andreyko will deliver with the story. The visuals of this book are a definite high point. Keep your eyes wide open to see what horrors await!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jeepers Creepers #2
September 8, 2018
|
|
This was predictable at times, but entertaining. The visuals waver between terrific and not so, but they ably tell the story and will keep readers turning pages. Four pages toward the book's conclusion are extremely fun. I can't help but feel that a stronger artist might have sent this installment into the stratosphere.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jeepers Creepers #3
October 25, 2018
|
|
A terrible link is revealed as the hero pursues the Creeper. Unfortunately, the Creeper now seeks him. Past and present collide as winged horror brings Hell to Earth. A solid creeper of a story and great visuals make this one to find.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jeepers Creepers #4
October 27, 2018
|
|
This story is a little clumsy initially, with a long flashback in the middle of the issue. The visuals are fine, though there are a few odd moments. This is enjoyable, to be sure, and I'll be back for the conclusion, but this is not the strongest issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jeepers Creepers #5
November 22, 2018
|
|
This final chapter tosses out all the previous elements that made this series stand out. An expected conclusion further lessens what this story could have brought. The visuals go from hot to cold, which matches the plot. My hopes were raised for this finale and ultimately brought crashing down for one of familiarity.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #1
July 13, 2018
|
|
The story is a little bumpy for new readers, but I'm sure that Smith will fill in the gaps in the remaining eleven issues. The visuals are incredible and wonderfully create this fantasy world. I'm in for at least one more issue and I hope that the story gets a little easier to follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #2
September 9, 2018
|
|
The characters' goals take some interesting turns due to unforeseen obstacles. The story is very enjoyable with it split between two protagonists and the visuals are gloriously sumptuous. The art is great, capturing the whimsy of this universe, and the coloring is off the charts incredible. This is a visual experience that must be seen. A highly enjoyable read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #3
November 17, 2018
|
|
The visuals are incredibly strong on this tale set long after the film. The story is fine, split equally between both groups, but neither seems to progress too far before being interrupted by the other. How this installment's importance plays into the entire series is unknown at this point. This is definitely readable, but it doesn't go too far.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #4
December 17, 2018
|
|
A solid read, though the key action sequence of the book is hard to follow. I love the scenes with Kensho and Toolah who are a perfect combination of opposites. Thurma and Nita's scenes are gorgeous to look upon, but hard to follow. The new character that appears is neat, for what's shown. I'm enjoying this enough to continue to follow it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #5
December 22, 2018
|
|
The Firelings get schooled and Kensho is in a very bad place in this installment. The plot is definitely moving forward for both stories, with the Firelings having more action than the Gelflings, but I really want to see what's going to happen to Kensho. The visuals are more engaging for one story than the other, though both are very fanciful. This issue has me eager to see what happens next.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #6
January 31, 2019
|
|
Action, angst, and two familiar characters return! The story has got plenty of action and drama, though two characters' story seem stuck in place. The visuals are beautiful and are worth the cover price alone. With the arrival of two iconic characters I'm on fire for the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #7
March 5, 2019
|
|
Kensho has a breakthrough, while Nita and Thurma's relationship takes a dramatic turn. It's fun to see a Skeksis and a Mystic in this series, if only for a few pages. The artwork is as fanciful as the film and the colors are beyond extraordinary. Even the lettering adds to the otherworldliness of this book when two characters speak.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #8
June 2, 2019
|
|
This series continues the saga begun by Jim Henson with an imaginative story and enchanting visuals. One protagonist is now alone and another is closer to their goal. A threat is revealed and a countdown to disaster begun. I love the story and am swept away by the visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #10
June 22, 2019
|
|
The action underground increases, while salvation occurs on two fronts on the surface world. The story's tension is ramping up with only two issues to go and neither group of heroes looks any closer to achieving their goals. The visuals are flat out stunning in this series, creating a world that would do Jim Henson proud by taking the reader someplace they've never been before. This book is staggeringly beautiful.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #11
July 13, 2019
|
|
One world is facing possession and the other facing death by flood. The tension is solid as this series races to its conclusion. Two character arrivals change the playing field and I'm very interested to see how this will all wrap up. The visuals continue to be incredibly strong, creating new fantasy worlds and characters with magnificent designs and superior colors.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Beneath the Dark Crystal #12
September 29, 2019
|
|
After reading every issue of this series I realize that this should have been two separate books with each focusing on one group. Combining the two into one series wasn't necessary, especially since the title focuses on only one land. I enjoyed reading this, but I was expecting some sort of reunification of the races above and below. That didn't happen. Again, I did enjoy reading this, but it's conclusion left me unfulfilled. At least the visuals never disappointed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Under The Spell #1 |
Dec 09, 2018
show
|
|
These stories will quickly place a reader under their spell with joyful warmth and humor. The visuals are fanciful, though the final tale looks extraordinary. This is a must own for all fans of Labyrinth and is a good jumping in point for those thinking of checking out the comic book tales of this franchise.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Coronation |
9 issues
show
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Coronation #1
March 4, 2018
|
|
An untold tale from the Goblin King's past that will send fans running back into the Labyrinth. The characters are fun, the drama high, and the visuals enjoyable. A worthy visit back into Jim Henson's magical world.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Coronation #2
May 6, 2018
|
|
Maria is the labyrinth, but can she save her child in time? Excellent story that continues the dark fantasy tone of the feature film with new characters. The insanity the protagonist encounters is fun and the visuals capture and expand the look of the movie. I need more of this now! What an enjoyable way to get lost.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Coronation #3
May 16, 2018
|
|
Not as strong as the previous issues, with the story bogging down too long with one companion. The visuals are also lesser, with the backgrounds disappearing, leaving the title location absent. Still, I'm enjoying enough of this to continue reading. I'm just hoping that things improve in the next installment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Coronation #4
June 2, 2018
|
|
Maria encounters an old friend, finds a new ally, and makes a realization, while the Owl King begins to cheat. A mesmerizing issue that captures the tone of the film wonderfully while creating its own original path. The characters are smart, fun, and a bit scary and the visuals capture the magic of film. A fun reading experience.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Coronation #5
August 19, 2018
|
|
Has the Owl King finally broken Maria inside the Labyrinth? The story is interesting, with Maria having several great scenes. The villainous Owl King gets some good character growth, while Jareth continues to be devilishly delightful. The visuals are good and the colors appropriate. I'm following this series all the way to its conclusion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Coronation #6
September 3, 2018
|
|
A wonderful new character is introduced as Maria continues to search for her missing child. The story is fun, with plenty of threats and laughs for the heroine, while the visuals are the best they've been. Everything about this issue works. This is a worthy prequel to the film.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Coronation #7
November 4, 2018
|
|
The story is fine, the visuals less so. This is an inconsistent issue that doesn't have me abandoning the series, but wishing that more time had spent on it, especially with the art. The ending is more of the tone I would expect for a Labyrinth story and has me hopeful of the next installment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Coronation #8
December 30, 2018
|
|
The arrival of a warring party increases the tension and has Maria going to an unexpected location. I like the characters, but was not thrilled with the heroes' conversations or actions until the antagonists appeared. From this point on the story became very interesting, with the ending of the book being a slick cliffhanger. The visuals are better this issue with many of the familiar characters resembling those from the film. This will please fans of Henson's film.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jim Henson's Labyrinth: Coronation #10
February 9, 2019
|
|
I'm going to see this series through to the end, but it seems to be falling apart. The story is okay for the message it's giving, but the art is oddly composed, while the colors obscure the visuals. This was just average. It's disappointing just for that reason. That said, I want this to at least end well. My fingers are crossed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Jim Henson's The Dark Crystal: Age of Resistance #1 |
Oct 13, 2019
show
|
|
A good start to a story with some very sketchy visuals. A quest is begun and I'm looking forward to where it's going. I'm not thrilled by the unfinished look to the artwork and colors that come off as very bland. I'm hoping the visuals improve as this goes on, otherwise they could mar the unfolding story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Jimmy's Bastards #1 |
Jun 15, 2017
show
|
|
A terrific send up of an iconic spy, who's about to reap what he's sown " literally! I can't wait for the next issue and I hope this goes for years. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Jirni #5 |
Dec 22, 2015
show
|
|
This ended in spectacular fashion. The story is full of epic action and the visuals are spectacularly detailed. This was a fantastic series. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Jirni Vol. 2 |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Jirni Vol. 2 #1
August 7, 2015
|
|
The epic visuals of this book illustrate an average story, which is a shame. I'm going to continue to follow this five issue series in the hopes that what occurred in this issue is leading to something big, but I've got to have a story that is strong as the visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jirni Vol. 2 #2
September 19, 2015
|
|
An improvement over last issue, but the story could be better. The art is superb, as are the colors and letters. It seems as though the visuals take precedence over the story, and it shouldn't.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
John Carter: Warlord of Mars |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Journey To Star Wars: The Rise Of Skywalker - Allegiance |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Journey To Star Wars: The Rise Of Skywalker - Allegiance #3
October 27, 2019
|
|
A predictable installment with some fun visuals makes this an adequate read. I'm not thrilled with the story, but it will feed my constant need for new Star Wars tales. I'm hoping there's a bigger twist in both stories in the next issue. The visuals are good, though an alien race that features strongly in one tale looks odd. Still, some Star Wars is better than no Star Wars.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Journey To Star Wars: The Rise Of Skywalker - Allegiance #4
November 3, 2019
|
|
The prelude to the film concludes with a world making a fateful decision. I enjoyed half of this story, with Finn and Poe being very enjoyable and the others stuck in a plodding tale of politicking. When all is said and done, was this story necessary? One won't be able to tell until The Rise of Skywalker arrives. The art is strong, with Luke Ross continuing to do a killer job in a galaxy far, far away"The colors unfortunately dull many pages by using passive, faded colors. This is an okay conclusion. I'm not unhappy I purchased it, but I doubt I'll remember much of it in a few months.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Judge Dredd |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Judge Dredd #20
July 11, 2014
|
|
Dredd finds the solution to the overabundance of Dark Judges, but now what? I'm interested, but have no clue what just happened.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Judge Dredd #21
July 18, 2014
|
|
If you've not read a Judge Dredd book in some time, or ever, this is your starting point. A psychological battle featuring one of the strongest characters in comics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Judge Dredd: Anderson Psi-Division |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Judge Dredd: Year One #1 |
Mar 22, 2013
show
|
|
I was fortunate as an American teenager in the eighties to be able to buy the original newsprint weekly 2000 A.D.s. I'll never forget the cover of the first issue I bought: The Dave Cluck Five. I can't find anything memorable about this book. Very disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League (2011) |
12 issues
show
|
|
|
Justice League #23.2
September 18, 2013
|
|
The issue ends with a “The End” followed by a question mark. Just say NO, DC. You've made a stand out character utterly generic. This looks great but reads as far below average.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League #44
October 5, 2015
|
|
Must reading for fans of the Justice League, DC comics, and team books. This is shaping up to be one of the best Justice League stories in years.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League #45
October 25, 2015
|
|
I can't continue to purchase a book that has visuals like this. Unbelievably disappointing. I'll look at the interiors before blindly purchasing next month.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League #47
January 1, 2016
|
|
This is what a team book should be. Excellent story and visuals, with plenty of surprises from both. If anything, the cover price is too cheap for a book like this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League #50
May 27, 2016
|
|
Very enjoyable but $5.99 for 42 pages is too much for what's given. The final 12 pages were set ups for spin-offs and don't contribute to this saga, even for a coda. This was a story that did go on too long, but is wrapped up well. Will probably have a stronger appeal when read in one sitting without ads. Good, but pricey!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League #51
June 25, 2016
|
|
An excellent stand alone issue revealing Robin's first outing with DC's heavy hitters. It this is what's to come after Rebirth, I'm on board for the long run.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League #52
June 28, 2016
|
|
I love the focus on Lex Luthor. I love how he tries to be as good as Superman. I love that he's continuing to be the awful, arrogant character he is. I want more!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League: Futures End #1
October 6, 2014
|
|
I can't recommend this unless you're a completist. I loved Lemire's work on Justice League Dark, but this was like he was just going through the motions to fill space. I bought this for Dawnstar and Wildstar, and I wish I hadn't.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League (2016) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Justice League #1
July 26, 2016
|
|
An excellent debut issue for the Justice League that has all the heroes and all the epic action that one could want from this series. I'm down for more!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League #3
August 21, 2016
|
|
Things go cosmic in this issue as two members fall before the Kindred. The action is good, the villains mysterious, and the visuals strong. This is what I want in a Justice League book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League 3000 |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Justice League 3000 #1
December 15, 2013
|
|
Maybe my hopes were too high, but I felt really let down by the story. The visuals were everything I'd hoped for and more. I'll come back next month to see where this is going, but if the story doesn't improve, the visuals alone can't support my support my patronage.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League 3000 #2
January 19, 2014
|
|
I'm not wild about the characterizations, and I realize these are not the heroes I'm familiar with, but I need to see some teamwork from a team on a team book. The visuals, though, are a visual grand slam!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League 3000 #4
March 21, 2014
|
|
The secret is out. How will the Justice League react? How will they fight their revealed foes? How will GL survive? And what of those two on the final page? This is the perfect reading experience for those wanting heroes.Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League 3000 #7
June 20, 2014
|
|
This is what would happen if Quentin Tarantino were to write a super hero comic book. Lots of laughs, lots of shocks, and lots of things you can't believe you witnessed. Just when I think this group can't go through the wringer any more, it hits the fan all the harder. This is a Don't Miss book! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League 3000 #10
October 5, 2014
|
|
This is what you show someone if they say, “Comics are for kids.” This has iconic characters with a twist in a highly entertaining story with stunning visuals. This is the apex of super hero books. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League 3001 |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Justice League 3001 #3
August 30, 2015
|
|
Serious, beautiful, funny, stupid, exciting, and one never to miss. This series requires 3001 adjectives to say how good it is, but I'll be succinct: it's wonderful. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League 3001 #4
September 27, 2015
|
|
A fun read that serves as a good entry point for new readers. This has me wishing that all comics could be this fun, rather than the constant multi-partend-of-the-world epics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League Dark |
14 issues
show
|
|
|
Justice League Dark Annual #1
November 4, 2012
|
|
I came in completely cold to everything, and I enjoyed this. I would have enjoyed it more if the story had a better conclusion, but a comic is supposed to hook you for next month…So, congratulations, DC. I've gone back to my local comic books store and picked up #0 and #13. If this annual can get me to do that, it's got to have something going for it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League Dark #17
February 28, 2013
|
|
I'm ticked I have to wait 30 days for the next chapter! In honor of Frankenstein, I'll quote a famous doctor who sums up how I feel about waiting, “Oh, the pain. The pain.”
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League Dark #25
December 11, 2013
|
|
I don't want cross over storylines and I don't want to pay an extra dollar a month, DC. I want to keep reading the book, for the strange-cool stories and great artwork, as is in this issue, but the Justice League is getting to be too much to follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League of America #1 |
Mar 10, 2013
show
|
|
This is the Marvel-ization of a DC book. It's expertly done in every panel, but too dark, too depressing, and too expensive for me to follow. I'm “drawing the line” this time with this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League of America (2015) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Justice League of America #1
June 22, 2015
|
|
I've avoided purchasing Justice League books in the past because they're a dollar more than other DC titles. Skimming them, their visualshaven't been worth the extra buck. This one isn't worth the extra length or price. I'll go one more issue, but it's really got to improve for me to continue to purchase. Overinflated, overpriced, underwritten, and underdrawn. Disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League of America #6
December 28, 2015
|
|
This storyline hasn't completed, but I'm done. I've been very disappointed in the story and art and don't think this book is worth the cover price. I expect better on DC Comics' flagship team book. Six issues is more than enough time to hope for improvement.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League of America (2017) |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Justice League of America: Rebirth #1
February 11, 2017
|
|
The art is terrific, but the story is utterly unsurprising. There's no reason to purchase this book if one is vaguely familiar with any incarnation of the characters. It looks great, but that's not reason enough to buy a book. I'm hoping the story begins in the first issue of the monthly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League of America: The Atom Rebirth #1
January 8, 2017
|
|
Sadly, this was aspoiled story with good visuals which made for a lackluster book. Nothing in Choi's background increased his likability. The visuals are good, but there's not enough in the story to make them showy. A little better than an average comic, but nothing spectacular.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Justice League of America: The Ray Rebirth #1
February 7, 2017
|
|
Who do I have to speak with to have this become a monthly with the same creative team? This was a terrific reintroduction to the character, with an origin that's fun and full of slick visuals. I enjoyed this much, much more than I thought I would.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League United |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Justice League United #10
March 17, 2015
|
|
Now that's it over, I wish I'd passed on this. The entire Legion wasn't necessary for the end result and I didn'tfind myself caring for this Justice League. For die hard fans only.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League vs. Suicide Squad #3 |
Jan 09, 2017
show
|
|
An okay issue of the two teams meeting, though one is better written than the other. The visuals are also just fine. Given the hype of these two groups, one would expect the story and visuals to be a bit stronger. Worth checking out if you're a fan of any character in this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Justice League: Rebirth #1 |
Jul 07, 2016
show
|
|
Hitch, the writer, is good, but Hitch, the artist, leaves much to be desired. These are not the visuals to use to relaunch a company's flagship team book. I love the Justice League, but this makes me sad. You'll feel better if you skip this book. I wish I had.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Killdarlings #1 |
Dec 23, 2015
show
|
|
This is a one-man show about two women who are insane, and their public doesn't care. The story becomes a little too preachy at times, with the author's voice overpowering the characters, but I found myself laughing and agreeing with their statements more times than not. This is not for children, or your mother, but for those who want to take a peek behind fame's curtain. Just be careful, you might lose your eyes. Hey, you've been warned.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Klarion |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Klarion #1
October 11, 2014
|
|
An interesting story with visuals too dark to see. I expected better. This won't last long looking like this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Klarion #2
November 20, 2014
|
|
A big improvement from the first issue and leaves me wanting more now. The anti-hero is alive and well with Klarion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Knights Temporal |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Knights Temporal #1
September 29, 2019
|
|
Timelines are crossed to destroy a sorcerer. The reader should buckle in for this adventure! Auguste is the purest of heroes out to vanquish evil, while his sidekick and guide Jane is hiding something from this man. Future issues will undoubtedly reveal what's not being told. The villains are delightfully creepy and gross. Both time periods look spectacular and I'm looking forward to seeing where else the hero will go and has been. Definitely a series to follow!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Knights Temporal #2
November 6, 2019
|
|
Trippy, magical, exciting and delicious storytelling makes this a must read. I love the story and visuals immensely. I hope this series never ends. Absolutely worthy of my highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kolchak: The Night Stalker Files #3 |
Apr 10, 2012
show
|
|
All I ask of a comic that continues a franchise, be it Star Trek, Star Wars, etc., is that I want my characters to look like I remember and to sound like I remember. I want Kolchak's new tales to be this creepy and this fun. This gave me exactly what I wanted! Thank you, Moonstone, and, please, don't stop!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kong of Skull Island |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Kong on the Planet of the Apes |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Kong on the Planet of the Apes #1
November 12, 2017
|
|
A smart “must-read” story on how the discovery of a larger relation plunges the apes into seeking the forbidden and the dangerous. An engaging tale with incredibly detailed visuals. I'm going to be eagerly awaiting every issue of this series to see what happens next. Recommended reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Kong on the Planet of the Apes #4
February 25, 2018
|
|
The Eighth Wonder of the World is Kong on the Planet of the Apes! A clever story where the characters are true to their film counterparts delivered with art that is incredibly detailed. This is a winning book in every possible way. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Kong on the Planet of the Apes #6
May 20, 2018
|
|
Some good twists and turns in this conclusion. One may think they know how this will end, but there's enough to keep even veteran Apes fans entertained. The visuals are superior, with apes large and small looking outstanding. My only complaint is that this has ended, while there are plenty of opportunities for more stories from this combining of screen simians.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Koshchei |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Koshchei: The Deathless #1
January 7, 2018
|
|
The fall of a man due to the intervention of the supernatural makes for outstanding reading. Proceeding through this tale, a reader will wonder if Koshchei damned himself or was cursed by others. The strong story and fantastic visuals make this a “must-read.”
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: Clockwork Assassin |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: Clockwork Assassin #1
July 8, 2017
|
|
This is my first read of Lady Mechanika's exploits and, based on this issue, I need to seek out the previous stories. The mystery is good, the characters are interesting, and the visuals are the envy of other books. This is a book that deserves immense praise. Storytelling at its finest. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: Clockwork Assassin #2
September 3, 2017
|
|
Highest possible recommendation. If this book isn't on your pull list you are missing out on a world that is staggering. Mystery, technology, and the nineteenth century collide into a cornucopia of wonders. A must read for anyone that enjoys comics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: Clockwork Assassin #3
October 29, 2017
|
|
This is an outstanding conclusion that every comic fan should read. This, as well as all the previous Lady Mechanika stories, belong in every collector's cache. The story is a page turner and the visuals the envy of all other books. This earns my highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: La Belle Dame Sans Merci |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: La Belle Dame Sans Merci #1
July 7, 2018
|
|
This book earns my highest possible recommendation of the week. This is a fantastic book for its story and visuals. This is why comic books continue to exist as an art form. I defy you to find a book that is as sumptuously detailed as this. Get yourself a copy while you can!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: La Belle Dame Sans Merci #2
September 5, 2018
|
|
Suspicions continue to rise that someone is under another's influence. The story features a terrific fight and plenty of clues for the hero to realize all is not right. The visuals are a knockout in every panel on every page. I defy anyone to find a book that looks as good as this. A must-buy for every comic reader.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: La Belle Dame Sans Merci #3
November 12, 2018
|
|
You really should be reading this book. The story is fun, with interesting and surprising characters. These visuals are not to be missed for any reason. Sumptuous is too pedestrian a word for how this book looks. One doesn't experience this, one falls into it and is immersed in a fantastic world that other books wish they could create. This gets my highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: Sangre |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: Sangre #1
June 8, 2019
|
|
Life is better with a new Lady Mechanika adventure, and you don't need to spill blood to find it. The story is a solid mystery and the visuals continue to be exemplary. You are missing out if you're not following this character's adventures. Seriously, check this out!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: Sangre #2
July 25, 2019
|
|
This is one of the finest comic books published. The story is smart and exciting, the artwork is superb, the colors are perfection, and the lettering enhanced the tale. You cannot find a better book on the market than Lady Mechanika. The action is intense and graphic, with the final page's reveal a shocker. You need Lady Mechanika: Sangre! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lady Mechanika: Sangre #3
September 22, 2019
|
|
A great fight, new information is learned, and two new supernatural characters spin this series to new heights. I'm loving everything about this book. Seriously, this book needs to be read by everyone that loves comics. The story is riveting and the visuals are jaw-dropping. This is the definition of a WOW! comic book. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lady Rawhide #1 |
Aug 06, 2013
show
|
|
|
|
|
Larfleeze |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Larfleeze #1
July 2, 2013
|
|
Sick, twisted and funny heroics are back in the DC Universe! Go buy your own copy–'cause this one is mine! ALL MINE!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Larfleeze #2
August 5, 2013
|
|
Cosmic comedy and chaos that will leave you awed by the powers being used and laughing at the dialogue. Fun, good stuff.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Larfleeze #3
September 4, 2013
|
|
I keep telling myself I really shouldn't be enjoying this comedic take on such a sinister villain, but darned if this isn't just a good old-fashioned fun book. In a time when “fun” doesn't seem possible in books with brooding heroes, this is a delight to read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Larfleeze #4
October 28, 2013
|
|
A frenzyof frantic fighting fun with Larfleeze getting another great story with terrific art. Once you pick this up all you'll want is more! More! MORE!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Larfleeze #5
December 10, 2013
|
|
It goes from funny to serious in the span between panels and I love every bit of it. Something ultra-cosmic could be coming our antihero's way, and I can't wait to see it!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Larfleeze #8
March 4, 2014
|
|
Great visuals with an okay story. Not a stunning book, but more build up, making me hope the payoff is huge next month.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Larfleeze #11
May 31, 2014
|
|
This is the penultimate issue: there's only one more to go and this series is done. I'm already getting a bit weepy because there's no other super funny super book to take its place. That only makesme treasure this book a bit more. Super silly, super fun, with super destruction. This is a Ha-Ha you need to have-have.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Larfleeze #12
June 29, 2014
|
|
You will thrill to the action. You will laugh at the jokes. You will hear Geoff Johns cry. This was a funny issue that was part of a funny series, and the DC universe is a little less at its absence.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Legenderry Red Sonja #1 |
Feb 24, 2015
show
|
|
Fun adventure with a classic character in a Steampunk setting. I'll definitely along for the entire ride.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Legenderry Red Sonja (2018) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Legenderry Red Sonja #1
February 11, 2018
|
|
Terrific Steampunk adventure in the city and on the high seas featuring a sensational Red Sonja. The story is fun, the art detailed, and the premise terrific. Grab your goggles and gizmos, get a copy of this book, and enjoy this crimson haired heroine. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legenderry Red Sonja #2
March 17, 2018
|
|
A daring rescue reveals a larger threat in this installment. The story has plenty of action and villainy, while the visuals have some impressive details. Perfect reading for fans of Robert E. Howard, Steampunk, or escapist fare. I can't wait for the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legenderry Red Sonja #3
April 15, 2018
|
|
Sonja arrives at the island and encounters several dangers, though the greatest threat has eyes on her ship. The story captures the time period well and the visuals are perfect. I'm really enjoying this story and look forward to wherever it's taking me.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legenderry Red Sonja #4
July 1, 2018
|
|
Will thrill those craving adventure and delight those looking for beautiful visuals. Excellent escapism that captures the spirit of the familiar characters and gives them just enough changes to make them new. A great read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legenderry Red Sonja #5
July 15, 2018
|
|
A terrific conclusion capped with plenty of action. I enjoyed the story and really liked the visuals. In fact, I would be disappointed if Dynamite doesn't continue the exploits of this Steampunk Hyrkanian.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Legenderry Vampirella #1 |
Mar 23, 2015
show
|
|
A good debut issue that has the heroine on the hunt for something. Worth checking out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Legenderry: A Steampunk Adventure |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Legenderry: A Steampunk Adventure #7
September 29, 2014
|
|
What happened? This series was a classic in the making that fell part in the final issue. I have never encountered a book that ended so suddenly and incompletely. This makes me wish I had never read this title.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Legends of Red Sonja |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Legion Lost |
10 issues
show
|
|
|
Legion Lost #8
April 13, 2012
|
|
For a tie-in this was entertaining. If this is what the creative team can do when bowing to merchadising, I can't wait to see this title when it moves out on its own. Very promising!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion Lost #12
August 20, 2012
|
|
The final page was a misfire that dampened my enjoyment of the book. Will I continue to read this book? Yes, I'm a Legion junkie. “Hello, my name is Patrick…” But, Tom…C'mon, man!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion Lost #13
October 14, 2012
|
|
This is a setting up the pieces issue that's designed to get the plot going for several issues. I'm just not thrilled with some of it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion Lost #14
November 15, 2012
|
|
I'll give this book one more issue. The story is like having a loved one on life support who's hallucinating they're someone else. If it's more of the same next month, I'll pull the plug.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion Lost #15
December 13, 2012
|
|
I'm a major Legion fan and this is too painful. I can't read this book anymore. Please, DC, cancel this title and send the Legionnaires back to their own time. We'll never speak of this underwhelming series again, I promise. That's what I want for Christmas: Legion Lost cancelled!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion Lost #16
January 20, 2013
|
|
I'm glad it's over. This was a flawed concept from the beginning: take a group of space heroes from the future and strand them on Earth in the past. Dear DC, get them into space and have them deal justice in the stars–that's what the Legion does!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2011) |
19 issues
show
|
|
|
Legion of Super-Heroes #5
January 22, 2012
|
|
This will lead you into the fold of one of the greatest super hero teams every created, and if you're a crusty old fan like me, you'll find things to grin about within. If you've never tried the Legion, now's the time! LLL!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion of Super-Heroes #6
February 16, 2012
|
|
I got info on a new Legionnaire, I got to see other Legionnaires in action, and I got a villain that's not going to back down anytime soon.And the teaser–Wooie! This is why I love super hero comics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion of Super-Heroes #15
December 25, 2012
|
|
What a difference one issue makes! Comics are a visual medium, and if the visuals aren't good the entire book suffers. With Portela drawing again, my faith in the Legion's future is restored!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion of Super-Heroes #17
February 21, 2013
|
|
If I could have had one comic book wish, it would be to have Levitz and Giffen reunited on Legion. You don't really understand: I've purchased twenty pages of Giffen's art, I've gotten Levitz to autograph too many comics, I was even a member of Interlac for a while. I'm a major Legion fan. My dream has come true and it has hit every one of my expectations. May this team never end! Long live the Legion!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion of Super-Heroes #23
August 25, 2013
|
|
Not a satisfactory story, but what can be done when the rug is pulled out from under you? Pity Paul Levitz who will be besieged by fans to explain the unexplained plot threads for years. Only for fans. LLL!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2019) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Legion of Super-Heroes: Millennium #1
September 7, 2019
|
|
The story is pointless and makes this book a cash grab for fans wishing to finally journey to DC's future. I was thinking this would be about the Legion, given as how that name is at the top of this book. Nope. Didn't happen. There are seven pages after the tale that show the characters and give some of the creators' opinions on the new direction of the series. This is a lazy way to promote this reboot. The information on these pages should have been revealed in a story, such as this comic that featured the Legion's name at its top. Skip this book. Don't waste your time or money. Pointless and sad.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion of Super-Heroes: Millennium #2
October 19, 2019
|
|
A major misfire in reintroducing the Legion to the DC Universe that leaves me concerned. The story appears to be teasing a story without having the courage to simply introduce it in the monthly title when it finally is published. The visuals are okay, but don't impress because the characters I'm paying to read about aren't in the story. I'm incredibly disappointed. Let me put it this way, say you're a writer and the company you write for says it's going to pay you in cash, but instead they give you some paper that says MONEY at the top, but it's not money. Would that writer be happy with what they received? That's how I feel about the writing on this book. With a story this bad, and such a misleading title, I can't average the scores to give a passing grade.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Legion: Secret Origin |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Legion: Secret Origin #5
March 1, 2012
|
|
Super heroics in space, regardless of the time period, should be fun, and this is. It made me feel like I did in high school, reading the Legion for the first time. If you're a newbie, you could easily understand and enjoy the book. If you're a geezer Legion fan, like me, you'll enjoy the changes with this “secret” origin.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Legion: Secret Origin #6
March 30, 2012
|
|
I found this unsatisfying to read, but enjoyable visually. If you're new to the Legion, I don't know what you'll think. If the Legion is old hat for you, what can grab you?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Li'L Sonja #1 |
Jan 29, 2014
show
|
|
|
|
|
Lobo #1 |
Oct 26, 2014
show
|
|
This was an average comic. Any spark that made Lobo fun has been neutered with this new Lobo. Generic, acceptable reading, but not one I'll purchase again.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lobster Johnson |
17 issues
show
|
|
|
Lobster Johnson: Mangekyo #1
August 12, 2017
|
|
The return of the Crimson Lotus has the Lobster fighting on several fronts in a race against time to stop a criminal from escaping jail. A psychological story featuring creepy visuals makes this one of the Lobster's more bizarre battles.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lobster Johnson: The Pirates Ghost #2
April 30, 2017
|
|
This middle installment moves the mystery forward as two characters' mental state comes to the forefront. Schemes and the supernatural are coming together with only the Lobster to bring justice to both. Terrific pulp reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lone Ranger Vol. 2 #15 |
Jun 05, 2013
show
|
|
This hero from the past is a great read in the present and I'm going to be following his future adventures with this great creative team! Now I have to ask my father for a horse for my next birthday…
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lone Ranger / Green Hornet #1 |
Jul 09, 2016
show
|
|
If you're too young to have experienced these characters in their heyday, this is for you. If you remember thrilling to these characters' adventures when they were done regularly, prepare to fall in love all over again. The story effectively channels the heroism and power of these characters and the visuals will take you back to those thrilling days of yesteryear. This is a love letter to both of these iconic heroes. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lords of Mars |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Lords of Mars #1
August 6, 2013
|
|
I cannot wait to see what happens when these two fish-out-of-water characters, and their wives, meet. A super first issue that has me dreaming of vine swinging on Mars.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lords of Mars #2
September 15, 2013
|
|
Tarzan is more physically fit on Earth than John Carter, so does that mean he can outfight him? I'm dying to know and dying to see their meeting. This isa great story and a visual feast. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lords of Mars #3
October 20, 2013
|
|
Thisis must own material for any fan of either of Burroughs's characters. Vicious political scheming is pulling these two titans together and we move closer to this collision. The tension continues to escalate. The story, art, and action aredynamite in this Dynamite book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lords of Mars #5
December 29, 2013
|
|
This continues to be one of my favorite Dynamite mini-series and I'm already sad that this is the penultimate issue. I wish this book could go on forever.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lords of the Jungle |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Lords of the Jungle #1
March 23, 2016
|
|
Where has this book been all my life? I went through junior high reading Tarzan tales and read Sheena's adventures in high school. Combining these two protectors of the jungle into one tale is fantastic and the creators have done a bang up job in telling it. Superior jungle action. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lords of the Jungle #2
April 23, 2016
|
|
This captures the spirit of both characters flawlessly in an incredible tale. The visuals are sumptuous, both in the city and the wilds. This is the type of series that keeps comic books alive. So fun! Highly recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lords of the Jungle #3
May 23, 2016
|
|
This book will make readers take to the trees to join in the adventures of Sheena and Tarzan. Flawless storytelling with superior visuals. A tale worthy of these characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lords of the Jungle #6
August 20, 2016
|
|
Every issue of this series was a winner and I hope that all the contributors reunite for another project soon. Sheena and Tarzan would be proud of this adventure. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lucifer #1 |
Dec 18, 2015
show
|
|
A major misfire of story, art, and colors. I'll go one more issue, but if something hasn't improved, this title is damned.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Maestros #1 |
Oct 22, 2017
show
|
|
Sumptuous visuals make this adult fantasy blast into the stratosphere. The story took an unnecessary turn to the past, but that's just my preference for linear storytelling. This is definitely a book to follow, but keep it out of the hands of younger comic readers!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Magnus #1 |
Jun 09, 2017
show
|
|
A huge departure in story and art from previous Magnus incarnations has this often stumbling. I'll give this one more issue, but if it's more of the same, I'm out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Magnus: Robot Fighter |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Magnus: Robot Fighter #0
July 11, 2014
|
|
If you missed the first four issues of this series and would like to try but are afraid of already missing too much, this was created for you. If you've read the previous issues, this is a great look from another perspective. However you come to this book you'll find it outstanding.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mars Attacks |
10 issues
show
|
|
|
Mars Attacks #3
September 8, 2012
|
|
I love this book! Anyone with a twisted sense of humor and love of sci-fi B-movies will be in heaven. It's going to take a while for my feet to come back to the ground. Consistently classy comic!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Mars Attacks #5
November 12, 2012
|
|
This has been one of the most consistently outstanding books produced by any publisher. Such epic awesomeness can only serve as a guide to prepare for the impending invasion. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mars Attacks: First Born |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Marvel Comics Presents #1 |
Feb 01, 2019
show
|
|
In a short story collection, I expect some installments to be better than others, but all of these were just average. The visuals were also just average. Nothing in this really stood out as outstanding. I'll skim the next issue when it comes out to decide if I'll purchase it. If it reads or looks like this premiere, I'm one and done with the new Marvel Comics Presents.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Marvel Two-In-One #1
December 23, 2017
|
|
If this is the direction Marvel comics are going, then Make Mine Marvel! The story is full of emotion and action, the premise is good, the visuals are outstanding, and that Marvel Value Stamp makes my inner ten year-old ecstatic. I'll be sticking with this title if it stays at such a high level, and I'm now considering checking out the other Legacy books. Marvel, you got me.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Marvel Two-In-One #2
January 28, 2018
|
|
This is the best book of the week. The story is awesome and the visuals are heaven on a page. This is why people still read comics. I want this in a hardcover edition immediately. This earns my highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Marvel Two-In-One #3
February 23, 2018
|
|
The quality of the visuals undermines a generally fun story. The villain is good, as is the extra hero involved in this tale. Sadly, distant characters are suggestions of individuals, and they appear so often. A decent comic team up, but if it continues to look like this, this series won't last long.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mary Shelley: Monster Hunter |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Mary Shelley: Monster Hunter #1
April 22, 2019
|
|
Mary Shelley's tale is finally revealed to be more fact than fiction! I love the premise, the way the tale is introduced, and how fact and fiction are woven into a horrific tale. The visuals capture the time period splendidly, as well as reveal the nightmares that existed. Horror continues to be done superbly at AfterShock. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Mary Shelley: Monster Hunter #2
May 25, 2019
|
|
Doctor Victoria Frankenstein makes her case to Mary Shelley about the future of womankind. Will Shelley join her? The story is deliciously Gothic, the characters are fun, and the art is gorgeously grand and gory. This is horror to savor. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Mary Shelley: Monster Hunter #3
July 1, 2019
|
|
The creature is brought back to life. What could possibly go wrong? Great twist in the classic tale, with Mary Shelley directly involved in Adam's birth. I love the antagonist that appears in the final three pages and what this character brings to the book. The visuals are dark and glorious, though every element of the visuals can be seen in this tale. Even the letters, with Adam's horrific speech, add to the foreshadowing of doom. This is a must-buy for all fans of horror and the doctor's iconic creation. Even if one hasn't purchased the previous issues, you could start here and fully enjoy the horror.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Mary Shelley: Monster Hunter #4
August 17, 2019
|
|
The creature lives and its reign of terror begins. The story has the characters in emotional turmoil due to Adam's violence, as well as the secrets they've kept from one another. From the first page the tension of what Adam will do seeps into every illustration and when he's on the page it's wonderfully monstrous. I love the visuals on this book, solidifying my love of Sherman's art. This deliciously dark and devious twisting of the classic tale is one that can't be passed up. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Masters of the Universe: The Origin Of Skeletor #1 |
Nov 02, 2012
show
|
|
If I had to do over, I would have passed on this book and enjoyed his appearances on Robot Chicken.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mega Robo Bros #1 |
Mar 28, 2018
show
|
|
Deez bros are tha bomb. Guaranteed to be loved by younger readers and anyone interested in robots. With luck the bros will be back soon. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Midnight Mystery: City of Ghosts #1 |
Jul 06, 2019
show
|
|
This was an enjoyable read. A classic detective crosses paths with the supernatural and has me wanting more. I like the classic gumshoe vibe and a supporting cast with some questionable motivations. The visuals are very stylized, but I like the way they look. The colors are also terrific, with blue and orange dominating, each punctuating a scene. Plus, this is only $1.50. Are you kidding me? I'll give any book a try for this cover price. Based on this one issue, Alterna Comics has me actively looking for more of their works. I'd definitely recommend this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Midnight Society: The Black Lake #3 |
Sep 20, 2015
show
|
|
The Midnight Society is a beautiful, thrillingswim into the world of the unexpected and strange. The water's fine, even though the lake is a little black. It won't kill you to take a dip. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Midnight Vista #1 |
Sep 07, 2019
show
|
|
Abduction and its after effects are explored frighteningly from a no longer young boy's point of view. His flashbacks of the event give some neat insight into his character and I'm looking forward to seeing how others are effected by his return. The final page teases that he may not be back for long. The visuals have outstanding character work, for humans and aliens alike. The colors brilliantly increase the emotion and the horrors. A solid sci-fi tale that should be taken up by all readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mighty Man #1 |
Apr 08, 2017
show
|
|
A fun one-shot that's accessible to new readers. Mighty Man gets his long overdue book and it's full of action and solid laughs.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Millennium |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Millennium #1
January 25, 2015
|
|
A welcome return by Frank Black to the world of thrillers. If CSI is too light for you, this is what you want to check out. Black is back and the world is just a bit safer. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Millennium #2
March 31, 2015
|
|
You're not late to the party if you start here because it's been going for 5,527 days. Once you open this book you won't be able to stop. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Millennium #3
April 2, 2015
|
|
Frank Black's greatest fear has manifested, with seemingly no salvation. What must he do to regain peace of soul? Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Monsters Unleashed |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Monsters Unleashed #1
January 22, 2017
|
|
Forget any civil or secret wars, Monsters Unleashed! shows Marvel at its best! This is the best Marvel comic I've read in some time. If the remaining issues can be as strong as this, Marvel will have a classic on its hands. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Monsters Unleashed #3
February 19, 2017
|
|
Lots of action, then lots of narrative exposition. This issue is a bridge between the battle from the previous issue and the impending one in Issue #4. The art is strong, at least.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Monsters Unleashed #4
March 5, 2017
|
|
The setup for the final issue hits some slow points among some amazing monster clobbering scenes. Enjoyable, but not the strongest issue of the series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Monsters Unleashed #5
March 16, 2017
|
|
"Go, Go Monsters Unleashed!" can probably be this series's unofficial theme song. With it's conclusion it shows itself to be a monster smackdown and introduction to five new heroes for the Marvel Universe. It's not deep or dark, let alone for older readers, but a fun monsterpalooza for the younger comic reading crowd.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Monstro Mechanica |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Monstro Mechanica #1
December 20, 2017
|
|
AfterShock has another great book on its hands with this mixing of technology and politics surrounding da Vinci. The story is fun historical fiction and the visuals are classical and futuristic. Eccezionale!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Monstro Mechanica #2
January 16, 2018
|
|
The Machine and Isabel run through a city in chaos on a rescue mission. The story is exciting and full of several surprises and the visuals are perfect. Historical fiction doesn't get better than this! Definitely worth picking up!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Monstro Mechanica #3
February 13, 2018
|
|
Chaos in the city and the machine on the loose! Who will survive? The adventures of this device and its handlers is fun reading. If only history showed such a device to be true.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Moth & Whisper |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Moth & Whisper #1
September 24, 2018
|
|
Moth & Whisper is an impressive mystery in all too near future. This book's premise is clever and the world is engaging. The characters are exceedingly awesome and the visuals are cool in every possible way.I'm really looking forward to more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Moth & Whisper #2
October 27, 2018
|
|
This is one of the most intriguing books on the stand because one can't predict where this is going. A fantastic mashup of sci-fi, noir, and mystery. The visuals compliment this story exceedingly well, with futuristic realism dominating. You just can't predict where this is going. Grab a copy!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Moth & Whisper #3
November 24, 2018
|
|
Niki goes undercover and things go wrong. Great, smart story as the protagonist learns something terrible. The art continues to soar, with every page a visual winner. This is one of my favorite books on the market and I can't wait to read the next one.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Moth & Whisper #4
December 31, 1969
|
|
A fantastic read with Niki on the run and encountering a new character. The action is great, the characters smart, and the ending leaving me pumped for more. The visuals are thrilling, with a design for the future I've not seen before, the characters look great, and the tech believable and killer. Even the lettering adds to the futuristic flavor. I cannot get enough of this book. I'm drawn to it like a flame and I'm shouting that you check this out! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Moth & Whisper #5
January 14, 2019
|
|
Moth & Whisper go after Ambrose Wolfe in an unconventional way. The story is great for tension and surprises, with the conclusion excellent. The visuals are outstanding and have me needing to see more work from Jen Hickman. The letters also add to the visual flair of this book. I loved everything about this series and this can't be the end. I need more Moth & Whisper!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Musketeers |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Musketeers #1
March 3, 2018
|
|
The premise is established and the heroes are shown in action, so let the fun begin! I like these characters, I like the twists on the final pages, and the visuals are fine. Brighter colors would improve the art. It's got everything you want in a comic, with some very engaging heroes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Musketeers #2
May 13, 2018
|
|
A surprisingly average Zenescope book. I'm enjoying what's going on with the characters, but these visuals really need to step up. A change in coloring would help immensely.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Musketeers #3
June 3, 2018
|
|
The best issue yet in this series! Surprises from heroes abound with two terrific action sequences. I like how the plot is progressing, the heroes are growing (or falling apart) as a team, and the chief antagonist is losing his patience. All this, plus Skye and Shang waiting in the wings. The visuals on this issue were great, showing terrific action sequences and outstanding characters emoting. This is a great comic! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Musketeers #4
July 6, 2018
|
|
The team recognizes what side they're fighting on just as epic trouble arrives. A fun story with some solid art, though the coloring does make looking at the artwork difficult at times. I'm enjoying this team and want to read more of their exploits.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mystere #1 |
Sep 07, 2019
show
|
|
A great start that sets the stage for the chaos to come. I love Mary and am happy to see her back in another series. This issue expands her character by revealing much of her background. Also increasing her character is her day job, which is something that others often think about but never act upon. The visuals capture the real world and the one beyond the grave well. Though this issue starts this calmly, I'm sure upcoming issues will have more action. I'm ready for more!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mystery Science Theater 3000 #1 |
Oct 06, 2018
show
|
|
This book made me laugh consistently. The dialogue in the original story is funny and the jokes that have been inserted into it are wonderfully silly. It's rare to find a book that just intends to make you laugh. This book does so and succeeds wonderfully. This is a delightfully fun book in a medium that's come to cherish the grim and the serious. I was happy and grateful to read this book. Now if you'll excuse me, I need to find some Totino's Pizza Rolls. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
New Avengers (2010) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
New Avengers #24
April 13, 2012
|
|
I bought this because it was a crossover book. As such, it was superfluous. As a focus on Luke Cage, and how that character functions, it was very successful. Not what I wanted, but not a disappointment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
New Avengers #26
May 16, 2012
|
|
Of all the crossover books I've read during this megaseries, this story frustrates me the most. Rather than what's going on in the present, we're at a snail's pace in the past. It's killing any chance I have of liking this book. It's heavily influencing my grade.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
New Suicide Squad #1 |
Jul 11, 2014
show
|
|
I love the idea of the Suicide Squad, but if this is the rebooted version of the reboot, I hope it dies quickly. I will not return to this book with these creators.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
New Superman #1 |
Jul 16, 2016
show
|
|
Nothing about this character encourages me to continue reading his adventures. Even Guy Gardner is more likable than Kenan Kong. I'll give this series one more issue, but why would I read something with such an unlikable lead? This isn't even close to being “super.”
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Nightwing: Rebirth #1 |
Jul 13, 2016
show
|
|
This book encapsulates what's happened to Dick Grayson and justifies why he wants to resume the identity of a previous persona. A good catch all and beginning. Okay, Nightwing — Let's go!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
NOIR |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
NOIR #1
December 27, 2013
|
|
Noir is a welcome addition to Dynamite's roster of classic hero books. An engaging story with some stand out visuals are going to make the mysteries of the night fun to follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
NOIR #2
December 29, 2013
|
|
I'm hoping for a deviation form the writing pattern that's been established, but this was still a good read with some super visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Numbercruncher #1 |
Jul 16, 2013
show
|
|
One of the most original narratives I've read set in one of the most strange, freakish, twisted version of reality you'll read. Once you've finished you'll be thinking about how the universe works, and it ain't the Matrix–it's even colder and cooler!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Oberon |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Oberon #1
February 9, 2019
|
|
The fairy king needs a girl for a devious plan, but she has to assist him willingly. This is a solid start that introduces the premise, the characters, and teases the fantasy world. I'm interested to learn Bonnie's past, what Oberon wants in her, and what her parents know. The visuals do a great job in creating the ordinary and the fantastic, with the colors adding to them. This would be suitable reading for all ages with something for everyone. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Oberon #2
March 10, 2019
|
|
This fantasy without the sugar coating is delicious. Young Bonnie finds herself in the world of the old as a useful pawn for Oberon. The story is fun, scary, and all ages appropriate. The narration by the title character definitely puts the edge onto every page. The visuals are like a dream brought to life. There is every type of wonder and nightmare on display in sumptuous colors. This is the book to give to naysayers who say comic books are for little kids. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Oberon #3
April 8, 2019
|
|
A heroine is in peril and the title character schemes, while supporting characters all want little Bonnie Blair. Tales of the fae have glossed over the horrors that they can create for mortals, but this book clearly shows how manipulative they can be. The story is entertaining on every page, whether a character faces certain doom or others' plots unwind and are ruined. The visuals make this a stunning looking experience: beauties and horrors to create gasps of joy and terror. This is a series you need to read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Oberon #4
May 11, 2019
|
|
One foe is defeated, while a new one is introduced. What is to be Bonnie's fate with Oberon leading her about? Next issue, the concluding one, should reveal all! The story is fun, the dialogue wickedly fun, and the visuals to die for. Dark fantasy at its finest is to be found in this series! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Oberon #5
July 14, 2019
|
|
The series ends, but Oberon's plans are only beginning. The non-ending nature of this issue hurts this series overall. There's some really good stuff here, but to stop now is a crime. The visuals are better than most books, but are a little looser than previous issues. The colors and lettering are strong. I enjoyed this, but not as much as previous issues. That said, I would buy a sequel series/issue in a heartbeat. AfterShock, make this happen! Please!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
OH, HELL #1 |
Nov 17, 2013
show
|
|
A terrific world, crafted by writer George Wassil & Michael Connell, and it's such a great idea for a story it'll make you wonder why it hasn't been done before. But rather than wonder, why not check it out for yourself. It's free online! That's right: F-R-E-E! Go to www.OhHellComics.com and www.OhHellGraphicNovel.com to check this out and see about buying a “hard” copy for yourself. How can you go wrong?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
OMAC #8 |
Apr 05, 2012
show
|
|
This was the funnest book of the New 52 that you never read. You should have. It's gone now. O.M.A.C. will undoubtedly reappear elsewhere in the DC Universe, but I doubt it will be same, unless the same creators are on board. Comics need to be fun, and this sure was–for every issue!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Omega Men |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Omega Men #1
June 4, 2015
|
|
I didn't think a reboot of the Omega Men could work. This excels as a reboot and has me hungry for more adventures from this team by these creators. Here's hoping the other new DC comics are as good as this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Omega Men #2
July 5, 2015
|
|
If Primus doesn't do something that makes him heroic next issue, I'll be out for the remainder of this series. If there's no hope, what's the point in following this? And the means by which a hero achieves their ends matter to me. Right now, I'm just not feeling the hope in this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Onyx #1 |
Jul 19, 2015
show
|
|
At this year's San Diego Comic-Con it was announced that IDW has acquired the license to publish new ROMcomic books. I hope this doesn't mean that Ryall's focus leaves this book and goes to one of his childhood favorites. This could be just as famous.This is an excellent beginning that other publishers might want to look at to see howa series should be started. If you like sci-fi adventure, Onyx is in your line of fire.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Operation S.I.N. #1 |
Jan 09, 2015
show
|
|
The visuals are acceptable, but the story has me hooked. I'll return to this Marvel comic to see just what's going on. Hopefully ABC's Agent Carter has as good a story as this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Original Sin #1 |
May 10, 2014
show
|
|
Captain America says the murder of one of the universe's oldest beings, who just so happens to be based next to Earth, is none ofthe Avengers' business; odd ball team upsare occurring–the worst being Strange and the Punisher; the art is of such a poor quality that if there was no dialogue readers would have difficulty knowing who's who; and the colors have no hope of improving the art. I wanted totear myeyes outafter reading this book. A painfully sad experience. If this is what passes for Marvel's summer blockbuster story, I'm glad that Uatu is dead and doesn't have to watch it. I know I won't any more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Orphan Age |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Orphan Age #1
April 15, 2019
|
|
The children have grown up, but they're making their parents' mistakes in this opening issue. The premise is a familiar one, but I'm intrigued enough to see where Anderson is going to take this. I really enjoyed the visuals by Plati and Lemos. This is a series I'll be following.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Orphan Age #2
May 19, 2019
|
|
The journey to survive has begun and the first stop brings trouble. I really liked the story, with a familiar location revealing to be a haven for more than merchandise. Princess is going to be the most changed character by this trek/series and she's a great way for the reader to see the world. The visuals are excellent, with art and colors enhancing the story on every page.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Orphan Age #3
June 20, 2019
|
|
The ultimate orphan appears in this issue and it's a frightening thing. The lessons that Princess is learning are painful, but necessities to survive. Princess seems to be losing more of her humanity as this series progresses, making her an orphan from others around her. It makes me really interested to see where Anderson is leading this title. The visuals are really strong, with them giving the reader insight even when there's no text. This is the sign of a strong artist. This is a series to follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Orphan Age #4
July 13, 2019
|
|
Past acquaintances are found in Albany, plus new threats. The characters have reached their destination, but it may not hold the salvation they were hoping for. I enjoyed Lindy and what she brings to one character, as well as Princess's encounter late in the book. The visuals are terrific, capturing the scale of the location and the emotion that each character feels. The colors add immensely to the story, enhancing every facet of the visuals. Orphan Age deserves a home in your collection.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Outer Darkness |
10 issues
show
|
|
|
Outer Darkness #1
November 12, 2018
|
|
I picked this up because it was the first issue of an outer space series. I had no idea what I was getting into. This is the space horror I've been waiting for someone to do for years: a fully realized star fleet that has to deal with the supernatural terrors that exist in the darkness of space. The characters are cool, the visuals outstanding, and the threats monstrously evil. This nightmare is a dream come true for fans of sci-fi and horror. Buckle up, folks, because this won't be your average space trek. Absolutely recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Outer Darkness #3
February 18, 2019
|
|
This is absolutely a must-read series. The horror is epic. The science fiction flavors are delicious. This is a warped combination of genres that will have you wondering if man should ever go into space. I hunger for each issue, but fear where it will take me. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Outer Darkness #4
March 23, 2019
|
|
This is one of the best books available. The story is an incredible combination of science fiction and horror, with everyone keeping secrets from the other. The visuals are awesome, thrilling readers to advanced technology that falters before ancient evils. Everything about this book works and has me eagerly awaiting every issue. If I had only one series to recommend to readers, this would be it. Definitely not for young ones, but absolutely stellar for those craving something to terrify.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Outer Darkness #5
March 31, 2019
|
|
This is a MUST-BUY book for any fan of science fiction or horror. This is a frightening, horrific, and thrilling story set in the stars. The characters are original and engaging and the visuals capture the grandeur and nightmares of space. This earns my highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Outer Darkness #6
April 14, 2019
|
|
Two horrors are solved, though one is twisted into further, future terrors. The story is frightening and exciting, making me turn pages at a hellish pace. The visuals are incredible, creating futuristic forays into space and unnatural creatures whose existence are unholy blasphemes. This is one of the best books, the best series, currently being published. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Outer Darkness #7
June 16, 2019
|
|
Only this series could make a literal haunted house in space work. The story, in both the past and the present, is awesome, the visuals are killer, and the letters gold. This is a book I devour each month. This needs to be on everyone's pull list. I can think of no better combination of horror and science fiction in print. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Outer Darkness #8
July 12, 2019
|
|
Hydzek and Sister Magdalena form a bond during a stressful situation aboard the Charon. Excellent character development for both women, with plenty of action, horrors, and surprises. The visuals capture the emotion and terrors of supernatural space sensationally. This series is must-reading for fans of science fiction or horror. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Outer Darkness #9
August 22, 2019
|
|
This series is the greatest horror-science fiction comic ever created. I cannot get enough of this book. The story is creepy, the characters wonderful, and the visuals killer. You can jump in with this issue and be caught up in all the terror and treachery from a galaxy that's hopefully really damn far away. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Outer Darkness #10
September 17, 2019
|
|
A new horror awaits the crew as it subtly feeds on them. Excellent story that makes the reader question everything shown. The visuals clearly show what's happening, but will only reward those that pay close attention. Brilliant horror.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Outer Darkness #11
October 17, 2019
|
|
The official mission is completed and now the kid gloves come off and the real one begins. WOW! Another surprising twist in this tale spins things in a new direction, with horrors found in lead characters and not the specters that have been haunting them. Excellent visuals clearly show the emotion within characters, with both the art and colors outstanding. One of the best current series continues to be a page turner that chips away at the reader's soul. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Overtaken #1 |
Sep 04, 2013
show
|
|
What was I expecting for a buck? Satisfaction in a payoff, or at least a tease, visually, of things to come. Based on this issue, I won't be returning when this series goes to full price.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Oz: The Wizard #1 |
Aug 04, 2018
show
|
|
A solid beginning to a story, but there's no conclusion. This issue shows how Oz is effected by a villain that's been running rampant in other books, and that's good, but the heroes are still in peril by the conclusion. I would have preferred to see a conclusion. The visuals are fine, but the dialogue style comes across as lacking. This should have been a miniseries and not a one-shot.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Oz: Heart of Magic |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Oz: Heart of Magic #1
April 27, 2019
|
|
You don't need Ruby Slippers to join Dorothy in her fantastic journey to reclaim the throne of Oz. The story has adventure, fun characters, and great thrills. The visuals capture the magic of the source material and marvelously make it Zenescope's own. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Oz: Heart of Magic #2
June 10, 2019
|
|
You don't have to be swept up by a tornado to get to Oz — just pick up this book! The adventures are much more mature than the familiar books, but are undeniably entertaining. The visuals are epic, heroic, and frightening. Magic is everywhere in this Oz saga.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Oz: Heart of Magic #3
July 1, 2019
|
|
Oz loses its physical heart in this issue and it's a stunner. There's also a great battle in this book, with every character getting a moment, with one making the ultimate sacrifice. The visuals are really good, with varied points of view to exploit every moment of action and highlight characters making a stand. This modern day Oz tale charts a thrilling new path for these beloved characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Oz: Heart of Magic #4
August 25, 2019
|
|
Dorothy's dark journey is wonderful. She struggles to return to the Emerald City with the help of her friends to reclaim the throne, but it's not an easy task. The story is epic and the visuals are magical and monstrous. This grown up Oz adventure is one trip definitely worth taking. I really like this series and am sad it concludes in the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Oz: Heart of Magic #5
September 14, 2019
|
|
An epic conclusion to an epic journey. The final battle does not disappoint. The heroes are spectacular, the villains heinous, the visuals awesome, the colors beautiful, and the letters excellent. This is a series for Zenescope to be proud of and one that demands all contributors return for a sequel. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Patience! Conviction! Revenge! |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Patience! Conviction! Revenge! #1
September 22, 2018
|
|
Action! Humor! Robots! All are within this cracking good tale of payback in Sin City. The story has got a great protagonist who loves to hear himself talk and I love hearing him do so. There's some great action, with plenty of promises of more to come. The art is chock full of details that could be examined for hours and not all of its treasures fully discovered. The colors increase the intensity of the art and add to the tone of the story. The letters add another visual to the story, separating humans from robot. This is an entertaining book from AfterShock that has me Wanting! Needing! Desiring! More!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Patience! Conviction! Revenge! #2
December 31, 1969
|
|
This is sick, twisted, funny, and an absolutely delicious deviant delight to read. I love that I expected one thing only to have the story spin into a wild new direction. The unpredictability of the story is a definite plus. The visuals are also great, going happily into taboo territory and walking right up to the line of going too far, only to have something visual keep them from jumping the shark. Take a walk on the wild side reading this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Patience! Conviction! Revenge! #3
December 27, 2018
|
|
Skeevy heroics have never been so entertaining. The protagonist is driven to a fault and now he's joined by a female sidekick who wants reimbursement for the destruction of last issue. The dialogue between Robot Paul and a gangster is funny, with the poor mechanical creature in a precarious situation. The visuals are a trippy amalgamation of Heavy Metal and Manga-like artwork. It's detailed, furious, and funny. There's so much to like in this book, it's almost enough to make you forget that the lead is a such terrible person. This is a great guilty pleasure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Pencil Head |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Pencil Head #3
March 25, 2016
|
|
I can't decide which is more horrendous: the life of Poodwaddle or the stories he hears and encounters? "Don't meet your heroes" might bea message this issue, rather than “Don't believe everything you hear” as two incidents have the title character feeling disappointed. What isn't disappointing is this book, which is complete engrossing as it takes its readers through the joys and heartache of creating comic books.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Pencil Head #4
June 2, 2016
|
|
A man's life falling apart in the comic industry is powerful reading. It's the job every reader wants, but to see it displayed as this gives one pause. The dream has become a nightmare. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Pestilence |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Pestilence #1
May 6, 2017
|
|
The truth about the Crusades is finally told and you'd be dead wrong to miss it. Great characters and detailed art make this a must read. It's already going to a second printing, so grab one while you can! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Pestilence #2
June 11, 2017
|
|
I've never read a zombie book like this before and I'm in awe! I'm in for the run of this series until I die, and then I'll probably continue to purchase it as one of the undead. The story is thrilling and the visuals sumptuous. Highest possible recommendation.=
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Pestilence: A Story of Satan |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Pestilence: A Story of Satan #1
June 10, 2018
|
|
The plague has returned and three men must join together to try and stop it. The story is fun, weaving in classic historical settings with zombie outbreaks. The introduction of a new antagonist could make this series more epic than the previous saga. The artwork is as killer as the zombies that populate this tale. There is so much goodness in each panel that it's a spectacle on every page. If things go well, this Pestilence will find its way into your hands and you'll never look at medieval times the same way. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Pestilence: A Story of Satan #2
July 25, 2018
|
|
Horror perfection from AfterShock that's not for the faint of heart. This book is graphic, action packed, and features the most terrible blaspheme to walk the Earth. I loved every moment of this book, though I kept all the lights on. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Pestilence: A Story of Satan #3
August 19, 2018
|
|
Every page contains a surprise or new horror for the heroes to impossibly overcome. The story is fantastic and the visuals are to die for! This should be in every horror fan's collection. After all, if we don't learn from this, it could all happen again. My highest possible recommendation goes to this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Pestilence: A Story of Satan #4
September 8, 2018
|
|
Fascinating backstory and history are revealed, but dangers attack in the present, dealing a horrible blow to one hero. This is a fantastic saga of the devil's continual battle to consume the world. The characters are heroic and engaging, the visuals are beautiful and horrific, the colors wonderful, and the lettering perfection. If this is Hell, give me more!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Pestilence: A Story of Satan #5
December 23, 2018
|
|
Nope. Sorry, AfterShock. This can't be the end of Roderick's exploits. This series is fantastic. This conclusion is beautiful, horrible, graphic, and awesome. The ending of this series is a perfect return to its beginning, going someplace absolutely unexpected. I love everything about this: story, art, colors, letters, and cover. Pestilence should never end and I look forward to its, hopeful, return. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man #1 |
Jun 25, 2017
show
|
|
A good start, with a fun, easy story and strong art. The acknowledgements to the Marvel Cinematic Universe were a bit too much, but shouldn't annoy readers too much. Someone appears on the final page of the first story that will have readers' jaws drop and have them rushing to their local comic book store to reserve the next issue. It's enough of a tease to want me to continue reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Phantom Stranger (2012) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Phantom Stranger #0
September 7, 2012
|
|
To quote Doctor Smith, “Oh, the pain. The pain.” A wrong turn for a great character that I want to see corrected. If you're a fan, you're in for disappointment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Phantom Stranger #1
October 14, 2012
|
|
I'm not thrilled with this Phantom so far, but I'm hoping the tease of that final pair of pages leads to him quickly losing the power he must answer to.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes / Green Lantern |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes / Green Lantern #4
May 16, 2017
|
|
One of my guilty pleasures, this series shouldn't work, but it does sensationally. Every character is true to their nature as they clash in surprising ways. The visuals are both beautiful and haunting. I don't want this limited series to end.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes / Green Lantern #5
June 16, 2017
|
|
An excellent issue with decisions made that lead to fatal repercussions. The story has got several surprises and plenty of action, while the visuals are equally impressive. Sure to please Apes and Lantern fans of all ages.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes / Green Lantern #6
July 14, 2017
|
|
An explosive conclusion that matches the explosive conflict between these two groups. The story is great, the characters true, and the conflicts huge. The visuals are also well done, with both franchises looking great. Once you get your paws on this book, you won't be able to put it down. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes: The Simian Age #1 |
Dec 18, 2018
show
|
|
Three different ape tales from three different time periods that are incredibly engaging. This is the perfect companion piece to The Time of Man comic. Each tale will thrill Apes fans and the visuals are great. Here's hoping that BOOM! continues with these collections.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes: The Time of Man #1 |
Nov 24, 2018
show
|
|
A trio of tales that will please any Apes fan. Each story is outstanding and only one has art that didn't live up to the story's potential. The Dan Abnett story is what you give non-Apes fans to read to get them into Apes comics. This collection is worth the price, and it is a hefty one at $7.99. You get forty pages and no ads. The paper is good quality and you could use that cover to cut a steak. I would love to see BOOM! return with more tales from the time of man.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes: Ursus |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes: Ursus #1
January 7, 2018
|
|
The shock and horrors of a planet ruled by apes returns as the focus goes to mankind's greatest enemy. Ursus is a rounded character in this tale and the visuals superb as the title character discovers his world is about to undergo its worst threat. This should be read by all humans…and apes. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes: Ursus #3
April 10, 2018
|
|
Ursus is a fantastic series that uses the backdrop of the general's past to reveal behind the scenes moments from the classic Apes film. You can't call yourself an Apes fan unless you've read Ursus. A sensational series. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes: Ursus #4
May 14, 2018
|
|
This is mandatory reading for any Apes fan or anyone who wants to see a character become a villain. I relish the stories in the past as much as those in the present. This is beautifully told and handsomely illustrated. Check this out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes: Ursus #5
May 27, 2018
|
|
The visuals are hurting this book's appeal, because the story is outstanding. The artwork in the past is fantastic, while that of the present is average. I still would recommend this as mandatory reading to Apes fans, though those who aren't converts may be put off by these visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Planet of the Apes: Ursus #6
July 13, 2018
|
|
The source of Ursus's hate is revealed just as he reaches a critical moment in his life. The story spent too long in the present to contain enough surprises for readers, though it is readable. The visuals appear rushed in several spots, but are serviceable. This book started stronger than its conclusion, but I would still recommend this to Apes fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Plus Ultra #1 |
Jan 23, 2016
show
|
|
A solid debut that has me intrigued enough to see what happens in the next issue. A toning down of the narrator and some tightening of the visuals will raise this book's grade.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Powerpuff Girls |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Powerpuff Girls #1
October 6, 2013
|
|
I loved The Powerpuff Girls show and was delighted to hear that IDW would be doing this series, and they've knocked it out of the park. Troy Little is an obvious fan and a major catch to be doing this book. This is perfect for any fan of the show or anyone who misses out on comics being smart, sweet, and tough! Fun has been returned to comics, thanks to…THE POWERPUFF GIRLS! Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Powerpuff Girls #4
December 15, 2013
|
|
This saga is winding toward a messy conclusion and it's going to be great! Fantastic fun on every page for any age! Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Powerpuff Girls #5
January 18, 2014
|
|
This is the perfect all ages book on the market today. The story is great, the art perfection, the coloring gorgeous, and the lettering amazing. Why can't all super hero teams' books be as good as this?Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Powerpuff Girls #6
March 4, 2014
|
|
Hands down, this is the best series for those young in age or young at heart. I haven't smiled so much while reading a comic in a long time. I never want this series to end. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Predator: Fire And Stone |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Predator: Life and Death #1 |
Mar 15, 2016
show
|
|
The bar was set high with Fire and Stone. This series, visually, is far below it. If the visuals continue to look like this, I'll look at the next issue, but not purchase it. Dark Horse, what happened?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Pretty Violent |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Pretty Violent #1
September 2, 2019
|
|
A hilarious tale of a hero making the worst possible mistakes accompanied by beautifully graphic art. There's a lot to love with cute characters, monstrous villains, and violently vivid deaths creating shocks and giggles. Not for the kiddies, but definitely for those who like cartoon carnage. If you're a fan of Adult Swim or comics that go too far, it's time for you to get Pretty Violent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Pretty Violent #2
September 28, 2019
|
|
Not as funny as the first issue, but an enjoyable read. The inability of Gamma to be a hero and make the right decisions continues in this issue. There are some funny moments, though the plot supersedes the humor. The visuals remain strong, though the reader is distant from the main battle. I will return to see what further trouble Gamma gets into in her quest to be the best.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Pretty Violent #3
October 26, 2019
|
|
More story than action lessens the humor in this outing. This is an okay read, but didn't hit me as hard as the over the top violence of the previous two issues. Cavern Kid is a scene stealer in his brief appearances.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Prodigy #1 |
Dec 14, 2018
show
|
|
A solid introduction issue that has a prodigy demonstrating his abilities before coming upon a mystery. The story is fun and could go in any possible direction due to the talented protagonist. The visuals are beautiful, with both the characters and the settings looking cool. I'm ready for more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Prometheus: Fire and Stone |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Prometheus: Fire and Stone #1
September 13, 2014
|
|
If the movie left you wanting more, more is now. The crew is discovering things that should have been forgotten, but readers remember past stories that foretell these characters' fates. The story will leave you wanting more, but dreading what's to come. Scary fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Prometheus: Fire and Stone - Omega #1 |
Feb 19, 2015
show
|
|
|
|
|
Prometheus: Life and Death |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Prometheus: Life and Death #1
July 10, 2016
|
|
I didn't continue to purchase the recent Predator series after its inital issue because of the visuals and I'm feeling somewhat the same on this series. However, because I'm interested in learning more about the Engineers, I may continue to purchase this. The story is fine, but the visuals should have been stronger.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Prometheus: Life and Death #3
August 15, 2016
|
|
This is a rare Dark Horse Comics misfire, with the story and the visuals not being outstanding. It's impossible not to consider this issue, and this series, vastly inferior to the work done on last year's Fire and Stone books. All involved with this book have done much, much better in other works. I'm continuing to follow this series because I love the franchise and I'm curious about what the Engineer is up to, but this series is making it difficult to continue my love.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Prophecy |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Prophecy #6
January 20, 2013
|
|
An enjoyable read for an apocalyptic book. I want to see how it concludes and I have to track down the previous issues to see how this all began.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Prophecy #7
February 11, 2013
|
|
Magnificent apocalyptic team-up fun! It's a shame the end of the world only comes once in a life time. This is worth your time to read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Protectors Inc. |
10 issues
show
|
|
|
Protectors Inc. #1
November 17, 2013
|
|
Protectors, Inc, is here and it looks like their past is going to be dragged to the present by Detective Riley. This will not be pretty for them, but for readers this is going to be entertaining.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Protectors Inc. #2
December 15, 2013
|
|
The mystery grows and characters who had minor appearances in the first issue reappear. What's the connection?I don't know, but I'll be back next month to learn more!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Protectors Inc. #3
January 18, 2014
|
|
Things are start to quicken, so there's still time to jump into this book! This issue would be a good example on how to illustrate a comic where the story has no fight scenes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Protectors Inc. #4
February 22, 2014
|
|
The list of suspects grows as the logo for this series is starting to take on ominous overtones. Nothing is sacred, not even the national pastime.”Watch your back” is the best advice this series has given. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Protectors Inc. #7
July 4, 2014
|
|
Will more glowing gods come crashing down in the rain? Only John Riley knows for sure, but whom can he trust? This is the best of noir detection with heroes being the victims and assailants. Who knows who will be falling, flying, fighting, or dying next? Only one way to find out: pick this up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Protectors Inc. #8
August 23, 2014
|
|
It seems the closer Riley gets the farther away he actually is from the truth. And just as it seems I've got alock on the killer's identity, someone does something to make me think them a suspect. This iswhat any readerwants from a mystery.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Protectors Inc. #9
October 5, 2014
|
|
I don't see how this can end next month. This could go on for much longer, now that readers know what it takes to be a hero. I'm on pins and needles to see who the killer is and what their motive was. Bring it on, Joe's Comics! I want to know! And it had better end with the rain beginning to fall.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Providence |
10 issues
show
|
|
|
Providence #3
August 15, 2015
|
|
The tension in this issue is unbearable, yet you'll feel compelled to continue. If you're familiar with Lovecraft, you'll shudder with each page. If you're unfamiliar with Lovecraft, you'll find yourselfmaking your way throughsomething that's obviously wrong, but you can't put your finger on it. You'll see more than Black, and you'll be screaming athis choices. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Providence #4
September 5, 2015
|
|
The horror is right before Black, but he can't see it. The most disturbing issue yet. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Providence #5
October 3, 2015
|
|
Robert Black's quest has revealed something disturbing, and he continues to fall to destruction. If readers aren't careful, they'll fall with him. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Providence #6
November 29, 2015
|
|
Any reader who's been following this series will truly go mad at what they witness, but that's as things should be. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Providence #7
February 6, 2016
|
|
Wonderfully unnerving as the protagonist regains his mind, while the reader knows this is only temporary. Incredible story and visuals. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Providence #8
April 9, 2016
|
|
Iconic stories and dreams come to life as Black continues his quest for knowledge. You couldn't look away if you tried. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Providence #9
June 4, 2016
|
|
Worth reading, but with no overt scares like previous issues. Moore is setting up the pieces to finish his mad game and I have to see this through.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Providence #11
December 9, 2016
|
|
You won't look at the world the same way after you read this book. The creators of this series have brought to life and expanded all the madness of H.P. Lovecraft. I don't whether to thank them or plead for them to stop. Highest possible recommendation. Overall grade: A+
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Providence #12
April 6, 2017
|
|
Watchmen is arguably the apex of super hero comics. Providence is the apex of Lovecraft horror. Every story, character, terror is in this series. Lovecraft's original mythos reach their logical/insane end with this story. I've never read The Courtyard or Neonomicon and their stories are key to this conclusion.I've read about them, and one character plays a major role in this series' conclusion. However, this series, and this issue, can be enjoyed without reading them. This is not for children, by any means, but if one is willing to see the fate of humanity, this will read like a dream/nightmare. This is the book of the week. Besides, reading it will make "it" occur all the more quickly. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
PumpkinHead |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
PumpkinHead #1
March 13, 2018
|
|
Why don't ya set a spell with this book? ‘Cause goin' out in the night, ‘specially tonight, could be dangerous. This captures the best elements of the films while charting its own horrific path of vengeance.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
PumpkinHead #2
April 20, 2018
|
|
Sensational surprising supernatural thrills that captures the vengeful spirit of the films and expands upon them in deliriously deviant ways. I'd applaud the creators of this book, but I'm afraid it would draw Pumpkinhead's attention. You want this book!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
PumpkinHead #3
May 28, 2018
|
|
Pumpkinhead is attacked by his own kin in this middle installment. The story is fun, though there are fewer horrors for the humans, and the visuals aren't consistent enough. I'm still enjoying this enough to want to continue reading it. I'm hoping that things become more dire for the humans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
PumpkinHead #4
July 6, 2018
|
|
Pumpkinhead takes some lumps as the demons have him cornered, while the humans take some losses. This is exciting and creepy, with the reader actually rooting for the title creature. The visuals are as creepy as the story. If one enjoys horror, this is one to pick up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
PumpkinHead #5
July 12, 2018
|
|
Dark demonic dealings come to a satisfying climax to this series. The conclusion ends violently, but with a surprising amount of sympathy for one character. The visuals capture the terrors, human and supernatural, excellently. Fans of the films will not be disappointed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
R.R.H. |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
R.R.H. #1
November 11, 2015
|
|
R.R.H. is the perfect mix of fear, fantasy, and family. Just when you think you've seen it all, a book like this turns up to show you there are many more stories to be told.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
R.R.H. #4
February 29, 2016
|
|
You'll forget the fairy tale once you've read R.R.H. Excellent story and visuals make this something that everyone should check out. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
R.R.H. #5
March 13, 2016
|
|
You've never seen Red Riding Hood take down wolves like this before. The action is solid, the drama good, and the illustrations great. This continues to be an incredibly entertaining read that will thrill fans of supernatural tales.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ragemoor |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Ragemoor #2
April 19, 2012
|
|
This is classic gothic horror at its best. Ragemoor is the best curse you've ever encountered! Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ragemoor #3
May 31, 2012
|
|
This is black and white weirdness that sucks out your soul and spits it out before it stuffs in its own strangeness. What are you waiting for?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ragemoor #4
June 25, 2012
|
|
This is a wonderful valentine for fans of gothic horror. A slick, sick, twisted tale that I'm sorry to see end. Yet Ragemoor still stands…one can only hope for more horror to issue from its depths.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ragnarok |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Ragnarok #3
January 1, 2015
|
|
Thor is on his way to learn why he was resurrected. Only the gods can help those that obstruct him. This is epic in every way. The end is coming and you should get this. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ragnarok #4
March 14, 2015
|
|
A classic in the making as the old world crumbles. The best book of the week. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ragnarok #5
May 30, 2015
|
|
This is a summer blockbuster that can be held in one's hands. Every page is a joy. This is the best book of the week. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ragnarok: The Breaking of Helheim |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Ragnarok: The Breaking of Helheim #1
September 14, 2019
|
|
This should be required reading for all comic book readers or anyone who wants to read a good story. Heck, this should be required reading for anyone curious about Norse mythology. This is solid storytelling combined with epic visuals. It doesn't get any better than this. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ragnarok: The Breaking of Helheim #2
October 4, 2019
|
|
A new villain, a possible ally, and Thor is in the thick of things again. I loved the story and gloried in the visuals. This is a book that every fan of comics should be following. No one does epic like Walter Simonson.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rain of the Ghosts #1 |
Apr 14, 2015
show
|
|
An entertaining read with a strong female lead whose unique abilities has her headed into a world of adventure
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rasputin: The Voice of the Dragon |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Rasputin: The Voice of the Dragon #1
November 16, 2017
|
|
An extremely impressive debut. Long term fans know the fates of the protagonist and antagonist, yet Mignola and Roberson have created a tale that will swallow veteran readers and take them where they've never been before. New readers can start here, before Hellboy ever came to Earth, and enjoy each page of mystery and horror. The artwork masterfully captures the time period, while creating abominations that will thrill. I never thought I would have to say, “Hooray for Rasputin.” Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rasputin: The Voice of the Dragon #2
December 31, 2017
|
|
Professor Trevor Bruttenholm takes matters into his own hands and encounters horrors unimagined. An excellent eerie story that features potential scares in every panel, leaving the reader on the edge of their seat. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rasputin: The Voice of the Dragon #3
February 7, 2018
|
|
Joined by a fantastic companion, Bruttenholm creeps closer to discovering the Mad Monk. Action and supernatural scares combine with realistic and magical visuals to create an otherworldly tale. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rasputin: The Voice of the Dragon #4
March 6, 2018
|
|
Resurrected corpses, Nazis, mechanical monsters, and Rasputin put the heroes through the wringer in this issue. After all this action, I'm wondering how they will survive the final issue. The story and art are stellar, making this a winner in every possible way. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Realm Knights: Giant-Size 2015 #1 |
Jan 01, 2016
show
|
|
The change in artists keeps this from earning a high grade. A good story with inconsistent visuals. I wanted to love this, but only liked it. However, my interest is still high to see where Zenescope has the Realm Knights go next.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Realm War: Age of Darkness |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Reanimator #1 |
May 24, 2015
show
|
|
An enjoyable opener leaving me hopeful for upcoming horrors. After all, this is all in the name of science.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Agent |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Agent #1
January 30, 2016
|
|
Here's a book to add to your pull list. Covert operations and super abilities combine to make an exciting adventure. This is only to run for five issues, but I'm already wanting this to be a monthly. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Agent #2
March 5, 2016
|
|
An exciting tale told sensationally with outstanding visuals. This is the best Zenescope comic available, in my humble opinion. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Agent #3
April 3, 2016
|
|
The perfect mix of action, spies, magic, and cyberpunk. Each issue leaves me breathless and hungry for more. Recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Agent #4
May 2, 2016
|
|
The art was a minor letdown, but the story continues to be strong in this penultimate issue. Action, magic, spies, clones, and cyberpunk thrills.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Agent #5
June 2, 2016
|
|
A good ending, though several plot threads are left dangling. I wish the visuals had been as strong as when this series began, but this is a satisfying conclusion. I hope these characters return soon.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Agent: The Human Order |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Agent: The Human Order #5
April 2, 2017
|
|
A new character joins the heroines, all trying to avoid Alpha and his henchmen. This installment moves the story along well, but doesn't really tread any new ground. The art is good, but it's obvious when a new artist takes over, as well as a new colorist. Fine entertainment, but inconsistent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Agent: The Human Order #9
August 12, 2017
|
|
Strong action and a stunning surprise chart a new direction for all characters in the Zenescope Universe. Having a single artist on the issue would have unified the story more, but what is on the page looks good. The colorists and letterer deserve a raise for delivering exceptional work. I will definitely be repurchasing this when the collection edition comes out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Hood / Arsenal #1 |
Jun 13, 2015
show
|
|
Terrific visuals,with an unfunnystory. I'll give the next issue a read in my store next month before purchasing it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Lanterns |
31 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #0
October 3, 2012
|
|
This is a great introduction to Atrocitus. Great story, great art. But be warned–Once you've tasted rage, it's hard to let it go!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #7
March 14, 2012
|
|
Evil hasn't been thisdeliciously fun since Darth Vader first strode across the silver screen. This is a good jumping on issue if you haven't given this a try. Here's your chance to “Taste the rage-bow”! I think you'll like it!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #8
April 5, 2012
|
|
Loved the story, but really disappointed in the art. Comics are a visual medium, so I have to lean on that contribution more so that those of the others. C'mon, DC! I expect better!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #19
April 28, 2013
|
|
I loved this book when it started yet I'm looking forward to its forthcomingcancellation so I no longer have to watch the characters I enjoy continue down this spiral path.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #22
August 4, 2013
|
|
With story and art like this, you'll forget you're rooting for these villainous lanterns. You'll cheer and then question why you've done s by the end, and I wouldn't want it any other way. Outstanding!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #25
December 9, 2013
|
|
An interesting new direction for this group of villains now going the hero route. Will this last? I'm betting no. However, while this lasts I'm more than willing to continue to read!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #29
March 28, 2014
|
|
Fans of Red Lanterns, Green Lanterns, Superman, Supergirl, and anyone that loves comics should check this out. Awesomely entertaining with great characterization and incredible imagery. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #31
May 30, 2014
|
|
Interesting action that takes a different turn for this Corps, with visuals that are great, with exception to the antagonist. A mixed bag this month.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #32
June 27, 2014
|
|
The blowout to end all blowouts is starting to overflow, and three characters fall before it. It's going to be really nasty next month, and I hope it lives up to this spectacular issue. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #35
October 25, 2014
|
|
This is Act I, Part 5 of the Godhead storyline and it's the first one that was filler. The previous installments have added something to the big storyline arc, but all that happens is Guy learns what's happens in the previous four chapters. That's it. Otherwise all else is worthless for Godhead.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Lanterns #36
November 30, 2014
|
|
An okay Godhead installment, but a lot of time is spent filling in readers and discussing how to get to New Genesis, slowing things down.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red One |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Red One #1
March 22, 2015
|
|
Sensational debut issue that's a 32 page steal for only $2.99. Get one while you can, because MotherRussia wants you to.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red One #2
May 24, 2015
|
|
This book would makeanySovietweep at its beauty. The story is sensational and the artwork awe inspiring. My face went red with joy over every page. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Skull #2 |
Aug 11, 2015
show
|
|
There's not much action, but the dialogue is delicious. This issue is still setting the stage for the Skull's triumphantrevealto Battleworld, and I want to see what happens. Sadly, the art and coloring drop this issue considerably from the story's heights. Good to read, sad to look at it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja (2013) |
10 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Sonja #3
October 1, 2013
|
|
This is the Sonja I want and need. A fighter on the brink of death reflecting on what brought her to her current state. A must read for Sonja fans, old and new. This is what I've been waiting for!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #10
June 21, 2014
|
|
This is the most perfect Red Sonja tale ever created. I repeat, this is the most perfect Red Sonja tale ever created. Superior work that should not be missed. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #12
September 24, 2014
|
|
This can't be topped. Sorry. This is the pinnacle. Every page is perfection from a perfect storm of contributors. How can this be surpassed? …There's always next month.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #14
January 25, 2015
|
|
Two pages of erroneous font is not enough to collapse my love of this book. This is the perfect team for Sonja's exploits as they show in this issue. If you haven't had the pleasure of reading this series, start here. Sonjacontinues todazzle and terrify with this creative team.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja (2016) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Sonja #2
March 13, 2016
|
|
This relaunch is not going smoothly. The story lacks tension and the visuals are not strong. I love Red Sonja, but, so far, not this Red Sonja. This is quite a shocking issue, given Dynamite's previous Sonja titles.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #5
July 12, 2016
|
|
This title has grown impressively since it's first issue. The story is exciting, surprising, and clever, while the visuals match its epic scale. This is a title to follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja (2017) |
22 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Sonja #1
January 17, 2017
|
|
The final line: Sonja is lost in time, transported to the modern world, and readers are the winners for getting to read this outstanding tale. Slick storytelling and strong visuals make this book a winner in any time. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #3
March 21, 2017
|
|
This is the best adventure comic available. Not purchasing this book would make you as vile as Kulan Gath. The story is exciting and visuals stunning. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #4
May 6, 2017
|
|
An epic collision of the past and the present with an exciting story and stellar visuals. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #5
May 21, 2017
|
|
The mixed visuals lessen the joy of this issue, but the story remains incredibly fun. I'm hoping next issue that there's only one artist on this issue, but I'm still looking forward to it because Chu's story is so enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #6
June 23, 2017
|
|
A surprise ending and superior visuals earn this my highest recommendation of the week. You've never read a Sonja tale like this! Chu has crafted a saga for the ages. I cannot get enough of this Red Sonja.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #7
August 20, 2017
|
|
Sonja's road trip across America only stops for action and adventure. Seat belts are optional. A great start to a new saga, even if the art could have been more consistent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #8
September 4, 2017
|
|
With a biker gang and the feds chasing them, Sonja and her friends have adventures on the road that would make any traveler envious. Get in for a good time! A fun story, great characters, and incredible visuals make this a “must read” book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #9
November 18, 2017
|
|
Action and adventure cross time lines and state lines as Sonja seeks to stop a gang's drug dealings. The characters are fun, their dialogue fantastic, the action big, and the visuals outstanding. This is one of the best series available. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #10
December 19, 2017
|
|
Sonja hits Sin City with both fists and hits the jackpot in finally locating her foe. The story has plenty of action and surprises and the visuals are jaw dropping for their details and beauty. This is a modern Red Sonja that can't be missed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #12
January 21, 2018
|
|
Sonja's back in her correct time, searching for Kulan Gath, but encountering other evils. Since its debut this series has been fun and continues to be so. Even in her familiar world, Sonja is a force to be reckoned with. The adventure and humor, combined with exceptional visuals, make this a series to follow. Long live Sonja!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #13
February 25, 2018
|
|
Exploits against an army of the undead make this a terrific Sonja issue. The story is smart, with Sonja at her finest, and the visuals are deliciously detailed. This series has been sensational since its first issue and continues to be so. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #14
May 11, 2018
|
|
This is a travel issue as Sonja and Wallace travel from Point A to Point B. Their journey is fun, with the character interactions incredibly enjoyable. The battle is terrific, with different modes of attack used and a good number of characters involved. The visuals are outstanding, with the art perfect and the colors wonderful. Even the letters are a visual treat. A good entry point for new readers as Sonja makes her way to finding Kulan Gath.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #15
May 28, 2018
|
|
Sonja and Kulan finally meet and things don't go as planed for the Hyrkanian. The story and visuals are outstanding. This is how Sonja was always meant to be! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #16
June 17, 2018
|
|
An epic conclusion with every character addressed. Some great surprises, some fun moments, and some outstanding action highlight this issue's story. The visuals are a continual highlight, always sumptuous, fitting, and stunning. This action-packed time traveling romp ends wonderfully. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #17
July 2, 2018
|
|
A decent enough issue that begins a new story. There's no real action for Sonja as she listens to the saga of Skath. My opinion of the story could improve depending on where this goes. The art is okay, with some images being better than others. The colors are too realistic, being primarily brown and tan: cheating on reality is allowed in comics. I've loved the previous issues of this series, so I'll return to see where this is ultimately heading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #18
July 14, 2018
|
|
Action, mystery, and magic that's only missing you as the reader. Terrific reading as something terrible is revealed to be in Sonja's group. The visuals are beautiful for their excellent character work and epic battles. This is a prime example while this series remains one of Dynamite's most consistent titles. Recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #19
August 25, 2018
|
|
Sonja finds herself in a unwelcome situation and encountering foes who circle closer to a hidden prize. The story is great, with Sonja being the bullheaded warrior I love, her friends keeping secrets, and a welcome new character. The visuals are beautiful, be they showing the characters or the carnage they cause. You can't go wrong with Red Sonja, just don't cross her!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #20
October 7, 2018
|
|
A very entertaining issue as a fallen leader seeks redemption with the help of a She-Devil with a sword. The story has plenty of action, drama, and humor for fans of Robert E. Howard's character and the visuals showing the Hyrakian to be in strong form. Books like this demonstrate why Sonja reigns supreme of all heroines.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #21
October 27, 2018
|
|
An outstanding conclusion to this chapter in Sonja's life. The action is great, the revelation life changing for the Hyrkanian, and the visuals absolutely stunning. Red Sonja continues to be a magnificent series to follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #22
November 24, 2018
|
|
A fun issue as Sonja takes on a large problem for the right price. The story has several good laughs for the dialogue from the unintentional victim and the action is massive. This is a good entry issue for fans looking to try Red Sonja.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #24
February 3, 2019
|
|
This will satisfy fans craving a Hyrkanian adventure, but it's not memorable. The story has been done before in other books and the visuals are just serviceable. At least the colors and letters are strong. This seems like a title that wants to stop being published.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #25
February 3, 2019
|
|
This is how a series should go out! A strong story with sensational visuals that has me missing this run of Sonja already. Even if one has never read a Sonja book before this captures everything excellent about the character and would make a good entry point in following the Hyrkanian's exploits. Thank you, Dynamite!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja (2019) |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Sonja #1
February 9, 2019
|
|
A great first issue for the new direction of this iconic character. The premise is good and the action superb, though the humor is a little too modern at times. I love the visuals, with the characters and battles excellent, the colors spot on, and the lettering increasing every emotion and action. This is a Sonja I'll follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #2
March 11, 2019
|
|
The story moves forward, but with very little action. The visuals are perfect, with Sonja looking the most real she's ever been portrayed. Even the letters add to the tone, with some sensational sounds and scene settings. I enjoyed this issue, but it's almost zero action made it a ho-hum reading experience.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #3
April 6, 2019
|
|
The story could be skipped and two different artists in the third issue make this relaunch's status shaky. The story goes nowhere, adding nothing to the conflict between forces. The inclusion of a backstory for a supporting character doesn't add anything to this issue. Two different artists' styles do not gel well. The colors are fine, but the letters have awkward moments. Three issues in and this happening? Extremely disappointing. Will Red Sonja do anything worthy of her past incarnations in this series?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #4
May 4, 2019
|
|
If this series doesn't improve next issue, I'll be walking away. I want Sonja involved in action, which this has series sorely lacks, the end to flashbacks which are almost as annoying as those on Arrow, and one single artist illustrating this book to make it look unified. I love Red Sonja and this book is becoming painful to read. I had such high hopes for this relaunch.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja #5
June 7, 2019
|
|
It took me five issues to make the decision this Red Sonja is not for me. The idea of Sonja as ruler of her people is neat, but she's done nothing for so long I want her to abdicate as soon as possible. The visuals are by two different artists, creating a disjointed reading experience, with the colors being so dreary as to make the non-action of this book even more difficult to slog through. Only the letters are at an acceptable, and outstanding, level. Good luck, Sonja. I'll return when there's a new writer. I'm done.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja / Conan |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Sonja / Conan #1
August 8, 2015
|
|
The Gods will smile upon you for following this twosome as they seek vengeance on Kal'ang. Perfect entertainment for those who like their action to be from forgotten ancient times.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja & Vampirella Meet Betty & Veronica |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Sonja & Vampirella Meet Betty & Veronica #1
May 11, 2019
|
|
As with many of the improbable Archie character team ups, I didn't think that this could work. It works tremendously. It's got a bit of off panel violence, with the majority of the issue focused on introducing the threat and showing how Vampirella and Sonja try to blend into Riverdale High with help from Betty and Veronica. The characters are absolutely true to their incarnations in other series, with both sets of women having some terrific lines and moments. The visuals were equally good; I loved the characters' expressions. This has absolutely no reason to be so fun, but it absolutely is. This is not your usual comic book team up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja & Vampirella Meet Betty & Veronica #2
June 24, 2019
|
|
Time travel, murder, and mystery in Riverdale couldn't be better when these four meet. The story is excellent with each character true to classic personalities even though they are involved in some massive strangeness. The visuals have strong characters and settings with perfect colors. This book is a treat for fans of any one of these characters. All that's missing is a paper dolls page.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja & Vampirella Meet Betty & Veronica #3
August 17, 2019
|
|
Mystery, murder, and laughs with beautiful visuals make this a book that every fan should own. I love how Chu is able to have all the characters true to their pasts while teaming up for this unlikely tale. The mystery is good, the scares strong, and the cliffhanger terrific. The visuals are the stuff of dreams, capturing all the innocence of the Riverdale girls and all the action and horror of the iconic pair displaced in time. Every page is wonderful. This book is tremendous fun. Get it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja & Vampirella Meet Betty & Veronica #5
October 19, 2019
|
|
The antagonist is revealed and the teenagers are in trouble! Vampirella and Sonja fight in a hospital, but are unaware of the danger Betty and Veronica are in. The story is fun, but the art is by six individuals and it's a very uneven experience. I'm in for the complete run of this series, but the visuals make this the weakest entry so far.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja: Berserker #1 |
Feb 16, 2014
show
|
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja: Sanctuary One Shot #1 |
Jun 30, 2014
show
|
|
If you're a Sonja completest, here you go. If you're a casual Sonja reader or this is your first time with red, you'd be better served reading an issue of the ongoing monthly series written by Gail Simone.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja: She-Devil With a Sword |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Sonja: She-Devil With a Sword #74
April 20, 2013
|
|
This is yet another Dynamite book I'm kicking myself over for not reading long ago. Once you read this issue you'll find yourself of a similar mind. “A destiny forged in fire. In blood. In steel.”–was fantastic!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja: She-Devil With a Sword #79
July 15, 2013
|
|
Sonja's thirst for blood has reached a literal point, and her descent into vampirism is cool, creepy and sad. I love Sonja and want her to be a She-Devil, not a She-Vampire. This book is pulling at my heart with a great story and terrific art that any Hyborian can enjoy. Highly recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Sonja: She-Devil With a Sword #80
September 7, 2013
|
|
This book goes out on an incredibly strong note, challenging all future series that rise in its wake. This is going to be tough to surpass, let alone equal. I will greatly miss all of the creators on this book. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja: The Black Tower #1 |
Sep 03, 2014
show
|
|
The lastest saga of the She-Devil with a sword starts in strong fashion. Enemies are encountered and cut down, but the Tower still stands, and it is watching her.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja: Unchained |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Red Sonja: Vulture's Circle #1 |
Jan 07, 2015
show
|
|
Sonja is drawn into conflict witha cult. The Gods had better help the cultists. An excellent outing that will please fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Thorn |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Red Thorn #1
December 8, 2015
|
|
An excellent first issue that introduces several new characters involved in the fantastic. If you like fantasy, especially dark fantasy, this is for you.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Thorn #3
January 24, 2016
|
|
The best modern fantasy available is Red Thorn. Readers will be on their toes trying to decide if Thorn is a force for good or evil, as human Isla tries to learn the truth about her sister. Outstanding in every way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Thorn #6
April 23, 2016
|
|
Supernatural powers are making their claim on a human who refuses to be manipulated. This is a fantastic story with incredible imagery. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Thorn #8
June 28, 2016
|
|
This continues to be a book I look forward to each month. It takes me places I've never been with a compelling story and visuals that create wonder and fear. Highest possible recommendation, again.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Red Thorn #13
December 17, 2016
|
|
You ended far too soon, Red Thorn. You started strong and you ended strong. A terrific close. An outstanding fantasy tale.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Relay |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Relay #1
July 14, 2018
|
|
Get yourself a copy of this book and fall into a stunning future. The story is incredible, the characters riveting, and the visuals extraordinary. This is a MUST BUY book! Highest possible recommendation. And remember, FIND DONALDSON'S WORLD.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Relay #2
September 30, 2018
|
|
Science fiction at it finest at humans struggle to decide the course of humanity. The story is smart, with big questions posed, and the visuals are stupendously detailed. Think comic books are for kids? Read this book and be awakened.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Replica |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Replica #1
December 6, 2015
|
|
A fantastic premiere issue that is fun to read and gorgeous to look at. I'll be adding this to my pull list, to be sure! It's the first issue, so get on now.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Replica #2
January 10, 2016
|
|
One minute you're laughing, the next you're gasping at what's occurred. I am in love with Replica. Thrills and laughs with amazing visuals. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Replica #3
February 7, 2016
|
|
You can't consider yourself a fan of comics unless you're reading Replica. Action and humor with incredible art. Definitely recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Replica #4
March 12, 2016
|
|
This is the best science fiction comic available. Fun, cool, mysterious, horrific, and just badass. Replica is a comic you should not be missing. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Replica #5
April 9, 2016
|
|
The characters are outstanding and the visuals are superb. Mixed with outstanding plot twists and wonderful wiseass lines, this is the series everyone should be reading. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Resurrection Man #0 |
Oct 03, 2012
show
|
|
|
|
|
Revenge of Wonderland |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Revenge of Wonderland #1
September 3, 2018
|
|
A welcome return to Wonderland that contains plenty of drama and surprises that will leave one mad with joy. The perfect jumping in point to this saga that requires no previous readings to understand what's going on. The characters are solid, the villain oozes evil, and the artwork is terrific. Pick this up and give it a try…Once you go down this rabbit hole you won't be able to stop.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Revenge of Wonderland #2
September 25, 2018
|
|
The Liddles journey back to Wonderland, but for very different reasons. I'm really enjoying the pace that the book has in getting the leads back to this mad setting. The visuals are good, with just enough craziness peeping out from corners to hint at trouble that's down the road. This book is a winner.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Revenge of Wonderland #3
October 7, 2018
|
|
Two different backstories are provided to move the story forward and once complete things really begin to move. The art is well done throughout, with the characters' reactions to danger excellent. The colors add to the the wonder and terror of this setting. The letters are always enjoyable to look upon when crafted from Taylor Esposito. Calie is finally back in Wonderland and now the terror can begin!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Revenge of Wonderland #4
November 16, 2018
|
|
Several freakish moments propel this book beyond the typical Wonderland horrors and I loved them. This book definitely gave me the crazies with an off kilter story and some twisted visuals. Everyone is to be congratulated for making this venture through the looking glass strange and frightening.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Revenge of Wonderland #5
December 26, 2018
|
|
The opening scene outshines the fight, which goes as one would expect. The dialogue between the mother and daughter is the highlight of the issue, but there's not enough to it to punch up the battle. The visuals are fine, though some tiny terrors continue to be blas to look upon. Still, there's enough to enjoy, with a good cliffhanger, to make me want to see how this plays out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Revenge of Wonderland #6
January 1, 2019
|
|
Mother and daughter work together in confronting the mad Duchess of Wonderland. This issue has the most appropriate and most memorable dialogue I've read in a Wonderland comic from Zenescope. The visuals are fun and frightening. I hope to see the Liddles get sucked down the rabbit hole again soon.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rick and Morty (2015) |
13 issues
show
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #16
July 29, 2016
|
|
If you like the series, you'll like this book. The first story is much stronger than the second, but I'd still recommend picking this up if you enjoy the show. After reading this issue, I'll be adding this series to my pull list because it's as delightfully disturbing and demented as the show.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #20
December 11, 2016
|
|
Basketball, babes, and bugs from another dimension create hilarity. The art on the first story didn't work for me, but this will keep fans happy as they wait for new episodes. Riotous and recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #21
January 8, 2017
|
|
A Jerry-centric tale that's good with the laughs and the thrills. This matches the look and tone of the series, so it's a fan's dream come true.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #22
February 21, 2017
|
|
Funny, dark, sarcastic, honest, sick, and beautiful. What more could you want in a comic book? If you love the show, you'll love this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #23
February 26, 2017
|
|
Doofus Jerry is one of Rick and Morty's greatest villains and his saga must be read to be believed. This had me wincing, cheering, and laughing. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #24
April 2, 2017
|
|
This book is every bit as sick and twisted as the television show. I loved it. This was the best book of the week. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #26
June 2, 2017
|
|
You don't know nihilism until you've read Rick and Morty. At least you'll be laughing. Funny and dark with visuals that match those from the show. Always recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #27
July 1, 2017
|
|
Grab a cold one and enjoy the unbridled insanity that is Rick and Morty. You'll never go to a dance, listen to a Canadian pop star, or read the news the same way again. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #47
March 9, 2019
|
|
I had to return to this series for Interdimensional Cable and I was not disappointed. I got plenty of laughs, great visuals, and an excellent twist on what I was expecting. The second tale is okay for it being a change of pace for this series and franchise, but it isn't one I'll remember. This is the perfect way to feed one's Rick and Morty cravings while waiting for the series' return. Funny, twisted, and glorious.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #49
May 19, 2019
|
|
The stories aren't as strong as the visuals, but this is still a decent read. I would have liked to seen the length of the tales reversed, because the first story is too familiar and the second has all the chaos happening between pages. The visuals are good for mirroring the look of the series. This will feed your Rick and Morty need while waiting for new episodes to drop in November.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #50
May 31, 2019
|
|
A hilarious landmark issue that will have you laughing and squirming at the inappropriateness. Rick is brilliantly unhinged and Morty continues to make all the wrong decisions. The artwork looks fantastic, with it resembling the visuals from the screen and interpretations that deserve to return to this book. This is a perfect 50th issue and if you don't like it have Rick wipe your memory.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rick and Morty #51
June 30, 2019
|
|
New best friends and the Grim Reaper create problems in this issue. Nestor and his family are fantastic characters and I hope that they return one day. Rick and the Smiths' dialogue is exceptionally sharp in this issue, with it making me laugh several times. The second story shows that Death thinks of Jerry much in the way everyone does. The visuals are top notch, with the characters looking like their screen personas, with McGinty's art looking particularly sweet. You're r-r-really gonna — URRP — love this issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rick and Morty: Pocket Like You Stole It #1 |
Jul 08, 2017
show
|
|
Rick is capturing all the Mortys he can to battle other Ricks and Morty's not having it. A nice twist on the beloved videogame/trading card franchise, with Morty showing characters shouldn't be caught at all. The art is as good as the series with plenty of quick visual jokes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rise of the Black Flame |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Rise of the Black Flame #4
December 10, 2016
|
|
This origin packs plenty of adventure and thrills in an exotic setting that will have readers hearing screams and chants in the night. An outstanding read. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rise of the Black Flame #5
January 6, 2017
|
|
Suspenseful storytelling and epic visuals lead to the birth of one of the most evil characters created. An outstanding read for those who what their chills served in an exotic setting. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Robocop #1 |
Jul 04, 2014
show
|
|
The coloring is bringing this book down tremendously. This is a fantastic read and I want it to be more easily seen.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Robyn Hood (2014) |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Robyn Hood #4
December 1, 2014
|
|
You should check this title out. It has a great story and some outstanding action, with believable characters. This should be a part of your monthly pull list, as it now is a part of mine. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood #10
May 15, 2015
|
|
A fun read with some excellent surprises and some good visuals. Only the art has some missteps, but not enough to decimate the grade.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood #11
June 11, 2015
|
|
A telling story that convention goers can relate to, though the art needs more work. Worth a look to see if others have felt the way you have at a convention.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood #16
November 15, 2015
|
|
I love this book! The story is exciting and the art is good. Robyn Hood is a title I look forward to reading every month.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood #20
March 27, 2016
|
|
A winning finale. This is how you close a book, with an "anyone can fall" mentality and excellent imagery, even if too many photographs are used for backgrounds. I'm already missing this book. Zenescope, thank you for the ride.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: Tarot #1
July 1, 2017
|
|
A fun story that changes two characters' directions is slightly sullied by too many artists. Still, this is worth picking up to see the Order of the Tarot's rising power.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: I Love NY |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: I Love NY #3
August 21, 2016
|
|
This is the issue to give to new readers to make them fans. A solid story, with some good turns for even long term fans, and excellent visuals. Perfect comic book reading!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: I Love NY #9
February 26, 2017
|
|
Typical hero vs hero shenanigans that's enjoyable. This is a good introduction to Death Force and a nice showcase for Robyn, if one hasn't read either of their other books. I'm a fan of both and enjoyed this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: I Love NY #10
March 17, 2017
|
|
A well done action issue with the introduction of a new character. Some minor nits keep this from earning top marks, but this is still very enjoyable and worth checking out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: I Love NY #12
June 4, 2017
|
|
A good conclusion to this series with a major change resulting for one character. Having one artist on this book would have helped, but what's done for the visuals is fine.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: Legend #1 |
Mar 21, 2014
show
|
|
I'm glad I gave this a try because it gave me a Hood tale I've not encountered before. The story is a solidly original spin on classic characters and the visuals of the book are well done. At only $2.99 with 24 pages of uninterrupted art, this is one of the best bargains around for comic reading. If all of Zenescope's books are this good, I'm going to be checking out more of them.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: Outlaw |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: Outlaw #1
February 18, 2019
|
|
A great mystery has Robyn on the run and picking up a potential new ally. The story is exciting and how couldn't it be? Whenever a hero is trying to escape from their allies it's surprising and entertaining. The visuals are good, though there are a few moments that leave me scratching my head. However, there's enough to enjoy and have me return to see who put Robyn in this position.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: Outlaw #2
March 18, 2019
|
|
Tatter shows her abilities, a new location is revealed, and plenty of action make this a fun book. I really like Tatter and hope she stays an ally; I'd love to see her running around in other Zenescope books, encountering other characters. I like the obstacle that Robyn battles and hope to see more of this character. The new setting holds a lot of promise, with the potential for even more characters that are like Tatter. There's a lot being built up in this entertaining read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: Outlaw #3
April 22, 2019
|
|
Perfect comic book reading: the hero gets to demonstrate her skills, a task is required, a new location shown, and several new characters are introduced. The story is told exceptionally smoothly, with every panel logically leading to the next. There's lots of action and the characters are outstanding. And the visuals — WOW! I'm loving the art and the colors on this book and am already sad this story is only six issues long. Even the letters are engaging, with sweeping scene settings and powerful sounds. A quality comic in every possible way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: Outlaw #4
May 19, 2019
|
|
Robyn is buried under a ton of debris, wondering who tried to kill her. The story goes to the past to explain how she ended up in this situation and introducing a list of suspects. This is a very fun read with visuals that outstanding — I can't get enough of nine panel pages. Everything about this book works.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: Outlaw #5
June 17, 2019
|
|
A fun transition issue as characters get from Point A to Point B. There's some good characterization moments, though whether Robyn has learned who among her team is trying to kill her is left unrevealed. The visuals are striking, with the settings looking tremendous, especially with some nods to a J.R.R. Tolkien film. I've enjoyed this series and am looking forward to seeing how all is resolved.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: Outlaw #6
August 17, 2019
|
|
A smashing conclusion that features a major battle and some unexpected deaths. I was happy to see a majority of characters survive to threaten Robyn again in a later series. The visuals are good, with the character work particularly strong. The final page is a direct lead-in to the next series and it cannot come soon enough for me. The saga of Robyn Hood continues to be one worth following.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Curse |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Curse #1
January 26, 2018
|
|
The Curse is damned good fun! Heroics and horrors combine for an entertaining read that shows what happens when you dabble in the dark arts. A good entry series for Robyn Hood, while also being a good continuation of the archer's saga.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Curse #2
February 23, 2018
|
|
The background of the possible villain is the focus of this issue. The visuals are better than average, but do disappoint at times. I am loving the story and continue to enjoy these characters enough to return for the next installment. Things are going to badly for the heroes soon, I'm guessing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Curse #3
April 1, 2018
|
|
A friend returned, a monster revealed, and a half dozen new threats make this a page-turner. The story is building up steam, with the lead in a romance with a questionable character, while her best friend is discovering all sorts of evil. The visuals are good, with the art and colors working very well together. As soon as I finished this issue I wanted to see more, so I can't give a book a better compliment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Curse #4
April 29, 2018
|
|
A questionable action and some uneven art keep this from being a solid read. I'm enjoying this series enough to continue reading, but with only two issues left I'd like to see Sam sporting the outfit she's had on several variant covers using the abilities she's shown on those same covers. I would also like to see the action more clearly. My fingers are crossed for improvements.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Curse #5
June 1, 2018
|
|
The heroes race to stop a villain from summoning a monster. The story is fairly predictable, but enjoyable nonetheless. There is a good reveal at the end, setting up Robyn to fight an antagonist of a size she's not fought before. The visuals tell the story easily, with the opening action sequence well done. A good comic read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Curse #6
August 4, 2018
|
|
A solid conclusion with Toho inspired conflict. The story goes as one would expect, but it ultimately ended too quickly, needing at least a page more to resolve more fully. The visuals are fine with some panels stronger than others. However, if one is a Hood fan, this will be satisfactory reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Hunt |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Hunt #1
August 13, 2017
|
|
With Robyn in jail, the inmates and the guards don't have a chance. Locksley's character is strong and smart in this adventure and the visuals are great. If you've never read a Robyn Hood story before, this would be the perfect entry. If you've been reading Robyn's adventures for a while, this will please you. Readers can't go wrong following Robyn.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Hunt #2
September 17, 2017
|
|
Robyn makes her escape and readers will enjoy her flight. The story hits every prison trope for fun effect and the visuals are enjoyable. Prison was never so much fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Hunt #3
October 8, 2017
|
|
You'll be racing through this book as Robyn escapes human and Highborn pursuers, while avoiding ravenous wildlife. The story is fun and the art cool. This is a book to hunt down.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Hunt #4
November 5, 2017
|
|
A disappointing installment that's hurt by the visuals. The story is fine as the chase continues, but readers will stumble over the art more so than Robyn through the foliage. I'm hoping for better in the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Hunt #5
December 3, 2017
|
|
The story takes an odd turn, but the rest of writing is good and the visuals strong. Robyn gains a familiar ally and faces several foes. I really want to know what happens next! A page turner.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Robyn Hood: The Hunt #6
December 31, 2017
|
|
An enjoyable and satisfying conclusion to this series which goes in an unexpected, but welcome, direction. I look forward to seeing all involved with this title move on to other Zenescope series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rod Espinosa's Steampunk Edge of Empire #1 |
Mar 04, 2014
show
|
|
An impressive one man show that starts well. I'll be back for more if it continues to look as good.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rogue & Gambit (2018) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Rogue & Gambit #1
January 7, 2018
|
|
Rogue and Gambit are on a mission at a getaway paradise that might lead to them rekindling their relationship. I loved Rogue, thought Gambit was okay, (That's my personal bias) and the visuals were good. Barely any physical conflict in this issue, so I'm hoping for some more next issue. I'll definitely continue to see what happens next.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rogue & Gambit #2
March 8, 2018
|
|
A decent comic, but nothing spectacular. Granted, things are only getting started, with slight teases of dangers to come. The art was the high point of the issue, though undercut by the light coloring. If one is an X-fan, this should please you. If one is seeking a major Marvel moment, this is not it. Just slightly better than average.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rom #1 |
Aug 01, 2016
show
|
|
The Space Knight is back and so is the action! The stakes start high with the Dire Wraiths' infiltration higher than anyone suspected. The art is beautiful and dynamic with the sleek hero battling the grotesque Wraiths. A great beginning to please fans old and new. Congratulations, IDW! You've done this character right.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rough Riders |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Rough Riders #3
June 3, 2016
|
|
What could be better than historical figures in 1898 searching for aliens? Historical fiction at its finest accompanied by outstanding visuals. Must reading!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rough Riders #4
July 14, 2016
|
|
Rough Riders is a bold adventure with American history's finest at the turn of the century fighting evil in all shapes and forms. Thrilling, funny, and absolutely entertaining. Saddle up!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rough Riders: Ride or Die |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Rough Riders: Ride or Die #1
March 12, 2018
|
|
In their first series they fought aliens. In their second they fought anarchists. Now the Rough Riders are dealing with horrors that could be found in Arkham. The supernatural is making its way into our plane and only the Rough Riders can stop them! Roosevelt, Houdini, Edison, and their allies are joined by H.P. Lovecraft to battle the supernatural. Historical figures versus the unimaginable? Sign me up for the entire ride, AfterShock!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rough Riders: Ride or Die #2
May 20, 2018
|
|
Animated corpses and a knife wielding maid are only the tip of the iceberg as the heroes learn of impending horrors. Reading this Who's Who of characters involved with the supernatural is tremendous fun. The action is well paced, the characterizations true, and the visuals top notch. This book succeeds in every possible way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rough Riders: Riders on the Storm |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Rough Riders: Riders on the Storm #1
February 25, 2017
|
|
Murder and mayhem in America's past cause the Rough Riders consternation, but deliver joy for those reading their adventures. A terrific alternative history tale that will delight all readers. The addition to the cast is a particular joy. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rough Riders: Riders on the Storm #4
July 2, 2017
|
|
History's biggest names at the turn of the century fighting a cult of anarchists? What's not to love? The story is full of action, surprises, and faithful voices for the characters, and the visuals are epic and fun. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rough Riders: Riders on the Storm #5
August 28, 2017
|
|
Fiction and history continue to collide as the search for anarchist assassins reveals a plot to take over America. The premise is fun, the characters entertaining, and the visuals outstanding. The Rough Riders never fail to please in their adventures.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Rough Riders: Riders on the Storm #6
September 30, 2017
|
|
Historical characters continue to shine as they defend America from a third English invasion. The story is exciting and fun, with the characters being faithful and fanciful, and the visuals are epic and thrilling. This is what comic books are all about! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
S.H.I.E.L.D. #1 |
Jan 01, 2015
show
|
|
This is not worth $4.99 for a better than average story with middling visuals. Disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Samurai Jack |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Samurai Jack #1
October 28, 2013
|
|
Masters Zub, Suriano, and Lee have done great honor to this samurai on his quest to get home. They are continuing his saga with a fantastic tale and incredible art. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Samurai Jack #2
December 9, 2013
|
|
The visuals really distracted my reading of this book, which is a shame because the story is fun. Can we go a few issues, traditionally, Editor Carlos Guzman, before we get experimental?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Satellite Falling |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Satellite Falling #1
May 14, 2016
|
|
The best new book of 2016. A book that captures the feel of a classic thriller while set in a wholly alien environment. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Satellite Falling #2
June 4, 2016
|
|
I stand validated by my comment on Issue #1 that this was the best new series of the year. The exceptional story and detailed art make this a fantastic book. This is what I want in a science fiction comic. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Satellite Falling #4
May 1, 2017
|
|
A drop in quality from the previous three issues. The story is unnecessarily extended and the visuals falter after fourteen pages. However, I'm going to continue to follow this series to see how it plays out. Its beginning was amazing, but this is disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Savage Dragon (1993) |
36 issues
show
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #206
August 23, 2015
|
|
Okay, Mr. Larsen. You've roped me back in. Time to chase down the back issues I'm missing. This is just flat-out fun comics done in the classic style.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #209
December 7, 2015
|
|
Seldom does a hero get a day without violence, but Malcolm does and it's like being a fly on the wall. A great change of pace from Erik Larsen and a good entry point for new readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #211
January 31, 2016
|
|
New job, new clothes, and three new lives are all part of Malcolm Dragon's life. A highly enjoyable entry point for new readers and an excellent continuation of a saga begun over twenty years ago. Simply awesome.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #213
April 24, 2016
|
|
Revelations are given and decisions made, but all may be moot by a great cliffhanger. Savage Dragon consistently is fun, unpredictable (Page 12 — WOW!), and epic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #218
December 11, 2016
|
|
A rare comic book: no fighting, just a character trying to find a solution quickly. It's a solid story with equally solid visuals. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #220
February 11, 2017
|
|
One character is freed, while another is taken in this successful outing. The story has got solid character moments, fun laughs, and a dramatic ending. The visuals never fail to disappoint with warmth and power. Savage Dragon is an entertaining book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #222
March 23, 2017
|
|
Surprises from several characters in this issue, while the action continues on an epic level. Savage Dragon continues to put readers through the wringer with its heart and giant green fists.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #223
April 29, 2017
|
|
Family and a fractured future come to the forefront in this issue and it's a winner. Long time readers will enjoy each character getting a major moment and will thrill to Glum's plotting.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #224
May 27, 2017
|
|
Be careful what you wish for, Dragon fans. You wanted something major for the 225th issue? Erik Larsen is giving you something you're not going to soon forget. Outstanding in every possible way. Highest possible recommendation of the week!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #225
August 13, 2017
|
|
100 pages is barely enough space to contain all that lies within! A stunning conclusion to several story lines, plus several fun short adventures, and a cornucopia of artistic styles make this the oversized comic bargain of the year. This is how to celebrate an anniversary!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #226
September 3, 2017
|
|
Timely, uncomfortable, and packs a visual punch. Savage Dragon just got real, going where most comics fear to tread. Super heroes encounter political obstacles that will change their futures. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #227
October 22, 2017
|
|
A great jumping on point for new readers as the Dragons settle in Canada. It's not just adjusting to their home, three supporting characters are trying to survive in Dimension-X. Fun story, terrific visuals, and Funnies, too!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #228
November 26, 2017
|
|
I feel like a broken record in reviewing this series, but when the quality is this consistently good, reviews are better served by summing things up simply: This is an highly entertaining comic with spectacular visuals. If you're not reading this series, you are truly missing out on one of the great comics. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #229
December 30, 2017
|
|
Drama and danger are always equally matched with outstanding visuals in a Dragon book. This is a good entry issue for new readers and another exceptional installment for veteran readers. The Savage Dragon is sensational.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #230
January 4, 2018
|
|
There's money to be made by the Dragon family, but at what price? Not to mention things go extremely dark for the women trapped in Dimension-X. The characters are always evolving, the action is always solid, and the visuals are always good. The Savage Dragon is consistently one of the best hero comics on the market.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #231
February 10, 2018
|
|
The dangers of Dimension-X outshine dangers in Toronto, but there's no denying that this is incredibly readable. The story has action, laughs, and horrific dangers, while the visuals are outstanding. Grab yourself a copy!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #232
March 16, 2018
|
|
A new villain that's hard to hold and an ally in Dimension-X make this issue of Savage Dragon great. Action, laughs, and drama continue to make this series one of the best published books available.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #233
April 28, 2018
|
|
If you think comic books don't have any surprises left, you haven't read Savage Dragon #233. Damn, Larsen went there. I was surprised, shocked, saddened, and am left wondering ‘Now what?' This issue's finale will have the series spinning into uncharted territory. Hold onto something, folks, you ain't seen nothin' yet!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #234
June 3, 2018
|
|
There's some serious payoff in this issue with so many WOW! moments I was actually tired after I read this book. Even rereading this to write my review I was emotionally drained by what Larsen has done. Action, romance, heartbreak, comedy, and surprises abound. Absolutely recommended. This is my pick for book of the week.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #235
July 13, 2018
|
|
An attempt is made to rescue Angel and Alex, while Buffalo Stu pounds Malcolm. This is extremely fun with plenty of action and humor presented with enjoyable characters. The visuals are stunning with strong action, cool characters, and real and alien locales. The back up features are also terrific. Perfect comic book reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #236
July 27, 2018
|
|
The Savage Little Dragons go on a fun adventure reminiscent of a classic newspaper strip. The adults play catch-up while looking for the lost kiddies. The art remains strong, with the children getting neat inspiration from Calvin and Hobbes. If you've never picked up an issue of Savage Dragon before, this would be a good entry point.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #237
August 14, 2018
|
|
A problem gets some discussion until the Scourge appears! Drama, laughs, and plenty of action. Savage Dragon continues to be one of the most consistently entertaining comics on the market! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #238
September 24, 2018
|
|
A Dragon secret goes public and wife Maxine has a breakthrough, making this issue a strong character driven story. I'm looking forward to seeing Maxine's character evolve, plus Malcolm's return to form to take down Scourge. The visuals are tops, though some choices for colors don't work. This book's back up tales continue to spotlight different art styles and senses of humor. Though not all worked for me, they're bound to have an audience.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #239
October 27, 2018
|
|
Great drama and action are in this issue of Savage Dragon. I'm impressed with how Maxine's urges are causing tension between her and her husband. The visuals are excellent and there's a two paged sequence with the best use of crimson since The Evil Dead. One can never go wrong with the Dragon.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #240
November 25, 2018
|
|
This story is a thunderclap in the face of superhero comics that don't change. The visuals are epic and gut wrenching. The colors bold and dramatic. The letters energetically engage the reader. The phrase is overused, but not in this case: this story changes everything about this series. This ain't no funny book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #241
January 21, 2019
|
|
This issue deals with the fallout from previous issues. It's quieter, though there are some action sequences, and it's definitely heavier on the drama among characters. This is a rough issue because it chronicles how one individual deals with trauma and it's not going to be a quick fix. The visuals are aces " pencils, colors, and letters are all tops. The story is definitely a different tone previous issues. The Funny Pages are all entertaining in this issue and I'd welcome all of them back. A different, very dramatic issue, of Savage Dragon.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #242
February 23, 2019
|
|
Drama, action, heroes, a god, and a robot of questionable origin make this an enjoyable issue. Nothing earth shattering in this installment, though the cast continues to have and create issues for themselves and others. The action sequences are outstanding with the Ant being a good visitor to this series. The final page is a jaw-dropper, making me wonder how long this character will stick around for the never ending trauma.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #243
April 20, 2019
|
|
The oldest Dragon child gets center stage as she unintentionally has to spring into action. The adult drama also continues, with a new character becoming part of the Dragon household and a couple close to making a decision. The story is fun and the visuals are engaging. Heck, even the backup story is terrific! This is a great book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #244
May 25, 2019
|
|
Action, drama, and Powerhouse! A clever justification has the cover characters involved in fisticuffs and there's a surprising inclusion of a couple's troubles and comic book commentary. The visuals are out of the park, be it people pounding one another or characters having a conversation. The backup features are also fun. You just can't go wrong picking up Savage Dragon.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Savage Dragon #245
October 31, 2019
|
|
Malcolm encounters a heavy metal foe, while drama with Maxine continues. I love the Dragon story, with plenty of action and heart, complete with outstanding visuals. The back-up story is also a lot of fun and the premise could have carried an entire issue on its own. Only the Funnies on the inside cover let down, but so what? This is a great read and the perfect entry point for this hero's adventures before he hits the big 250!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Scooby Apocalypse |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Scooby Apocalypse #1
May 27, 2016
|
|
This is the setup, next month the monster hunting begins. If you enjoyed Justice League 3000, this is one you'll want to pick up. If you're a fan of Scooby-Doo you'll see that even in a different place and time the gang will get together to save the day.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Scooby Apocalypse #4
August 21, 2016
|
|
The characters get a breather, but it's a detriment to the joys of the gang being chased. The visuals are top notch, though it limits how exciting the story can be. I'll stick around for more, but I want chasing, not conversing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Secret Avengers #26 |
May 05, 2012
show
|
|
This is my favorite discovery of Marvel books. This is only the second crossover book I've read that should be read. This book shouldn't be a “secret” to anyone, and now it's not to me. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Secret Wars (2015) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Secret Wars #3
June 3, 2015
|
|
This is a much better series than I expected, though I believe all will return to normal by the last issue. This is a giant Marvel What If?, with a solid story and sensational art. Will please any fan of comic book heroics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Secret Wars #9
January 18, 2016
|
|
An okay conclusion, with one group of characters leaving the Marvel Universe, while others enter. The visuals outshine the story, but this is still a worthwhile saga to read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Serenity: Leaves On The Wind #1 |
Feb 01, 2014
show
|
|
If you're a Browncoat, you'll like this. If you're new to the series you can jump in immediately and not be lost. You can't own the sky, but you can own this book. Get it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Shahrazad #1 |
Apr 04, 2015
show
|
|
If you're a fan of high adventure, you're going to be a fan of Shahrazad. Thrilling adventure with spectacular visuals make this a must have. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Share Your Smile #1 |
May 06, 2019
show
|
|
This is THE book to get future writers and/or comic book artists. Telgemeier's examples are terrific, especially with photos that show how her life inspired many of her tales. Using examples that any young reader can relate to — events, family, school, or a fanciful imagination — allow any reader to realize that they can create as well. To have a reader want to create their own story is the best gift any author can give. If you know a young reader who wants write or draw, this is the book to get them. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Shazam! #1 |
Dec 31, 1969
show
|
|
Before buying the next issue I'll thumb through it because I wasn't wowed by this story or art. Too many characters left unexplained in the opening issue doesn't help and visuals that go from awesome to awkward create inconsistent art. I want to like this title, but I have a feeling I'll be more satisfied if I dig through my back issues for Jerry Ordway's take on this character.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sheena #2 |
Jun 12, 2014
show
|
|
|
|
|
Sherlock Holmes Moriarty Lives |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Sherlock Holmes Moriarty Lives #2
February 16, 2014
|
|
A brilliantly twisted adventure with Holmes' nemesis illustrated in equally amazing artwork. This is no mystery: this is a must have. Fans of Holmes, the Victorian era, or anyone who wants a superior read, go no further. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Shipwreck #3 |
Jan 17, 2017
show
|
|
One part Lewis Carroll, another Rod Serling, and the rest a walking nightmare. The journey of a man marooned"somewhere"will entertain and haunt with its questions. If you like mystery, science fiction, or a hero on a quest, this is for you. Recommended. I can't read this quickly enough.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Shutter #1 |
Apr 11, 2014
show
|
|
This was very interesting, with huge possibilities for backstories and flashbacks, and had amazing visuals. I fell into this world and didn't want to come out. I'm hooked.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sidekick |
8 issues
show
|
|
|
Sidekick #1
August 11, 2013
|
|
Thematically similar to 1990′s Brat Pack, which focused on four sidekicks, Sidekick shows the disaster that happens when a child stands alone in the spotlight. The results shouldn't be this shocking, but if you can accept the reality of the situation, why would they be any different? This is a reality shot to the head of super powers solo too soon.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sidekick #2
September 15, 2013
|
|
Not for kids. Not for the squeamish. But for those who wished for a real “What if?” You should always be careful what you ask for.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sidekick #3
October 28, 2013
|
|
How can all the right choices by a character go so wrong? This is like a train wreck where you can't look away…And I eagerly await the next disaster. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sidekick #4
December 9, 2013
|
|
Okay, J.M.S, now what? He's hit the bottom in every possible way, outside of selling himself for money. I'm expecting a change next month and I have a feeling that final character is the key to a new life. Should I be enjoying the fall of a human being so much?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sidekick #6
April 3, 2014
|
|
This series has turned a serious corner and all bets are off if you thought you knew where this was headed. Flyboy is no longer a sidekick, but is kicking ass. His been taking names and numbers for the last five issues and now it's time to collect. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sidekick #7
July 3, 2014
|
|
Can you handle this? Are you strong enough to watch the rebirth of a hero into something else. It's not pleasant, but once you start you can't put it down. And it's only going to get worse! Thank you, JMS!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sidekick #8
September 6, 2014
|
|
This book is like an out of control serpent–It twists constantly, leaving you gasping at each unexpected turn. Highly recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sidekick #12
December 26, 2015
|
|
You'll never snicker while saying the word "sidekick" after reading this. Super powers and hero worship come too soon, resulting in readers screaming louder than the characters on the page. A wonderfully sick and twisted peek behind the scenes of superheroes. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Simpsons Comics |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Simpsons Comics #212
June 19, 2014
|
|
I rarely read this book, but my enjoyment was so high I might have to make this a regular purchase. If you like the show, you'll like this. If you've never seen the show (and what planet have you been on for 25 years?), welcome to Springfield and its denizens' exploits.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sinestro |
22 issues
show
|
|
|
Sinestro #1
April 17, 2014
|
|
I'll continue to read this series, because I enjoy this character so much, but it's got to improve. This is a mediocre beginning.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #3
June 27, 2014
|
|
Finally, this book is living up to its potential. This is the glory, vanity, and tragedy of the title character wonderfully delivered.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #5
September 2, 2014
|
|
A turning point for Sinestro, who's now been redefined. Must reading for Lantern,anti-hero, villain, DC, or comics fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #8
December 28, 2014
|
|
Decent, but nothing to write home about. What was needed to move this story to its conclusion could have been done in four pages.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #14
September 8, 2015
|
|
This is the issue to begin if you've not tried Sinestro. Readers are indoctrinated into the Sinestro Corps along with a new character and escorted around this group by their leader himself. The story is great and the visuals fantastic. I fear your fate should pass on this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #15
September 26, 2015
|
|
I feel emotionally spent every time I finish this book. Just when it seems that Sinestro has gotten some morals, he does something unthinkable that damns him before the reader. An amazing character crafted by an amazing team. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #16
November 2, 2015
|
|
This was an outstanding issue of this series. Two villains meet to stop a future threat and encounter an unexpected one. Superior story and art. Absolutely recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #18
December 29, 2015
|
|
Fans of DC Comics are going to want this for the last two pages. Once they pick this up, they're going to keep reading this series. I wish the visuals had been more consistent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #19
January 24, 2016
|
|
The story is leading to the conclusion of this war, while the visuals are full of lantern fury. A good issue that has me eager to see how this will wrap up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #21
March 20, 2016
|
|
Who knew the aftermath of a battle could be so interesting? This was a terrific coda to the Paling, though troubles are now in Soranik's future. Sensational read with outstanding visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #22
May 2, 2016
|
|
Better art would have made this a better book, but there's no denying the inclusion of the Red Lanterns signals an upcoming confrontation. If you're a Lantern fan, you want this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro #23
May 21, 2016
|
|
A quick ending to this series, but an adequate one. More could have been done, but Rebirth has ended this title. It was good to see a villain get his own run in the DC Universe, as short as it was, but the future holds a return to Sinestro and his Corps soon enough.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sinestro: Futures End #1
September 28, 2014
|
|
I really liked it, as the ending knocked it out of the park for me. Starts a little slow, but the flashback picks things up and that ending–Wow! Even if you've never read a Sinestro comic before, you could completely enjoy this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Skies of Fire #1 |
Mar 16, 2015
show
|
|
This is sensational reading and has spoiled me for all other Dieselpunk works. Action and politicking on another Earth that is tense and lavish. You want to find a copy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sledgehammer '44 |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Sledgehammer '44 #2
April 18, 2013
|
|
This was exciting, moving and stunning in how one man can make a difference. This is the most patriotic comic I've read since Captain America was created. If you'vefelt that the Hell on Earth storyline has been depressing, read this and feel optimistic about the ability of man.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sledgehammer '44: Lightning War |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Sledgehammer '44: Lightning War #3
February 1, 2014
|
|
Fantastic conclusion to a fantastic mini-series. I can't believe this is it. It can't be. This was too much fun and the characters way too entertaining. If all involved know what's good for them, Sledgehammer will return. There's just too much Axis evil afoot for this armored giant to be done. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sleepy Hollow |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Sleepy Hollow #1
October 18, 2014
|
|
A good start that mirrors a typical episode and isan outstanding gateway book to the television series for readers that haven't watched it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sleepy Hollow #3
January 2, 2015
|
|
The story was too familiar, but the art is good. Next month's conclusion could change my overall opinion. As it stands now, this is just a touch better than average due to the visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sleepy Hollow: Origins #1 |
Apr 15, 2015
show
|
|
Stronger art would make this a better book, but it's still worth checking out. I plan on purchasing every issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Smiley's Dream Book #1 |
Sep 17, 2018
show
|
|
A counting book becomes a wonderful journey in a dream. The story is fun and magical, accompanied by delightful art, and concludes with a terrific message. Perfect reading for the little ones and fun for those familiar with the adventures of the Bone family.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Snow White 10th Anniversary One-Shot #1 |
May 30, 2015
show
|
|
A good introduction to one of Zenescope's lead characters, but an undefined villain and average visuals undercut its anniversary status.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Snow White vs. Snow White #1 |
Jun 05, 2016
show
|
|
An average outing that will only please hardcore Zenescope fans. I expect better for $5.99.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Solar: Man of the Atom |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Solar: Man of the Atom #3
June 30, 2014
|
|
Terrific story with lackluster visuals. I'm frightened for this book's future, because a story like this should be told with better art. How about getting Bob Layton to illustrate an issue?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Solarman #1 |
Jul 17, 2016
show
|
|
An excellent origin with some spectacular visuals. This is a hero that anyone could follow. I know I will. I hope that Solarman lasts for a long time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Space Dumplings #1 |
Aug 30, 2015
show
|
|
It doesn't matter how old you are, you will be delighted by the story and thrilled by the visuals. This is a book that goes far beyond its intended audience as it spectacularly entertains all readers. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Spider-Gwen #1 |
Oct 18, 2015
show
|
|
I picked this up to check out what all the buzz was about forthis character. If this issue is any indication of what was previously done, I missed nothing but some neat covers. The story is fine but why would any fan settle for visuals like these? The art looks hastily rendered and the colors an attempt to cash in on a hit book from the competition. If the visuals are like this next month, I'm done with Spider-Gwen.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Spider-Man 2099 #1 |
Jul 11, 2014
show
|
|
This is the only Spider-Man book I've read in the last year I would return to. I like every part of this book and I hope it and this team stays around for a long, long time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Spider-Woman #1 |
Nov 21, 2014
show
|
|
I don't know how a reader could enjoy this without reading all of the previous chapters in Spider-Verse. This was a poor way to start a new series and leaves me on the fence as to whether I'll pick up the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Spirit Hunters |
8 issues
show
|
|
|
Spirit Hunters #5
February 19, 2017
|
|
A creepy outing with a good twist. Stronger visuals would have improved the impact of the tale considerably. "Little Sister" should please those looking for supernatural horrors.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spirit Hunters #7
May 20, 2017
|
|
An excellent self-contained horror story with impressive visuals. What will it take to make this a monthly book, Zenescope? I want these adventures to never end.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spirit Hunters #8
June 11, 2017
|
|
The haunted campgrounds trope gets a decent spin. The explanation for the supernatural happenings is a little too much, too late and the art is mixed, but this is still enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spirit Hunters #9
August 31, 2017
|
|
A new villain is introduced in a story of supernatural revenge. The tale is very well told, though the two artists are not equal, with one outshining the other. The story is strong enough to warrant a read, with the hope that that this antagonist will return soon in other books.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spirit Hunters #10
October 7, 2017
|
|
An excellent change of pace as the youngest spirit hunter is on her own. Ellen shows she's grown in the past nine issues, through an excellent story and superior visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spirit Hunters #11
November 12, 2017
|
|
An excellent penultimate issue with some appropriately scary scenes and disturbing visuals. I'm already missing this series! I love the characters, especially Ellen, and hope that next month doesn't close this character and her crew's adventures.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spirit Hunters #12
August 21, 2018
|
|
This series ends well, though leaves the reader wanting to see more of this group's exploits. I like how every character got a spotlight and the realistic ending. The visuals are terrific, creating a wonderful realism and plenty of scares. Well done job, Zenescope, but you have to keep this going.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Spirit of the Wolves #1 |
Dec 24, 2014
show
|
|
Apleasing prehistory novel of wolves trying to help humans find their way in the world. Telling the tale from a wolf's point of view is a terrific way to have readers consider where each creature fits into the larger scheme of the world. Worth checking out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Splinter Cell: Echoes #1 |
Jul 01, 2014
show
|
|
If you're a fan of the games you might enjoy this. The visuals are good, but this opening issue's story is so poor I won't be returning.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Slammers |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Slammers #1
March 26, 2014
|
|
School's in session. Masters at work here! Read this and fall in love with space adventure all over again. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Slammers #4
July 11, 2014
|
|
Anything written by Walter Simonson should be must reading. Anything drawn by Walter Simonson should be must reading. He's double downed on this book to get you to read it and the addition of O'Grady and Workman makes this mandatory. You're missing out if you don't read this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Trek |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Trek #28
December 20, 2013
|
|
Only for the hard core fans, and even then you might be wincing as I was. New story direction and new art is needed for this title.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Trek Annual: 2013
December 15, 2013
|
|
This is the (Yes, I'm putting the article in italics for emphasis)Star Trek item of the year. This is the Star Trek I grew up with and this is the Star Trek I love. This is theChristmas gift for every Star Trek fan. It gets no better than this. Name your price for a monthly, IDW, and I'll gladly pay it. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Trek: Discovery: Captain Saru #1 |
Mar 16, 2019
show
|
|
A great book that has me hoping all contributors return for another adventure with these characters. A new villain is introduced, Saru's character grows, and the visuals are outstanding. This is a Trek you want to take. Well, pay for it, then take it home. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Trek: Khan #3 |
Dec 06, 2013
show
|
|
I'm enjoying the story and loving the visuals. This is want you want in every comic!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Trek: New Visions |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Trek: New Visions #18
October 14, 2017
|
|
The voyages of the original Star Trek crew continue to be thrilling and spectacular with John Byrne in the captain's chair. A good mystery becomes a fight for survival with visuals that are epic. This is how Star Trek should be. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Trek: New Visions: Enemy of My Enemy #21
June 24, 2018
|
|
The continuing adventures of the starship Enterpriseare in fine form as Kirk and Pike have new tales. The stories have the same excitement and lessons of the original series and I defy any reader not to enjoy seeing these characters in these exploits. Byrne keeps Trek relevant and wonderful with this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Trek: The Q Conflict |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Trek: The Q Conflict #1
February 8, 2019
|
|
Four different Trek crews will battle to decide the victor of an ultra-powerful alien conflict. This is a Trek fan's dream come true, and a dream crew is creating this: the Tipton brothers are aces at crafting exciting and entertaining outings, Messina and D'Amico create beautiful images, Alexakis works magic with colors, and Uyetake unifies the issues with his spot-on lettering. Get on board for this trek to end all Treks!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Trek: The Q Conflict #2
March 9, 2019
|
|
Four classic crews are mixed up to compete in a mission for the omnipotent characters and it's great reading. The characters' are absolutely faithful to their television and film personas. The dialogue is killer. The visuals are some of the best in the history of Star Trek comics. The characters and settings are pure Trek. This is a love letter to Trek fans: all the crews are in a cosmic competition and it's so fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Trek: The Q Conflict #4
May 26, 2019
|
|
This ultimate Star Trek crossover is one to collect! The mixing of crews is a great way to see how they interact with one another and an excellent way to introduce characters to fans if they never followed their shows. The story is fun, with Q being an absolute delight, and the visuals capturing the characters and settings flawlessly. This is a Trek that must be owned.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Trek: The Q Conflict #5
June 19, 2019
|
|
If you're a Star Trek fan, there should be no conflict in your mind: you need to pick this up. The characters are true to their screen counterparts, the dialogue is perfect, the action fun, and — for heaven's sake — the Borg! The visuals are beautiful, faithful images of each character and ship. You can't go wrong with this Trek.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Trek: Year Five |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Trek: Year Five #1
April 27, 2019
|
|
Report for duty now! This captures the tone of the classic series as it ventures into unseen territory. I love the moment between Kirk and McCoy and how that foreshadows a major future event. The art captures the likenesses of the characters well, especially on the captain. I really like the settings, with the Enterprise and the alien world exceptional. If the series is as a good as this premiere, this will be a voyage to join.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Trek: Year Five #2
May 31, 2019
|
|
This book makes me so happy. If you've been waiting for more adventures of the original crew, this is the book to pick up. It captures every nuance, storywise and visually, to please fans new and old. With issues like this I can only hope that this series lives long and prospers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Trek/Green Lantern: Stranger Worlds |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Trek/Green Lantern: Stranger Worlds #3
February 26, 2017
|
|
The visuals destroy an outstanding story. I don't know how this would appeal to anyone beyond the two franchises. I love both franchises, but was incredibly disappointed in this. IDW has done much better than this and I expect better. I would suggest passing on this and saving one's money for the Planet of the Apes/Green Lantern limited series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars (2013) |
18 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars #3
March 18, 2013
|
|
Okay, but still has yet to “wow” me like Marvel did, and Dark Horse does in their other Star Wars titles.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #14
February 17, 2014
|
|
A great story, eventually, with mixed art. This series frustrates me so much, I'm not going to be too upset when it goes to Disney.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #20
August 15, 2014
|
|
The story and the art were never strong enough to last more than one issue. I'm sad to see Star Wars leave Dark Horse and end this way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars (2014) |
72 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars #1
January 16, 2015
|
|
This captures the classic Star Wars feelings of the original series. It's not as polished as Dark Horse Comics' Star Warswere, but it's close.I don't know how this could have lived up to the hype or expectations of fans, like me, but it's good enough for me to return and want it to succeed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #2
February 5, 2015
|
|
The ideas are here, but the end result needs work. Nowhere near the caliber of a Dark Horse comic. Marvel, make this better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Annual #3
September 23, 2017
|
|
An average story with terrible visuals. Only for Star Wars completists. Any other current SW comics would be a better purchase than this $4.99 outing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Annual #4
May 30, 2018
|
|
One artist's contributions ruin this incredibly fun tale involving Sana, Luke, and Darth Vader. I wish that Marvel had taken the time for one artist to illustrate the entire book, rather than having three different illustrators, with one who is not ready to be published. The issue is worth picking up because the story is incredibly clever and the characters are fun, but one third of the book looks awful. So disappointing!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #7
August 1, 2015
|
|
I can't slam a book a full grade for lettering, but my review would be stronger if it were different. Strong story and visuals make this a stand out for Obi-Wan on Tatooine.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #8
August 22, 2015
|
|
Beautiful artwork with only half a story worth reading. I'll be much happier when Han and Leia are doing something new.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #12
November 23, 2015
|
|
An excellent conclusion to a fantastic arc. Luke Skywalker's search for Jedi knowledge takes him down a dangerous path that ends spectacularly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #13
December 5, 2015
|
|
“Where's Vader?” more so than “Vader Down.” This comes off as filling in a story arc, rather than contributing to it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #15
February 1, 2016
|
|
With exception to the lettering, this is a good book, showing what Ben and Luke were doing between films. Must reading for Star Wars fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #16
February 21, 2016
|
|
This is not the Star Wars comic you're looking for. Move along. Cliche, sketchy, minimalistic, frail: words I never thought I would used to describe a Star Wars comic. Not horrible, but barely tolerable. Like the prequels, one hopes this will improve over time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #18
May 5, 2016
|
|
I would recommend any other Star Wars book over this flagship title, and that's an utter shame. Completely disappointing story and art.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #19
May 28, 2016
|
|
Okay, Marvel, you tried a different look for this flagship book. Like the visuals of the Lando series, they didn't work. Let's call it even, and never return to this type of art. Why? I'll never read this story line again and will try to forget that I ever read this in the first place.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #21
July 28, 2016
|
|
A very enjoyable tale told from the villains' point of view. More of these stories, from characters of higher rank than stormtrooper, would be more than welcome. I just wish there were some sounds!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #27
January 26, 2017
|
|
A familiar story with mixed visuals leads to a surprisingly unsatisfactory issue. For the hard core Star Wars fan only.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #29
March 4, 2017
|
|
The story and art improve, showing this to be a much larger story than anticipated. I really want to know what's going to happen next issue. Yoda shows, once again, he is the toughest Jedi, ever.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #30
April 7, 2017
|
|
This book should only be bought for the visuals. The dual stories are unequal and the lettering decreases its enjoyment considerably.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #31
May 21, 2017
|
|
"The Screaming Citadel" shows the Star Wars characters at their finest. Watching Luke use the Force and run from villains was enough to win me over, but having Han and Leia in the mix only increases the joy. An incredibly enjoyable Star Wars outing. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #32
June 16, 2017
|
|
Many overly familiar story elements and mixed visuals make this a middling installment for "The Screaming Citadel." I'm hoping that this saga concludes in better fashion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #33
July 7, 2017
|
|
A fantastic self-contained story with visuals to match. Luke and Leia show themselves to make a great team, dealing with starvation, meeting natives, and interstellar threats. I'd suggest going to lightspeed to pick this up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #34
August 19, 2017
|
|
Lando leaps into this tale fantastically. Lando and Sana make a terrific team and I would love to see them in their own series. The story and visuals are of the highest caliber. If only Marvel would allow their letterers to be creative with their talents.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #35
September 17, 2017
|
|
An average outing for fans who just need a Star Wars fix. The story is predictable once the premise is established and the art takes a hit whenever the antagonist is shown. There have been much better issues in this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #36
September 18, 2017
|
|
A fun issue with Artoo as a spy aboard a Star Destroyer out to rescue his counterpart See-Threepio. The droid shows he's got grit with several stormtroopers having horrible deaths, but he is on a mission. The visuals are fine, but come off uneven when humans are in the same panel as helmeted figures or droids. Still, this is a good read for anyone who loves droids or Artoo-Detoo.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #37
October 8, 2017
|
|
This issue is a dollar more than usual, but the increase is worth it. The first story is amazing, and the second, though it has visual flaws, is also excellent. A set of antagonists are set on plaguing the Rebellion and their expected confrontations with the heroes look to be exciting. I appreciate an experimentation in trying some new visuals in a book, but those in the second story just cannot hold a candle to those in the first. That said, I recommend this book to Star Wars fans and to those looking for an entry point into this saga. This looks to be the start of something really good!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #38
November 11, 2017
|
|
An intriguing first chapter, with several highs and lows from the contributors. Another installment will change how I feel about this issue, but on it's own it's acceptable Star Wars fare.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #39
November 25, 2017
|
|
A smart story that returns to Jedha after the events of Rogue One. The characters and visuals are outstanding, making this a must-read Star Wars adventure. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #40
December 17, 2017
|
|
Another strong issue as a battle occurs, a dangerous element is introduced, and one character leaves the group to discover something. Excellent story and art make this a book to seek out. This is the type of story you wish would never end. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #41
January 4, 2018
|
|
Luke is surrounded by the Dark Side, while Han and Leia battle a city sized machine. The visuals are outstanding, but the story leaves me mixed for what happens with both groups. I couldn't stop reading this issue once I began, but I wasn't thrilled with it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #42
January 21, 2018
|
|
A necessary transition issue that sets up the finale, but not exciting. There is some action and some character growth and the visuals are top notch, but with not enough to do. On it's own, this isn't much. Combined with the previous installments this would improve.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #43
February 11, 2018
|
|
A disappointing conclusion that's visually dark and with text that's inappropriate for every panel. This story started out so strongly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #44
March 22, 2018
|
|
Moments in the story strain credulity and the photo insertion ruins a majority of the book. Issues can be taken with every contribution to this book. Marvel, it's time for some changes on this title. This book is beginning to dip as below average.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #45
March 25, 2018
|
|
A successful transition issue as the heroes shape their plan and put it in motion. The story is interesting, though not much action occurs until the end, and the visuals are a vast improvement over last issue. Hoping that the story becomes more exciting next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #46
April 30, 2018
|
|
A clever caper issue with some sensational moments of levity. The artwork is much better this go around and I'm hoping it continues with the next installment of this story. If only the lettering would make a few changes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #47
May 5, 2018
|
|
Some fun moments, though a few cannot be seen. A transition issue as the heroes have to get from Point A to Point B and Threepio has to help an impostor survive in plain sight. A solid read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #48
May 26, 2018
|
|
The Mon Calamari are enjoyable, while the leads are adequate. An okay story with okay art. This story is all over the place, between serious and silly, with the art a bit more consistent. Acceptable Star Wars fare.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #49
June 16, 2018
|
|
A great conclusion, with plenty of action and some great surprises in the climax. The space battle is thrilling and looks fantastic. Every character gets a great moment that contributes to the story. This is what you want in a Star Wars comic!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #50
July 7, 2018
|
|
A highly enjoyable issue as the Rebels' past victories are brutally erased. The story will leave one squirming in fear with every turn of the page and the art will inspire and terrify. A fantastic Star Wars read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #51
July 27, 2018
|
|
Treachery is confronted and only a smuggler can save the Rebellion. An outstanding story with some excellent visuals. Leia and Han steal the issue, with the Falcon making some impressive maneuvers. This is an issue to get!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #52
August 19, 2018
|
|
An absolutely thrilling story as Vader and Han play cat and mouse, while another hero decides to go on a hunch. The art is fine, though at times is too similar to movie stills. Still, this should please all Star Wars fans who can't get enough classic Corellian in their lives.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #53
September 10, 2018
|
|
This is an action packed issue with the Rebels making very smart moves. The story is thrilling and the visuals outstanding. If only the lettering were as strong. Still, I can't dismiss the rest of the book if the lettering is bad. This will please every Star Wars fan.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #54
September 25, 2018
|
|
The art and lettering lower this book's score. It's a decent enough issue, with the story being the strongest element. There's still plenty enough to like, but Marvel continues to have the lettering on this franchise be inappropriate for what's needed and the quality of the art lessens with each page.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #55
October 7, 2018
|
|
A solid conclusion to a story that provides a transition between A New Hope and The Empire Strikes Back. There are minor nicks in this final installment, but it does provide enough strong moments to please fans of the franchise. I'm looking forward to seeing where these creators next take my heroes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #56
November 17, 2018
|
|
The premise is established and the characters are put in place. This is an acceptable start, though the visuals have some questionable moments. A decent issue, but nothing to write home about.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #57
November 25, 2018
|
|
Things are progressing, slowly. The new characters are clunky in their revelations and dialogue is given at weird times. The art is also uneven, with obvious inspiration for images not blending well with original characters. I'm still on board for more Star Wars, but I'm waiting for something to happen.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #58
December 31, 1969
|
|
Luke takes the lead this issue, though comes off as inconsistent. Leia and Han tease their future relationship, while the princess is making plans for something big. The story is okay, as is the art, but nothing thrills. Nonetheless, this is a competent Star Wars outing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #59
January 13, 2019
|
|
Plans are revealed and familiar foes arrive to cause trouble for the heroes. This is an okay outing, with the story being a transition issue and the visuals being serviceable. Han Solo is really unlikable in this issue, so I'm hoping that a moment arrives, soon, where he becomes more loyal to Luke, Leia, and the Rebellion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #60
January 27, 2019
|
|
I've not enjoyed where this story has gone and I'm looking forward to this being done. The art is gravely hurt by the dark coloring. I'm just ready to move away from Hubin and not speak of it again.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #61
February 9, 2019
|
|
Goodbyes, hellos, and a major “Uh oh!” that features outstanding visuals. I enjoyed this issue because elements of the story are settled, while others are just beginning. There are also several character moments that ring absolutely true. The visuals are a big improvement over previous issues, with the art clearly seen. This is a Star Wars outing I can get behind. This was fun and I would like to restate that Broccardo should be the regular artist on this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #62
March 10, 2019
|
|
This is the start of Queen Trios paying for her treachery and it's great. I like the cast that Gillen has assembled, calling back to his previous stories. The visuals are strong, with the settings and ships extraordinary. This has the feels of a classic Hollywood caper film from the 1960's and I'm looking forward to seeing where it goes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #63
March 22, 2019
|
|
Odd choices abound in this issue: the plot is clunky, the art hit and miss, the colors too dark at times, and the lettering a mess. This is a disappointment to Star Wars fans. It can only get better from here, right?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #64
April 7, 2019
|
|
An improvement over previous chapters with the story going somewhere and the visuals not looking so heavily photo referenced. Sadly, the letters continue to bring the book's look down. I'm looking forward to where this story is heading and the end is finally in sight.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #65
May 5, 2019
|
|
Luke and Benthic have a conversation that leads to trouble, creating more chaos. Great action, great characters, and great visuals. I love everything about this issue except the lettering, which continues to be the weakest element of this series. Still, it's not so bad as to destroy the book…but it could have been perfect!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #66
May 19, 2019
|
|
The penultimate chapter to “The Scourging of Shu-Torun” takes a turn as things worsen. Exciting story with great action sequences. The visuals are powerful, with the settings being especially outstanding. A terrific issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #67
June 21, 2019
|
|
An acceptable ending to this long story, but not a memorable one. The visuals look good at least. The colors run a little dark at times and the lettering continues to have several issues. Needless to say, I'm really looking forward to a new writer and artist on this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #68
July 12, 2019
|
|
A new creative team has created an outstanding first issue. The story has all the feels of a classic Star Wars story with every character true to their screen personas. The visuals are fantastic, with none looking copied from frozen film images. This is what you give someone to make them a Star Wars comics fan. Absolutely recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #69
July 26, 2019
|
|
This is perfect Star Wars storytelling. The characters are true to their film counterparts and a delight with the new characters and obstacles they counter. Han and Leia argue brilliantly, Luke is flabbergasted by a new character, and Threepio and Chewbacca's bond continues to grow as they come across some gigantic threats. The visuals are superb. Familiar faces resemble those from the films and seeing them in action in exceptional settings is a joy. It's a good time to be a Star Wars fan with exploits like this. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #70
August 12, 2019
|
|
Three different groups are in peril and things are going to get worse after the reveal on the final page. This is exciting, funny, character driven, and gorgeous to look at. Star Wars comics do not get any better than this. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #71
September 7, 2019
|
|
Alien worlds! Action! Intrigue! Romance! Thrills! This Star Wars has it all! I am loving this run of this soon-to-end series (SOB!), but what a perfect way to wrap up this run. The story captures the tone of the original trilogy perfectly and the visuals have all the whimsy, wonder, and heart of the films. It doesn't get better than this. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #72
October 5, 2019
|
|
This is the comic book you're looking for. Action, surprises, humor, excellent writing, and superb visuals. You'll never want to leave this story from a long time ago…in a galaxy far, far away. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars #73
October 26, 2019
|
|
Han is prisoner, Vader attacks Threepio, and Luke races to retrieve this lightsaber in this sensational issue. The story moves at the perfect pace, making every joke hilarious and action epic. The visuals are spectacular, with Vader and Luke incredible. This is the perfect Star Wars comic. Get it before it gets rebooted! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Screaming Citadel #1
May 14, 2017
|
|
This issue sets the stage for this series with promises of much to come. Luke and Aphra make a fun team and they're bound to find plenty of trouble. The visuals are top notch, to be sure. I'm looking forward to the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Vader Down #1
November 27, 2015
|
|
I can't ding a book too much for poor lettering, but it does hinder my enjoyment of this issue. This is a good beginning with good art and promises much to come.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures |
25 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #1
September 24, 2017
|
|
Perfect reading for your little troopers or Padawans. The stories are quick, full of action, and look terrific. They're also sure to please veteran fans to feed their hunger for more tales set in a galaxy far, far away. IDW, you're keeping the Force alive.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #3
November 4, 2017
|
|
Incredibly enjoyable with fun stories that have sensational visuals. Reading this book will make long time fans feel like they did when they first found Star Wars, while it's sure to make young ones fans for life. This is the Star Wars you're looking for. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #5
January 30, 2018
|
|
A strong issue with one tale concluding and another focusing on the Porgs. A terrific read for young and old fans, guaranteed to delight as you wait for the next Star Wars film.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #6
March 11, 2018
|
|
Rose Tico gets a tale, as does young Anakin Skywalker. These stories are perfect for young readers and will also bring a smile to the face of older fans. All ages fun for those that want classic adventures with subtle lessons.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #7
May 1, 2018
|
|
Rebels fans of all ages will love this. The stories are great and the visuals are fantastic. A love letter to those young of heart who wish to visit a galaxy far, far away…Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #8
May 12, 2018
|
|
Fun stories, but the visuals on the first tale aren't as good as the second. If one enjoys Star Wars, this will be an enjoyable read. However, if one saw the first installment of “Endangered”, this concluding half will be a visual letdown.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #9
May 26, 2018
|
|
Fun for young readers and plenty for older fans to enjoy. The stories are quick and cute, while the visuals are eye catching and bright. Perfect reading for padawans of all ages.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #10
May 28, 2018
|
|
An early adventure of young Han Solo and Chewie, plus a Lando outing arrive just as Solo hits the theaters. The stories are entertaining and the visuals are neat. You should pick this up! It'd be easier than making the Kessel Run.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #12
September 1, 2018
|
|
Two fun tales, with Anakin and Padme's alone time leading to trouble and Mace Windu helps a troubled Twi'lek. The visuals on both stories are great, with me wanting to see more of Mauricet's work. This is perfect reading for all ages of Star Wars fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #13
November 25, 2018
|
|
Some great foreshadowing for Anakin and a riotous outing on Tatooine make this an entertaining issue. There's plenty of laughs to be had and enjoyable visuals for the little ones, for whom this book is intended, but older fans will gasp at the illustrations on Pages 10 and 11.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #14
December 28, 2018
|
|
This issue answers the burning question how a Wookiee relieves stress and it's a hoot. Plenty of fun in the first tale and a great tease of more to come from a supporting character from Episode VII. The visuals are great on both tales, keeping the scares safe for younger readers and entertaining for the older fans. Great Star Wars entertainment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #15
March 20, 2019
|
|
A great collection of old and new characters in two fun tales. It was neat to see Poe in an adventure with BB-8 and I'm always more than willing to have an outing with the original group of heroes. The visuals are good, with the first tale having the look of classic Harvey Comics at times and the second looking like stills from an animated feature. This is excellent reading to transport readers of all ages to a galaxy far, far away.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #16
March 30, 2019
|
|
If you love Star Wars Resistance you'll enjoy the first tale. I'm not a fan, so it fell flat for me for me story-wise and visually. The second tale is better, as all Lando outings typically are, though it's too short. This was a mixed bag for me. I'm biased against Resistance, so keep that in my mind when looking at his issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #17
June 18, 2019
|
|
Fans of Star Wars Resistance and Solo: A Star Wars Story will be pleased with this twosome of tales. I'm admittedly not a fan of the former, while an unabashed fan of the latter. If you enjoy either of these SW spin-offs, this is an issue you're going to need in your collection.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #18
June 19, 2019
|
|
The teaming of Jar Jar and Padm is storytelling gold. He's hilarious and she's not going to play games. The visuals on this story only add to the humor. The second tale is more for adults, explaining how Han lost the Falcon, though it has no conclusion, instead being finished in a one-shot. It's enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #19
June 22, 2019
|
|
Two engaging battle droid focused tales. The visuals on the first tale are fine, but the second tale is like an epiphany for Star Wars comics. IDW would be wise to get Nick Brokenshire back to this book or, better yet, give him a miniseries.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #20
June 25, 2019
|
|
Two Jedi tales that will entertain fans of any age. The first tale has Anakin and Yoda make a discovery that could change the war and the second has Bariss on a quest for something intangible. The visuals are good on both stories; I'm always happy to see Jedi in action and there's plenty of that in this issue. Need this, you do.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #21
July 4, 2019
|
|
Both tales are fun and well illustrated, but the Kabe story is gorgeous. The familiar trio's personalities are absolutely true in the first tale, with Han being cocky and Luke a worrier. The Kabe tale is sweet, cute, and an absolute reason Baldari should be given her own series to illustrate. This will win over fans and create new ones.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #22
July 6, 2019
|
|
The stories are fun, quick adventures with one story's visuals better than the other. It was neat to have Leia on an outing with the droids and I loved the tauntaun tale. I wasn't keen on the first story's art that came off as unfinished/hurried. Much more to my liking was the tauntaun tale, which was wonderful. All younglings will find this a fun read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures #23
July 24, 2019
|
|
Lando's plan goes awry and Jabba shows kindness in this latest issue. I enjoyed the humor and visuals of the first story, while the second tale gave a neat peek into working for the biggest crime lord near the Outer Rim. I would eagerly welcome all the contributors to this issue back for another.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures Annual: 2018
July 30, 2018
|
|
This is not a cheap comic, but it's worth the price. The stories are fun and the visuals excellent. Plus, if you're a long time Star Wars fan, the return (or introduction) of Jaxxon is well worth the cover price. IDW continues to show the Force is strong in them and their Star Wars Adventures.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Flight of the Falcon
June 20, 2019
|
|
This was a dull conclusion to a sensational set of building chapters. The story felt drawn out and ultimately ended up being a tie-in to Disney's Galaxy's Edge attraction. I was naive to think this was an original story, not a sales pitch. And after having Bazine being the crux of the opening chapters, she's entirely avoided in this conclusion, and readers have to pick up a novel, albeit a "junior" novel, to see what happened with her. I felt used. The art looks good, except when the background is given a horrible computer blur that reminds one of low budget films. I was let down by this conclusion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Destroyer Down |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Destroyer Down #2
December 20, 2018
|
|
A lot of action for the little ones to enjoy and older fans to relish. This is a fun read for showing the characters challenged by larger forces and doing all they can to overcome such numerous obstacles. The visuals are also neat, clearly communicating to the reader what's occurring. Fast and fun reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Destroyer Down #3
June 16, 2019
|
|
A neat pair of conclusions with some exciting and funny moments. It's neat to see Rey in action before BB-8 rolled into her life. The visuals are terrific, creating some solid thrills, surprises, and laughs. Appropriate fare for the young or old who delight in Star Wars.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Forces of Destiny |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Return to Vader's Castle |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Return to Vader's Castle #1
October 8, 2019
|
|
A fan favorite foe appears to cause trouble, though the colors make the book hard to see. This was a decent read, with the story being good scary stuff for young readers, and the art full of several frights. Unfortunately the colors are not great, making several panels difficult to discern. Not a bad read, but not a great one.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Return to Vader's Castle #2
October 13, 2019
|
|
The story places Tarkin in the role of Doctor Frankenstein and his creation wants payback. There aren't any surprises to this tale, though it's still fun to read. The visuals by Jones and Madsen are the reason to pick this up, and they make the monster look tremendous. I'm really not liking Francavilla's contributions, which look rushed. If you're a Star Wars fan, you should enjoy this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Return to Vader's Castle #3
October 20, 2019
|
|
Asajj Ventress encounters a foe that even she cannot defeat. Great story for readers of any age and fun art that shows the horror of the situation without being too much for the youngest reader. I just wanted the colors to be stronger. Still, a solid pick up for any Star Wars fan.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Return to Vader's Castle #5
November 4, 2019
|
|
Vader is the centerpiece of this conclusion as forces overwhelm him. The story is fun, but the visuals are horrifically mixed. I won't be picking up any sequels if Francavilla returns to pencil the interiors, they look so bad. I would welcome more work by Wilson any time. This is intended for young Star Wars readers, but I doubt this would make them fans of the franchise.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Tales From Vader's Castle |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Tales From Vader's Castle #2
October 14, 2018
|
|
This issue gets my highest possible recommendation for this pair of scary stories intended for younger readers, but sure to please those fond of classic vampire films. There's some good laughs and solid scares in this issue, whose art is out of this world. Who would have thought that Kelley Jones would illustrate a book intended for younger readers? And he didn't need to hold anything back! Absolutely awesome reading for all Star Wars fans and those of Hammer Films.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Tales From Vader's Castle #3
October 27, 2018
|
|
Han and Chewie take the wrong job and find themselves in danger in this fun story. The scares are perfect for young readers, for whom this series is intended, but the sense of fun and the adventures the characters encounter will please all fans of Star Wars. In addition to the story, the visuals are awesome, with Han's smile and Chewie's worried face eliciting joy from the reader. A terrific read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Tales From Vader's Castle #4
November 4, 2018
|
|
This issue's story is a fun callback to a forgotten corner of the Star Wars Universe, but the visuals do not help it. This is the first major miss for this series and I'm hoping the finale is better. Still work a look-see for those that remember the adventures of the ewoks from the 80's.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars Adventures: Tales From Vader's Castle #5
November 8, 2018
|
|
A solid conclusion for this final issue. Having Vader be the cause of worry is terrific, as Force pushes and chokes, as well as lightsaber swings will thrill all readers. The visuals are also fun and I would love to see Charm illustrate an entire Star Wars series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars Original Marvel Years #108 |
May 31, 2019
show
|
|
It's like Christmas has come early to fans of the original run of Marvel's Star Wars. The story and visuals felt like it was from the 1980's. Star Wars was the first comic book I followed regularly as a child and getting more of it created a surreal amount of nostalgia. If Marvel wants to continue this version of Star Wars, I'm more than willing to pay for it if it's at this level of quality.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars Special: C-3PO #1 |
Apr 17, 2016
show
|
|
This is the second Star Wars title in a week to come out at $4.99. I enjoyed this, but my wallet is starting to feel a tremor in the Force. An outstanding self-contained issue, though I'd prefer to be paying a dollar less.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion |
9 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion: Boba Fett #1
May 10, 2019
|
|
A very enjoyable tale of Boba after a mark. There are several incredibly fun moments with Fett just flat out awesome. The visuals are highly detailed, making this a very lush reading experience. This would be a welcome addition to any Star Wars fan's collection. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion: Darth Vader #1
June 28, 2019
|
|
Vader is a force to be reckoned with in this awesome finale to this series. He only speaks thirteen words in the entire issue, but the characters " and the reader " never forget the power that he wields and it's shown several times. The visuals are excellent, with me wanting to see more from Bachs in the future.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion: Grand Moff Tarkin #1
April 20, 2019
|
|
This is the book that shows Tarkin to be a monster. His cruelty, his thoughts, and his past make him an outstanding villain. Five pages of the story go too far, but the rest of the story is outstanding. The visuals are perfection, making me want to see much, much more of Laming in the Star Wars Universe. This is a fantastic one-shot of the Empire in action.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion: Han Solo #1
May 4, 2019
|
|
Calling all Star Wars fans " you want this! Han starts out on a noble mission only to find himself drawn into helping an old friend that leads to trouble. I loved the characters, old and new, with plenty of action that makes Han and Chewie fan favorites. The visuals are superb, leaving me hoping that Sprouse and Story will be asked back for more Star Wars work. This is outstanding.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion: Jabba The Hutt #1
May 26, 2019
|
|
This is a Star Wars series and notone artist could be found to complete this issue? With all the talent out there, all the artists hungry to create, this was the best that could happen? Very disappointed, Marvel. This is a prime example of a book that should not have been solicited until it was completed — by one artist. And not having the title character in the majority of the book is a mistake. To paraphrase Ian Malcolm from Jurassic Park, “You do have a Hutt in your Jabba the Hutt comic?” This is only worth purchasing for the covers. A major disappointment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion: Lando Calrissian #1
May 21, 2019
|
|
A decent Lando outing is marred by the artwork. The story is a great take on a maturing scoundrel, but the visuals were practically unbearable. I'll give Marvel credit for trying new looks for the Star Wars books, but I really did not care for the art. At least this is only a one-shot.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion: Luke Skywalker #1
June 7, 2019
|
|
The story is fantastic, but different artists create a jarring visual experience. I would love to see Pak writing more of Luke's adventures after reading this one-shot. Having one artist and inker team would have made this a much more consistent book. If you like Star Wars, you'll enjoy this, but you will have questions about the visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion: Princess Leia #1
April 14, 2019
|
|
Bridging the gap between Episodes V and VI, this belongs in every Star Wars fan's collection. The story is exciting, touching, and fun, while the visuals are gorgeous. This issue sets the bar incredibly high for all other Age of Rebellion books that will follow! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion: Special #1
June 1, 2019
|
|
A real mixed bag of short stories with IG-88, Yoda, and Porkins and Biggs. I loved the first, felt okay about the second, and was confused by the intentions of the third. As with any collection of short stories, some are better than others in story and visuals, and how one judges them ultimately depends on the reader. I though this was just a little better than average.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Resistance |
9 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Resistance: Captain Phasma #1
July 14, 2019
|
|
Phasma is fully shown as an inspiration and as a survivor of the First Order. The story expands her handsomely beyond what was shown in the films with a lot of trooper action right in the thick of things. The visuals are great: if you're looking for troopers, you'll definitely want this! Lots of intensity and drama on the battlefield throughout this issue. The colors are also terrific, with the blasts and bodies immense. I went in to this as a very reluctant reader and became very open to more Phasma exploits.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Resistance: Finn #1
July 7, 2019
|
|
An outstanding first issue to this series. After reading this I want more Finn adventures from these creators. The story is fun, showing that Finn is not meant to be a trooper. The visuals are outstanding, with the characters and settings superior and the colors gorgeous. This is a terrific comic. The bar has been set high by this opening issue!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Resistance: General Hux #1
September 13, 2019
|
|
This is the type of story one wishes would actually be a film. Hux is sympathetic, horrible, and vengeful. His devious machinations are spectacularly wicked. The artwork compliments the story wonderfully, and the colors contribute to the otherworldliness of the story. This is the rare comic that exceeds the film. I loved this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Resistance: Kylo Ren #1
September 28, 2019
|
|
These creators need to return to Kylo in a limited series. This shows Ren to be the expert fighter and leader that he's spoken of, plus veteran trooper Ruthford is awesome. The visuals are well done, with Kylo being a beast in battle. And how can anyone complain at seeing Vader and a throng of stormtroopers bringing the hurt? The colors add to the intensity of the tale and the letters match the power on the page. This is handsome comic that shows the strength of this iconic character. Marvel, more from all involved, please!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Resistance: Poe Dameron #1
September 14, 2019
|
|
This is a chase in space that doesn't go far. It's competently written, illustrated, colored, and lettered, but I was just left "meh" by the entire affair. Too much visual repetition, due to a limited story, and a conclusion that features a controversial character from one of the films, makes this the weakest of the Age of Resistance outings. Just okay.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Resistance: Rey #1
September 22, 2019
|
|
Hidden moments from Episode VII are accompanied by outstanding visuals. This story does add a bit to Rey's background, but isn't necessary information that greatly expands her character. Chewie has some great scenes in this, as does Leia, who utters a familiar line that left me screaming. The visuals are worthy of praise, with me really wanting to see more of Rosanas's work. This is a book worth getting, but there are stronger installments in this series of one-shots.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Resistance: Rose Tico #1
September 22, 2019
|
|
Of all the announced issues of this series, this was the one I was dreading. Rose did not endear me to her character in the film. I just did not want to read anything about her. I could not have been more wrong. This is a fantastic story giving me the depth, the heart, and motivation for this character. The visuals knocked my socks off. I would love to see all the contributors reunited to create more stories about this, now, deserving character. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Resistance: Special #1
August 4, 2019
|
|
Three different stories gave me very different reactions. I enjoyed the final story more than the first and considerably more than the second tale. The visuals are incredibly varied, as are the colors. I would love to see the creators of the final tale get a monthly or limited series involving Star Wars characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of Resistance: Supreme Leader Snoke #1
September 21, 2019
|
|
Nothing is learned of Snoke or his apprentice in this issue. It's a side story that didn't need to be told. The visuals are passable, but the colors should have cheated more with the reality of this franchise. If you're hungry for a Star Wars tale, this will only satisfy you for as long as you read it. Once done, this will be forgotten.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of The Republic |
9 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of The Republic: Anakin Skywalker #1
February 16, 2019
|
|
This has a great conundrum for Anakin, but the visuals bring it down. I was incredibly pleased with the devious plan by the Separatists and I liked that Anakin is still a Jedi, rather than going sinister in his dialogue. The visuals, across the board, do not help the story. They are too simplistic, plus the colors being too dark in several instances, and the letters being disappointing at times. I'm really on board for Houser to write more Star Wars tales, but the rest of this looks like a Marvel Try-Out Book submission.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of The Republic: Count Dooku #1
February 18, 2019
|
|
Why are the villain issues in this series so much better than the hero installments? This story is an excellent tale of Dooku doing his Master's bidding and having to improvise. The visuals are also good, with me wishing they would join with the writer on a monthly series. For those craving Sith action and intrigue, this is a delightfully dark tale for you!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of The Republic: Darth Maul #1
December 26, 2018
|
|
Another Must-Own Darth Maul tale that will thrill fans. The story has a sensational opening, teasing events hinted at in film Solo, while the action on Malachor is killer. The visuals are outstanding, with Ross and Tartaglia doing beautiful work on this horrific Sith. The only ding is the lack of sounds that would have truly captured the auditory element of the films. This book is recommended for all Star Wars fans and could be the gateway in creating new ones. Dear Marvel, can we get this team on a monthly series? " PLEASE!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of The Republic: General Grievous #1
March 21, 2019
|
|
The visuals are great and the story so-so for this final Age of Republic one-shot. Grievous seeks something, but is unprepared for what he finds. I wish the story would have had solidified the character's mission, had some more modern deterrents, and the McGuffin been better explained. The visuals are fantastic, though. I really need to see Ross on a monthly Marvel saga. This is okay reading, but won't convert fence sitters into fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of The Republic: Jango Fett #1
February 11, 2019
|
|
This is justification for a miniseries. I love the adventures of Jango and Boba by this team of creators and would pay big bucks for a spin-off series. The story has the characters true to their film counterparts, the new characters are enjoyable, there are several surprises, and the ending is sensational. The visuals are excellent with the characters looking like those from the films, the alien worlds keen, and the colors manipulating the reader wonderfully. Sorry, Marvel, you can't just have this be one issue. There must be more. Please!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of The Republic: Obi-Wan Kenobi #1
January 26, 2019
|
|
An early tale of Obi-Wan and Anakin begins to have the master think differently of his apprentice. The story is great, though the visuals are mixed. One penciler would have solved this issue. The colors are well done, but the letters are very uneven for the jobs required of them. I would still recommend this for fans who want to see the relationship between the Jedi's most famous duo grow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of The Republic: Padme Amidala #1
March 18, 2019
|
|
This is not a great book by any definition. The story holds no tension, the art runs from good to poor, as do the colors. The strongest element of this book is the lettering. Even for die hard Star Wars fans this is tough to get through. This book could be skipped and nothing missed. Very disappointing, very average, very meh.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of The Republic: Qui-Gon Jin #1
December 8, 2018
|
|
A decent story to open the Age of Republic one-shots, though a longer one would could have fleshed out the story better. The visuals are okay, but aren't as consistent as other Star Wars titles. I'm a big enough fan to pick all of these up, but I'm hoping to see stronger entries in this twenty-eight issue series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Age Of The Republic: Special #1
January 21, 2019
|
|
Two out of three isn't bad for the trio of tales in this special. The first story is standard comic book fare featuring Samuel L. Jackson's iconic Jedi. The second story is the highlight of the issue with the focus on Asajj Ventress. The final tale is a poor outing for Rex and Jar Jar. Worth picking up if one is a Star Wars fan.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Agent of the Empire - Hard Targets |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Beckett #1 |
Aug 25, 2018
show
|
|
The story is fun, but mixed visuals hurt the book's impact. Star Wars fans will be in heaven, though new readers might return this to the shelf with the different art styles. This does create a desire in me to read more of Beckett and crew's exploits and I hope that some are created.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Blood Ties: Boba Fett is Dead |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Blood Ties: Boba Fett is Dead #1
April 27, 2012
|
|
This is going to be blaspheme among Star Wars fans–I don't care for Boba Fett. Never have, never will. Bounty hunters absolutely bore me. But this story is a nice little tweak in everyone's favorite bounty hunter. I'm interested enough to go along for the ride. If you can get me interested in this Mandalorian, you've done your job well, gentlemen.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Captain Phasma |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Captain Phasma #1
September 10, 2017
|
|
This addresses what Phasma was doing after going in with the garbage, with a neat premise stated for future issues. I'm hoping the horrible computer blurs were destroyed with Starkiller Base, as the visuals don't require the effect. With this ending I am interested to see what Phasma does next.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Captain Phasma #2
September 23, 2017
|
|
A slight improvement over last issue, but more for a supporting character than Phasma. The visuals dip into using photographs, which occasionally distract, but TN-3965's look won me over. A decent fix for those who are in need of a Star Wars hit.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Captain Phasma #3
October 8, 2017
|
|
This is the best issue yet, with Phasma's past teased as she's trying to capture an elusive foe. The title character is at her calculating, cold best, truly representing the First Order. The visuals are also the best so far, with some great character moments and some epic action. This is a Phasma I would follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Captain Phasma #4
October 21, 2017
|
|
This series was a slow burn that became a supernova with its conclusion. Phasma is thrust into the upper echelon of Star Wars villains with this ending. I can only hope that the character is half as good in The Last Jedi as she is in this series.I was floored by this ending and hope that all involved will return soon to produce more stories of this armored officer.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Chewbacca |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Dark Times - A Spark Remains |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Dark Times - Fire Carrier |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Dark Times - Out of the Wilderness |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Dark Times - Out of the Wilderness #4
February 23, 2012
|
|
I am so grateful for this book when it comes out. It brings me back to the awe I felt when I saw the first film in '77. The story, the art, the colors, and the letters of this book make me proud to be a ‘Star Wars' fan. You could show this book to anyone and they'll have to agree that it's great.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Dark Times - Out of the Wilderness #5
April 27, 2012
|
|
I've read a lot of Star Wars comics. It's no small claim when I say this is the greatest Star Wars series I have ever read. It would be a crime if Dark Horse does not collect this into a hardcover. Why is there no Eisner Award for Franchise in Another Medium? This would win. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Maul |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Maul #1
February 2, 2017
|
|
I wasn't pleased with the cover price, but after seeing that Eliopoulos got to do ten pages, I'll gladly pay it. Darth Maul continues to shine as one of the most meancing characters in the Star Wars universe. This Sith is on a disturbing quest that will have fans trembling in anticipation. I didn't think there were any more tales to tell with Maul, but I've been happily proven wrong.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Maul #3
April 29, 2017
|
|
Twists and turns in the story that mirror this Sith's dark soul. The visuals are equally strong, with vivid characters in outstanding settings. This is the Sith you've been looking for.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Maul #4
June 22, 2017
|
|
This delivers everything one could want in a Star Wars adventure. If you like the Jedi, the Sith, bounty hunters, aliens, and lots of action, you're going to love this. The only thing that could make this better would be if Marvel were to state that all the talent were locked down for the next decade on this series. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Maul - Death Sentence |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Maul: Son Of Dathomir |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader |
23 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #5
May 16, 2015
|
|
Vader's found something and it's made him very unhappy, but readers will be happy reading this. Good story and visuals that echoeswith enough twists to keepfans entertained.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #15
January 23, 2016
|
|
A good conclusion to the first Star Wars crossover series from Marvel. This issue wraps things up nicely, with strong visuals. Worth adding to your collection if you're a fan.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #18
April 3, 2016
|
|
Scene settings, sounds, droid speak and hologram transmissions (the same font), and dialogue are created Joe Caramagna of VC. I'm pleased to see that droid dialogue is different from the sentients' speech, though I did wish it were in a font that wasn't the same as the one employed for hologram transmissions: they sound different in the films, so they should be differently constructed in the comics. The dialogue continues to be too svelte for the characters, rendering their speech wispy, and that's unbecoming of a Sith.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #20
May 15, 2016
|
|
I enjoyed this issue, but, again, the price was a dollar more than usual. The extra ten pages were good, but I would rather they had been in another book published at a later date. Paying an extra buck is sapping my enjoyment, Marvel.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader (2017) |
26 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #1
June 8, 2017
|
|
A solid start to the Sith Lord's second series. Answers what Vader did after he first assumed the armor, and it wasn't pretty. Recommended reading for all Star Wars fans. And can Chris Eliopoulos get his own Star Wars one-shot already?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader Annual #2
December 31, 2018
|
|
This story inserts Vader and Tarkin into the events that lead up to Rogue One and it's a winner. If you enjoyed that film, you will enjoy this story. The art didn't work for me, but that comes down to preference. It might be a non-issue for you, so I suggest you check out this book and skim its images before discounting it. I'm not sorry to have picked this book up. I just wish the art had been a titch stronger.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #2
June 26, 2017
|
|
Vader's on a mission and if you're wise, you'll get out of his way. Beautiful artwork for horrific deeds highlight this book. An inconsistent use of sounds proves somewhat problematic, but everything else in this issue is exceptionally well done.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #3
July 13, 2017
|
|
This is a comic that wouldn't have me thinking twice to pay more for, it's that good. Vader has a foe that can give him a run for his money, there's a possible tease of something that could be used in The Last Jedi, and the visuals are perfect. The Force isn't strong in this, it's tremendous. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #4
August 11, 2017
|
|
What began as a quest for a lightsaber has become a defining moment when a monster solidified his path. A sensational, surprising story with visuals to die for, and characters certainly do. Never has being so bad been so good. A must read for all Star Wars fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #5
September 11, 2017
|
|
A great conclusion that addresses how Vader got his saber. Great flashback sequences with hints of Anakin peeking out of the Sith's robotic body push this into must-buy territory. It misses being a classic due to an unnecessary computer blur and inconsistent lettering. Enjoyable with some nits.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #6
October 8, 2017
|
|
Characters from the films and television series cross paths, revealing the pecking order of the Sith. Superior story and art make this a must-own Star Wars comic. The final page has me extremely concerned for the well being of a Jedi that escaped the purge.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #7
November 5, 2017
|
|
A great issue, save the lettering. The story reveals Vader's working with the Inquisitorius, while showing a surviving Jedi threatens Palpatine's reign. Exemplary story with wonderful visuals. Recommended reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #8
November 16, 2017
|
|
Vader shows restraint as he's hot on the trail of Jocasta Nu. The characters are written sensationally and the visuals are outstanding. This Darth Vader is fantastically frightening.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #9
December 10, 2017
|
|
Jocasta Nu shows herself to be a fearsome foe for the Sith in this spectacular issue. This is a battle that cannot be missed! Search your feelings"You know this to be true! Every page is filled with perfect dialogue and epic visuals. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #10
January 14, 2018
|
|
If you're craving Sith versus Jedi battles, look no further. This story is incredible. These visuals are jaw-dropping. This is why Star Wars comics are made. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #11
February 19, 2018
|
|
A super start to a new story, with four new characters causing trouble for the Sith Lord. The story is full of plenty of action and some incredibly cool moments, and the visuals are gorgeous with their details and characterizations. This series continues to be one of Star Wars' strongest titles.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #12
March 4, 2018
|
|
Nothing big or flashy in this issue, but plenty of tension from some Imperial officers' plot to kill Vader. The story is creepy, the reveals shocking, and the visual outstanding. This is Star Wars.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #13
March 17, 2018
|
|
Familiar faces are now placed in Vader's past as he is to make an example of them for the Emperor. The story is excellent, the iconic characters outstanding, and the visuals terrific. Again, Darth Vader continues to be one of the strongest Star Wars comics on the market. Seek this out!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #14
April 15, 2018
|
|
A must-read Star Wars tale that has Vader at his finest, reshaping a world while hunting Jedi survivors. Every character is fantastic and every visual is a masterpiece. This is why Star Wars comics continue to be devoured by fans. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #15
April 27, 2018
|
|
Even a water world is no match for the Dark Side of the Force. Vader is out of his element, but is still just as deadly as he searches for hidden Jedi. This something you should pick up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #16
May 13, 2018
|
|
You don't know Sith until you've seen this Vader in action. The story is stellar as a Jedi and his acolytes are pursued by Vader, Inquisitors, and stormtroopers. The visuals show some stunning, epic action that left me screaming at the book. This could be the most perfect Darth Vader comic ever created. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #17
June 18, 2018
|
|
Be prepared for your jaw to hit the floor with the conclusion of this storyline. Soule continues his stunning winning streak with an outstanding conclusion to his Mon Cala saga. The artwork is also stellar, with some incredibly memorable visual moments. This is another “Must-Own” Star Wars chapter.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #18
July 14, 2018
|
|
I can't recommend this highly enough. If you've never read a Star Wars comic, pick this up. The characters are true, the actions stunning, and the visuals to die for. This could be the most perfect Star Wars comic ever created.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #19
August 16, 2018
|
|
The most horrific scene I've ever encountered in a Star Wars comic is in this book. The story and art are at the highest possible level to thrill and chill your soul. This is required reading for all Star Warsfans. I absolutely give my highest possible recommendation to this issue!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #20
August 30, 2018
|
|
Vader's wrath knows no bounds as he hunts a pair of traitors that have infested the Emperor's pet project. The action is epic and the conversation that follows equally stellar. The visuals are stunning, with tension running high even during the final eight pages. There are two scream worthy moments in this issue that will have fans ecstatic. Marvel continues to make evil an enjoyable reading experience.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #21
September 22, 2018
|
|
A terrifying journey to Mustafar has Vader encountering something dangerous. Another thrilling story that has epic visuals. I am continually amazed with how well the creators of this book make each issue unforgettable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #22
October 27, 2018
|
|
A stellar issue in every possible way. The justification for the design of Vader's castle is revealed and it's staggering. The story is incredible with Vader being monstrous and incredibly vulnerable by the conclusion. The art is magnificent, both in the past and the present. The colors are fantastic, keeping things dark without losing any of the details in the art. I can't ruin this book's ranking simply because the lettering continues to be disappointing, as it's been since the get-go. This is an absolute must-read, must-own book. Star Wars fans would be missing a major arc in the Dark Lord's saga if they let this issue escape them. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #23
November 16, 2018
|
|
Some dark humor punctuates the construction of Vader's castle. The conclusion of this chapter is never really in doubt, but it sure is fun getting there. The visuals continue to be superior in every possible way, creating new fans and thrilling veteran readers. The tales of this Dark Lord continue to brighten my day. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #24
December 3, 2018
|
|
An incredible issue with so much going on, Star Wars fans will be tired after reading this, but hungry for more. Vader shows himself to be vulnerable, powerful, and still pining for Padm. The visuals are as strong as the story. Your collection is not complete without this stunning saga. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #25
December 22, 2018
|
|
Vader goes on a journey to save his love and his future in this finale. The ending is never in doubt, but this climax's journey is staggering. The visuals are hopeful and damned. This Darth Vader will shock, surprise, and stun you. What an ending! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader and the Cry of Shadows |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader And The Ghost Prison |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader And The Ghost Prison #1
May 30, 2012
|
|
Should we even be rooting for Tohm? He is an Imperial. Still, this book provides a fascinating and frightening insight into an officer's life and I was completely absorbed by it. Not to be missed if you're a Star Wars fan. Not a fan? Try this and you're bound to become one.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader and the Ninth Assassin |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Dawn of the Jedi - Force Storm |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Dawn of the Jedi - Force War |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Dawn of the Jedi: Prisoner of Bogan |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Dawn of the Jedi: Prisoner of Bogan #4
March 30, 2013
|
|
I don't like romance in a Star Wars adventure. I don't! I want lightsabers, I want aliens, I want fighting–I'm a boy! Gimmie what I want. Okay, I'm an old boy…But I have to admit, I'm on the edge of my seat wondering what will happen with Xesh and Shea. Everything else, the battles, the settings, etc., has become secondary. This book is the perfect balance of action and romance in a galaxy far, far away. Disney: Take note! If you're gonna go this route, please consult all involved with this book to do it right!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra (2016) |
35 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra Annual #1
August 27, 2017
|
|
A “Must Buy” Star Wars comic that features the backstory of Black Krrsantan. The story is fun, showing an aspect of the Star Wars Universe not often explored, and the visuals are incredibly lush. I would repurchase this in hardcover in a heartbeat.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #2
December 22, 2016
|
|
Aphra's hooked into a quest that even she's unsure of its validity. Where this issue takes Aphra is quite the surprise. This continues to cement Aphra's place as a major character in the Star Wars universe.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra Annual #3
November 3, 2019
|
|
A fun, twisted story is lessened by incomplete visuals and dreary colors. This is a shame because this could have a classic tale. Aphra is barely in this book, but her presence and ability to chart the details in a devious plan are obvious. This reads better than it looks. Decent for long time fans, but off-putting for new readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #3
January 19, 2017
|
|
This is a textbook example of how strong a colorist's input is to a book. Sadly, this book shows how it can be its undoing. This middle chapter moves the story along, but lacks any tension. The visuals could have been so much better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #5
March 10, 2017
|
|
The Star Wars Universe continues to expand and Doctor Aphra is there to profit from it. Great combination of action and archaeology with familiar threats. Very enjoyable, though the text is a minor letdown.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #9
July 16, 2017
|
|
The start of Aphra trying to cut a deal puts the characters in place, with the final page being scream inducing. Seeing Aphra hustle to make the big bucks is okay, but not as enjoyable as her stealing something. The visuals, though, are outstanding. This could be seen more favorable when more of the story is revealed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #12
September 17, 2017
|
|
The high life comes crashing down on Aphra with the arrival of the Lord of the Sith. There's some solid payoffs, ending with a tease of a bigger battle. The visuals are strong, with the colors being impressive. Worth picking up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #13
October 14, 2017
|
|
A perfect conclusion to this saga with Vader and a long dead Jedi battling, while Aphra is just trying to stay alive. This is fun, cool, and awesome. You've got to check this out!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #14
November 18, 2017
|
|
This series continually proves that the Star Wars universe is big enough for characters that have never been on the big or small screen. This is the most perfect issue of this series yet. The story is a screamer and the artwork is fantastic. You don't know Star Wars unless you know Doctor Aphra.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #15
December 21, 2017
|
|
A crew of mercenaries causes troubles and an Imperial gets closer to the truth in this sensational installment. All the characters are fantastic and the visuals are drool worthy. A good entry point issue for newcomers to Aphra's outings and an excellent issue for those who've been following since the beginning. Contains the most fearsome original villain in Marvel's Star Wars run. A can't miss issue!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #16
February 3, 2018
|
|
The most original character of the Star Wars universe continues to shine as she wrecks havoc while pilfering treasures. The story is fantastic and the visuals sensational. This is the Star Wars comic you're looking for.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #17
February 25, 2018
|
|
Chaos follows Aphra as she and the mercenaries board a Rebel ship commanded by a familiar face. The story is fun, with plenty of action and drama, not to mention a bit of romance. The visuals are excellent, with the characters outstanding and the setting splendid. This is another terrific installment in this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #18
April 8, 2018
|
|
The story becomes silly and the art and colors are mixed, creating a disappointing issue. The previous issues have been stunners, so this was a huge letdown. Given the previous history of this series, I'm still on board, but this had several huge steps in the wrong direction.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #19
April 30, 2018
|
|
Criminal fun in a galaxy far, far away…If we've learned anything from this issue, it's never count Aphra out, never think she's not thought of everything, and never say that word with cute animals around! Excellent story and art that will please all Star Wars fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #20
May 27, 2018
|
|
A sensational start to a new story with incredibly fun and thrilling moments and visuals that are superb. Doctor Aphra continues to be the consistent gem of Star Wars comics. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #21
July 13, 2018
|
|
Sana Starros and Hera Syndulla try to break Aphra out of jail with disastrous results. The story is hilarious and awesome, with visuals that impress. A top notch Star Wars adventure. This book makes me long for live action adventures of this character.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #23
September 8, 2018
|
|
Aphra faces dangers from several sides, but can't avoid learning how allies feel about her. The story is another home run and the art is fantastic. My only nick in the book are the letters, but they're not so bad as to ruin the book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #24
September 30, 2018
|
|
Incredible tension paired with spectacular visuals make this a Star Wars “must read.” Every turn of the page has Aphra and her companions getting deeper into trouble; just when the reader think it can't get worse it does. The visuals are fantastic for wonderful character work and epic settings and ships. If only the lettering was allowed to soar as the rest of the book does. Fantastic Star Wars adventure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #25
November 4, 2018
|
|
This series continues to give Darth Vader a run for the money as the best Star Wars comic published by Marvel. Every page has a moment that will leave the reader stunned. Every page has visuals that are frightening and wonderful. This book confirms it's a very good time to be a Star Wars comics fan. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #26
November 20, 2018
|
|
The Defiant Ones meets Star Wars as two characters try to survive one another. The story is fun, emotional, and definitely twisted. The visuals are gorgeous, with the art beautiful and the colors joyful. This is an outstanding Star Wars story and an excellent issue to begin this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #27
December 17, 2018
|
|
When a Star Wars story is this fun, frantic, and fierce who else could it be about but Doctor Aphra? The story is great, the dialogue delicious, the surprises epic, and the visuals outstanding. This book just makes me so happy with its twisted anti-hero.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #28
February 4, 2019
|
|
Action, surprises, and a lot of humor make Doctor Aphra a fantastic Star Wars title. I am always enamored with how Spurrier makes Aphra a character a reader can love on one page and then absolutely despise on the next. I'm rooting for her and always hoping her plans fail, leaving few bodies in her wake. The visuals on this are excellent, with the characters emoting beautifully — and that goes for the droids, too. Every contributor to this book is outstanding. This continues to be a favorite title of mine.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #29
March 10, 2019
|
|
Aphra escapes certain doom only to find herself back in the thick of things in this Truman Show tale. The characters continue to be engaging, fun, and as reprehensible as any can find in the Star Wars Universe. The visuals are spectacular, with incredible action, vibrant characters, and lush settings. You can't go wrong with a Doctor Aphra adventure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #30
April 6, 2019
|
|
Another sensational chapter of the exploits of this marvelous malefactor. The story has a year's worth of surprises in one issue and the visuals are wonderful. This continues to be one of the best original Star Wars tales published.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #31
April 29, 2019
|
|
A spectacular conclusion with the title character doing the unthinkable. The characters are fun, frightening, and completely memorable. The situations and actions are nail biters. The visuals are epic, funny, and wholly Star Wars. The only nick against this issue is the inappropriately thin dialogue that leaves every speaker sounding small and weak. But that's a minor nick — the majority of this book is Star Wars gold! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #32
May 11, 2019
|
|
The visuals really hurt this issue's new story arc. I'm ready to see how Aphra interacts with the character that appears on the last page and more than willing to see what the object she's stolen can do. The characters are fun throughout, but the visuals are just average or below average. I really disliked the scenes in the present, with the colors looking like they were mirroring a 1980's music video. I'll buy the next issue, but I'm really wanting a different art team.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #33
June 22, 2019
|
|
The visuals for this issue are a disaster. The story is good, but these visuals hurt it. I can't believe how good this series has looked until Issue #32. A change must be made on the visuals as soon as possible. If it continues to look like this, I wouldn't be surprised if this book was cancelled.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #34
August 17, 2019
|
|
This book seems determined to get itself cancelled. The story is okay, though the flashbacks contribute nothing to the story in the present. The visuals are a fiasco. They are too dissimilar and only draw attention to whichever artist is doing a lackluster job. The colors are also not good. This was the strongest Star Was title published by Marvel, but has fallen to the worst. This series cannot survive looking like this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #35
August 25, 2019
|
|
This is better than the previous issue, but still suffers in art, colors, and letters. The story is fantastic, with plenty of twists and turns and humor that this series has had. Every other element of the book is a letdown. Someone get this Doctor a doctor, STAT!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Droids Unplugged #1 |
Jul 02, 2017
show
|
|
Must-read, must-own stories for Star Wars fans of every age. These stories bring humor and joy into the Star Wars Universe without the threats that challenge the human characters. There needs to be more tales like this published. I'll say it again and again until it happens: Chris Eliopoulos and Jordie Bellaire need to have their own monthly Star Wars title. Your turn, Marvel!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Galaxy's Edge |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Galaxy's Edge #1
April 27, 2019
|
|
Give me more! I loved the new setting, new characters, and the inclusion of some classic faces involved in a job gone wrong. I want to learn more about this cast and would love to see more of this location. The visuals are highly detailed and Han and Chewie's portion of the tale looks great. This is how to debut a new Star Wars series. Reading this book will only increase fans' desire to go to the Disney theme parks. I was already excited, now I'm on fire.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Galaxy's Edge #2
May 25, 2019
|
|
It's great to see Greedo in action and the book's object of desire is revealed. I really liked the story, giving this infamous second shot (that's right, I went there) his due as a gunman. The visuals are good, creating excellent action and great looking aliens. The colors were a bit too pale, muting some of the dynamic panels, and the letters continue to contain the flaws of previous Star Wars books. The latter two elements don't hurt the book considerably, but this could have been a classic tale. This is one to track down.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Galaxy's Edge #3
June 30, 2019
|
|
Pirate Hondo gets the focus with him stealing something from a temple on Jedha. The story is fun, with just so much to enjoy on every page, and the visuals are highly detailed and full of classic action. An absolutely worthy addition to every Star Wars fan's collection.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Galaxy's Edge #4
September 2, 2019
|
|
Dok-Ondar and Doctor Aphra loot a world for a Sith artifact and things don't go well. This flashback tale is fun and ties in with events in the present as Kendoh and her crew are closer to finding the location of artifact they want to steal from the Ithorian. The visuals are good and have me wishing that all involved with this issue were currently illustrating Doctor Aphra. This continues to be a fun series to follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Galaxy's Edge #5
October 31, 2019
|
|
A great conclusion that has me wanting more from this location and these characters. The action is good, the story fun, and the characters deserving of more outings. The visuals are also tops, with the stromtroopers especially cool looking. For a book that's being done as a theme park promotion, this is much better than I thought it would be.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Han Solo |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Han Solo #1
June 28, 2016
|
|
The premise is corny, but the visuals will have me returning. This issue starts the story rolling, with action only beginning on the final three pages. Let's see where this goes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Han Solo #2
July 8, 2016
|
|
A fun read that would have been better had several computer blurs not marred the visuals. The episodes after the first leg of the race were very well done. I'm not a Han Solo fan, but I'm interested to see where this is going.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Han Solo - Imperial Cadet |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Han Solo - Imperial Cadet #1
November 17, 2018
|
|
The story improves once past the movie, though it's fairly rote for what happens to the new recruit. The visuals are better, with several aspects of Solo's life looking good. This issue establishes the premise, now I'm hoping that the story will explain why Han didn't stick with the Empire. After all, he is, as he will be told, a hero.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Han Solo - Imperial Cadet #2
December 16, 2018
|
|
Two issues in and I want all involved with his book on the monthly adventures of young Han Solo. The story is fun, showing Han to be completely inappropriate for the military, but absolutely heroic. The visuals are great, from flashbacks to incredible action sequences. Seriously, Marvel, this team should be on a Star Wars monthly. This is a great book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Han Solo - Imperial Cadet #3
January 6, 2019
|
|
This is an incredible outing for Han and his friends, showing the Corellian to be very smart. There are several fun lines and reveals in this tale, with the visuals being outstanding. I love the smug and angry looks the characters give each other, and the climax of the issue is filled with some shocking reveals. This is fun in every possible way. This is perfect Star Wars reading with the galaxy's youngest scoundrel.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Han Solo - Imperial Cadet #4
February 24, 2019
|
|
This is the beginning of Han's break from the Empire and it's excellent. The story is incredibly strong, with the characters on point and the action outstanding. The visuals are fine, with the fighter sequences the best. I would have liked to see a little more details in distant characters, though. This is excellent reading for Star Wars fans, not only for Han's past, but for showing how efficiently the Empire runs a campaign. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Han Solo - Imperial Cadet #5
March 18, 2019
|
|
Han and his friends go on a rescue mission to save one of their own with surprising consequences. I love that there were several unexpected moments in this final issue, making me want to see Thompson return to these characters' exploits. I liked the visuals which created the polish and the chaos that the Empire maintains and creates. Marvel should have another look into Solo's Imperial days as soon as possible. Excellent reading for a missing chapter in the life of one of Star Wars' most famous characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Jedi Fallen Order - Dark Temple |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Jedi Fallen Order - Dark Temple #1
September 9, 2019
|
|
If you need a Star Wars fix, this will do, but it's not great. The story is fine, but it's the visuals that are this issue's downfall. They look unfinished and rushed, with the colors trying to help where they can. I'm a hard core Star Wars fan and I don't know if I'll make it all the way through this series, based on this premiere.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Jedi Fallen Order - Dark Temple #2
October 4, 2019
|
|
A big improvement over the previous issue that has me looking forward to the next installment. I am really enjoying Cere, with her being an excellent diplomat and a terrific fighter. I love En-Threelo and how he survives this series. The art is much better, giving the story a stronger punch. There some issues with the colors, but the letters are tad better. I want to read more about Cere!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Jedi Fallen Order - Dark Temple #3
October 13, 2019
|
|
A lot of fighting leads to a surprising return. The story is definitely on a roll, though the visuals could be so much better with a bit more detail in the art and more variety in colors. I'm not planning on playing the videogame, but I am planning on seeing this story reach its conclusion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Kanan |
9 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Kanan #3
June 10, 2015
|
|
Kanan's future life is taking shape in an exciting and superiorly illustrated tale. Will please Star Wars fans and those curious about Star Wars Rebels. I'd really like to see the lettering changed and sounds added, though.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Kanan #5
September 4, 2015
|
|
A superb conclusion to a fantastic story arc. This is what you give people who want to know what's the big deal about Star Wars. Magnificent and recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Kanan #12
March 19, 2016
|
|
My highest recommendation of the week goes to this outstanding conclusion. This can be read and enjoyed by any reader, even if they haven't read the previous issues. The excitement and epic scale of Star Wars is alive and well in Kanan. This is must-read, must-own reading for all fans of Star Wars.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Knight Errant - Escape #5 |
Oct 14, 2012
show
|
|
Truth be told, I was not a fan of the previous Knight Errant comic series. They just didn't do anything for me. This series proudly wears a Jedi's soul on its sleeve and I loved it! Not just the Force, but the heart is strong in this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Knights Of The Old Republic - War |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Knights Of The Old Republic - War #2
February 10, 2012
|
|
Because a book has Star Wars in the title it will sell better than others because Star Wars fanatics, such as me, will buy it, more often than not. But that doesn't mean it will be good. As a visual medium, comic books can be destroyed, regardless of how good the story is, buy art that fails to live up to expectations. This is an epic fail from the Dark Horse Star Wars line. I will no longer review this title if it continues in this fashion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Lando |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Lando #3
August 30, 2015
|
|
This is quickly degrading from the previous issue. A question of timing and poor visuals make this a runner up to the Star Wars Holiday Special. If you love Star Wars or comic books, avoid this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Lando #4
September 19, 2015
|
|
The art and coloring have improved and the book is better. This now looks like a Star Wars book. I hope it closes out as well as this installment was.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Lando #5
October 13, 2015
|
|
I couldn't recommend this to the hardest of hard core fans. This issue was a disappointment, as was this entire arc. Unnecessary and visually disappointing. Look elsewhere for Star Wars stories.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Lando - Double Or Nothing |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Lando - Double Or Nothing #1
June 1, 2018
|
|
Rodney Barnes has captured Lando in fine fashion and the trouble he puts him in is perfect. I wish the art had been a little stronger and the lettering different. This isn't a perfect Star Wars book, but will please those who want to see more of Donald Glover's version of the character. I'm looking forward to more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Lando - Double Or Nothing #2
July 2, 2018
|
|
A decent Star Wars outing that will fill the time while waiting for another movie. The story is okay, but the visuals do let down at times. I'm buying this out of habit, rather than joy at this point. Hopefully things improve in the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Lando - Double Or Nothing #5
October 13, 2018
|
|
A fantastic conclusion with some neat surprises and terrific visuals. Marvel, you should get all involved with this issue back to continue Lando's adventures. The voices of the characters are true, the action is great, and the art and colors strong. This was a fun series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Legacy Vol. 2 |
18 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Lost Tribe of the Sith - Spiral |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Mace Windu |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Mace Windu #1
September 2, 2017
|
|
Four Jedi go to a mission to a planet recently infested by Separatists. This first issue solidly establishes the premise, with a greater threat revealed, told with some strong visuals. I'm very happy to see Mace get the spotlight, accompanied by the Jedi known for his grin, Kit Fisto. Anything could happen after this issue and I'm looking forward to seeing these heroes in action.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Mace Windu #2
September 30, 2017
|
|
A generic Star Wars issue that could feature any Jedi in the same situation. The action is good, but is hard to see from colors that are too dark. Good enough to give fans their weekly Star Wars fix, but not memorable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Mace Windu #3
October 29, 2017
|
|
A cliffhanger that goes against character hurts this issue which has great villains and terrific visuals. I'm hooked enough as a fan to finish this series out, but I'm shaking my head at how this ends.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Mace Windu #4
December 1, 2017
|
|
The best issue in this mini-series, with Windu's past and present shown. This is what I want this Jedi Master's adventures to be! Great parallel stories and great visuals. This is a Jedi tale to follow.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Mace Windu #5
January 3, 2018
|
|
The final battle concludes, but foreshadows trouble ahead for the Jedi. The story's final half is more interesting than the battle, but the visuals are very strong. I hope that Mace gets other adventures from Marvel.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Obi-Wan & Anakin |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron |
17 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #1
April 7, 2016
|
|
I really did not like paying $4.99, thinking that this would set a precedent for Marvel to charge more for their Star Wars books. I can say with no hesitation, this book is worth the cover price. The two stories are fun and have exceptional visuals. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #9
December 17, 2016
|
|
A rescue mission has the book delving into a villain's past. A good read, which is inching up to The Force Awakens, and superior art. This will please Star Wars fans immensely.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #11
February 18, 2017
|
|
A bridge issue that could have much shorter, but with superior visuals. My opinion of this issue may rise, depending on how the next issue plays out. For now, this felt incredibly stretched out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #14
May 7, 2017
|
|
The villains outshine the hero's story, which peaks by the fifth page. Odd coloring and crowded dialogue doesn't help. Only worth picking up for the reveal on the final page. Disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #18
August 27, 2017
|
|
Black Squadron is under attack from different foes in this exciting and fun issue. The story and visuals are strong, but the letters have got to change to make this series truly stellar.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #19
September 23, 2017
|
|
An outstanding conclusion that features strong story and art. The best Black Squadron tale yet! This is the type of comic that gets me even more excited for the upcoming film. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #20
October 22, 2017
|
|
A decent character issue before Black Squadron gets their next mission. I enjoyed the opening sequence much more than the scenes with the Resistance, but even those weren't terrible. The visuals are strong, with all the familiar faces looking just like their big screen inspirations. Again, a decent issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #21
December 3, 2017
|
|
The inclusion of Leia in a role other than general and visuals that are out of this world make this an outstanding Star Wars book. This series is flying high! Recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Princess Leia |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Purge - The Tyrant's Fist |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Purge - The Tyrant's Fist #2
January 5, 2013
|
|
This was a sad book. Not poorly produced, but the story really pulls off a nice drop kick to a piece of your Star Wars soul. This isn't what I expected out of a Star Wars book. Was I satisfied? Well, yeah…but…Wow. It's quite the downer.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Rebel Heist |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Rebel Heist #4
August 5, 2014
|
|
If Dark Horse is going to have a final limited series for this property, this is the way to go out. A fantastic read for seeing the SW universe through others' eyes. I dare you not to tear up over Editor Randy Stradley's last paragraph on the letter's page.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Rogue One Adaptation |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Shattered Empire |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Shattered Empire #1
September 12, 2015
|
|
The leads are on the cover, but they're barely in this. I felt like this was “bait and switch” being used to sell something that's stamped with Star Wars. I wasn't engaged in the two new characters, and felt let down that I was teased with those I wanted to follow. The art is beautiful on every level, but he letterers brings it down. A disappointing debut.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Solo Adaptation |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Solo Adaptation #2
November 27, 2018
|
|
Another exceptional installment of this fun film. The story follows the movie, but includes a new scene that expands the characters. The visuals are the best of any of Marvel's Star Wars adaptations. This is a comic book that should be in every fan's collection.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Solo Adaptation #3
December 23, 2018
|
|
Dryden Vos, Lando Calrissian, L3-37, and the Millennium Falcon become part of the young smuggler's life. The story faithfully follows the film, with the first page showing a new scene involving Qi'ra. The art and colors are good, though the letters do let down occasionally. Still, this adaptation is a thousand times better than the Episode VII, Episode VIII, and Rogue One adaptations. If this trend continues, I'll definitely repurchase this adaptation when collected.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Solo Adaptation #4
March 19, 2019
|
|
No new material in this issue, but a terrific retelling of the film. There's major action on Kessel, a romantic scene, cautionary advice, and the loss of a cast member. This would be a worthy addition to any Star Wars fan's collection.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Solo Adaptation #5
April 6, 2019
|
|
The Kessel Run is officially chronicled in comics in fine style. This is an exciting read as Han and his companions make this death defying trip. There's also a sweet scene between the title character and Qi'ra where their breakup is becoming more solidified. The visuals continue to be strong with the characters looking like their screen counterparts and the ships outstanding. This is an adaptation that any Star Wars fan would be happy to have in their collection.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Solo Adaptation #6
April 14, 2019
|
|
The penultimate chapter of this adaptation has all the characters putting their cards on the table. There's one quick scene of a past moment mentioned in the film that's finally seen and it's fun. The tension is good throughout and the visuals continually have me standing and applauding them. I will definitely repurchase this when it's collected.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Target Vader |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Target Vader #1
July 5, 2019
|
|
Vader is hunted by bounty hunters. What more could you want? How about outstanding writing with Vader at his most menacing, cyborg Valance as an absolute killer, and detailed visuals that make this seem lost a lost film? This is a Star Wars fan's dream come true. Gear up and strap in, this is going to be awesome!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Target Vader #2
October 13, 2019
|
|
Excellent bounty hunter scheming to kill Darth Vader! The story is exciting as the team makes their move to get Vader, encountering a surprising obstacle on the way. The visuals are hit and miss, with it hitting more often than not. I have got to see bounty hunter Urrr'k in her own series after she demonstrates what she can do in this issue. This is much better than I thought this series would be. I'm excited to read the next installment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Target Vader #3
October 13, 2019
|
|
You want bounty hunters in action? You want this issue! This is the best issue yet in this series with a play finally being made to kill Vader, but the Sith doesn't fall into the bounty hunters' trap easily. The story is fantastic with each character and action superb. The visuals, especially the battles between the ships are wonderful, though I'm still having issues with humans' faces. This is Star Wars action at its finest. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: The Force Awakens #1 |
Jun 26, 2016
show
|
|
I grew up during the explosion of comic book movie adaptations during the eighties. Books came out the week the film opened or shortly thereafter. This adaptation is six months after the film, so there was more than enough time to create a quality adaptation. This is not. Character motivation is missing and panels out of order are signs of a rushed or indifferent execution. This is not worth $2.99, let alone the $4.99 cover price. This is why fans cry corporation money grab. Unbelievably disappointing. For the hardcore or rich only.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: The Last Jedi - DJ #1 |
Feb 04, 2018
show
|
|
I wasn't prepared to like this book, but I did. Being a Star Wars junkie, I had to check it out. The story expands DJ a bit, though only in how he operates his funds and life on Canto Bight. I would be more than welcome to more tales of this character if the same team were to create them. The visuals are fantastic, with DJ resembling Del Toro well. I enjoyed this DJ more so than the character in the The Last Jedi. He has much more to do. This was an enjoyable read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: The Last Jedi - The Storms Of Crait #1 |
Dec 30, 2017
show
|
|
Crait's past doesn't begin in The Last Jedi, but here and there are plenty of dangers to encounter. The story is fun, capturing these characters' personalities well, as well as teasing more from the planet than shown in the film. The artwork is flat out amazing and instantly makes this a must-own comic for Star Wars fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: The Last Jedi Adaptation |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: The Last Jedi Adaptation #1
June 29, 2018
|
|
Marvel has a terrible track record with the visuals of their three Disney Star Warsadaptations, and this continues that depressing streak. The story has fun inclusions, but the visuals are horrible. The art, colors, and letters look as though they're from a first time independent publisher. This book is an injustice for Marvel andStar Warsfans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: The Last Jedi Adaptation #2
July 3, 2018
|
|
This adaptation has some fun additions to the film, but the visuals hinder any joy in reading it. The colors are much improved this issue, but the sounds keep the letters from receiving a higher score. It's hard to believe that this book is part of the same franchise of books that have such superior visuals. A really mixed bag. Only for hard core Star Wars fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: The Last Jedi Adaptation #3
July 15, 2018
|
|
The story adaptation is fine, but the visuals are lacking in every possible way. Comic books are a visual medium and this book's visuals are not good. Three issues in, a fan would be better served saving their money to buy the novelization of this film. I'm feeling as depressed as Luke Skywalker.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: The Last Jedi Adaptation #4
August 12, 2018
|
|
I'm surprised this book's production values doesn't create the controversy the film does. This is just not a good looking book on any level. I love Star Wars, but the visuals on this book just break my heart. I would avoid this publication.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: The Last Jedi Adaptation #5
September 30, 2018
|
|
Major events are cut off at the knees due to poor visuals. As with The Force Awakens and Rogue One, Marvel continues to destroy any attempts to create classic movie adaptations by using poor visuals. This book, this series, is only for completists.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Thrawn |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Thrawn #1
February 17, 2018
|
|
An interesting origin story, but not a riveting one. Thrawn has never been an action character, so the pace should be expected to bit slower than most Star Wars fare. The art is fine, but nothing really stands out. Then again, the story doesn't really have big moments to illustrate. A good tale, but told at a deliberate pace.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Thrawn #2
March 23, 2018
|
|
Seeing Thrawn in action is neat to see, but so is attach Vanto who is growing as well. Especially enjoyable was how Vanto is being courted by others to take down the Chiss. A solid story with strong visuals that's a schemer's delight.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Thrawn #3
May 20, 2018
|
|
A fantastic origin story for Arihnda Pryce, with a certain Chiss entering her life. The story is full of nefarious characters looking to further their goals and the art brings the individuals to life sensationally. Not action packed, but full of constant tension.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Thrawn #4
May 26, 2018
|
|
Thrawn continues to show himself a shrewd and unmerciful leader. Seeing how the Empire and its commanders work is incredible reading, while the visuals are perfect companions to tell this story. This is recommended reading for all Star Wars fans. Outstanding.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Thrawn #5
July 27, 2018
|
|
A villain is revealed and a high level Imperial seeks to enlist one of Thrawn's allies in this latest issue. The story is clever and the visuals outstanding. This continues to be one of the most thrilling Star Wars titles from Marvel.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Thrawn #6
September 6, 2018
|
|
This book is a terrific read, reintroducing one of Star Wars' best villains back into the franchise. The story is great, filled with tension from the masterful plotting of the title character. The artwork is great, with characters and settings excellent and the colors beautiful and grotesque. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Tie Fighter |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Tie Fighter #1
April 20, 2019
|
|
I've never been a fan of the pilots of Star Wars. It's difficult to capture the thrills of the films' ship combat into comics, and this book doesn't really try. Instead, the focus is on the pilots. I'm liking what I'm getting with them in the first tale, but I do hope there's more action in future issues. The second tale left me cold, wondering what I had just read. The visuals are fine throughout, but with so little action, there's not really much opportunity for the artists to wow the reader. This is Star Wars, so I'll be back, but my hopes won't be high.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Tie Fighter #2
June 3, 2019
|
|
Decent story of Imperials finding conflict from others after the events of Return of the Jedi, but the visuals don't help it. Sketchy artwork and good to confusing coloring hurt the impact of this tale. If this is intended to get me excited to purchase the upcoming Alphabet Squadron novel, it's not working.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Tie Fighter #3
July 2, 2019
|
|
This is the best issue yet, with plenty of TIE action and deadly repercussions. I enjoyed the characters more seeing them in long scenes of stress, the ship battles look awesome, and the conclusion was a great gut punch. This issue also humanizes the Imperials, something not seen enough in the comics. That said, their numbers are shrinking, so survival is key. Great visuals this time out as well. The space battles really impress with their speed and ferocity. This is a winning issue in every possible way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Tie Fighter #4
July 25, 2019
|
|
I'm already sad that next issue is the final issue. I shouldn't be rooting for the Imperials " they are the bad guys after all " but I've fallen in love with all of these characters and I just want them to be happy. Sadly, they are on the wrong side of this conflict. The revelation and discussion about Graw is excellent and the peek into Ganem's past neat. The visuals are terrific and I would love to see the artists do more work in the Star Wars Universe. This is a great issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: Vader - Dark Visions (2019) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Star Wars: Vader - Dark Visions #1
March 30, 2019
|
|
This issue does not have me hopeful for the rest of this series. The story is so basic as to allow the artist endless opportunities for epic levels of excitement, but the visuals are the weakest element of this issue and that's not good for a comic book. When all is said is done, did anything important happen? Was there anything memorable in this? The answer is, sadly, no. This is only for the most hardcore Star Wars fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Star Wars: Vader - Dark Visions #2
April 2, 2019
|
|
This book brilliantly shows how Vader inspires terror among the Imperials. The story is extreme, the action massive and surprising, and the ending fantastic. The visuals are striking for the horror and unbelievable situations created. This is a fantastic, frenzied tale.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Starfire |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Starfire #1
June 10, 2015
|
|
If you don't have a copy now, you better run out and get one. This is going to be sought after. It's fun, and comics need more fun.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Starfire #4
September 13, 2015
|
|
Super hero action that maintains the fun and joy associated with this hero. It's impossible not to smile while reading this book and thinking about it afterwards. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Starfire #6
November 15, 2015
|
|
This is the gold standard for fun and action in comics. Incredible characters and lots of action make this a winning book, time and time again. This is the book you show people who have never read a comic. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Starfire #12
May 15, 2016
|
|
There were a million reasons for this book to end on a sad note, since it's ending too soon, but this is the best farewell a series could have. I actually felt glad for Koriand'r and the decision she was making. This is how every series should go out: with the character and the reader upbeat. “Now, let us see what new adventure is in store for us!” I'm standing and applauding the creators of this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
SteamLore: A Curious Publication #1 |
Jun 05, 2016
show
|
|
A fantastic replica of a spy's adventures hidden in plain sight. Superb thrills and chills with outstanding art. Chris Allen, you better make another, and another, and another…
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Stronghold |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Stronghold #1
February 24, 2019
|
|
This story starts small and then explodes to galaxy shaking levels. I loved it. Michael and Claire are great characters and I'm looking forward to seeing how they change over the course of the series. The visuals are firmly grounded in reality which makes things startling when something impossible occurs. I'm really looking forward to more reveals and how quickly things will go otherworldly. If you want something different, this is it! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Stronghold #2
April 20, 2019
|
|
The mysteries continue as a group changes its direction and a new player goes to the park. I love the teasing of the story, with some elements obvious, but most plot threads still not clear. Michael is only briefly in this issue, but is still confused after the events of last issue. Holdmother is quite the evil entity, though Teacher looks to usurp that title. The visuals are solid, with the backgrounds impressive and that last page jaw-dropping. This is the science fiction, mystery, conspiracy you're looking for.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Stronghold #3
May 27, 2019
|
|
More information is revealed about Grey's past, but at the cost of a stadium of bodies. I love the mystery that Hester is creating. I cannot predict where this story is going and which characters are to be believed, but it's one hell of a ride. The visuals are also great, creating some nightmarish actions alongside the reality of the everyday world. This is a twisted tale I don't want to end.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Stronghold #4
July 2, 2019
|
|
Michael and Claire are on the run, but get some time to consider their next moves. Sci-fi tales with questions of identity that spiral into cosmic calamity are always fun to read, but tough to find. Hester's tale ponders the big questions while keeping the heroes on the run. The visuals are well done, with Kelly, Cunniffe, and Bowland to be congratulated for keeping things real, with the unexpected popping up wonderfully. If you want different, you want Stronghold.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Suicide Squad #0 |
Sep 16, 2012
show
|
|
Interesting, but I like my Waller heavy, not this thin. And I would have like to see the Squad in action, and “early” mission perhaps. Okay, but I wanted something else.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Suicide Squad: Rebirth #1 |
Aug 08, 2016
show
|
|
A good reboot for this series, though there are only three villains in this squad. More is better, so bring on a bigger team, DC! If you liked the previous incarnations of the Suicide Squad or the film, you'll enjoy this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Super Sons #1 |
Feb 18, 2017
show
|
|
Everything one would want from these boys and more. A fun and dramatic story that's complimented by beautiful visuals. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Super Terre.r #1 |
Jun 02, 2016
show
|
|
Every fan of science fiction and the terrors of space should pick this up. This makes one wish for space travel to be possible, yet fearful of what it may reveal. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Supergirl (2011) |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Supergirl #0
September 24, 2012
|
|
I gave this book a try since I'd tried the rebooted Superman books, and given them up. If this is the way the monthly adventures of Supergirl are, DC has found a new reader. A dramatic origin this character deserves. Great!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Supergirl #30
April 16, 2014
|
|
I've not picked up a New 52 Supergirl before, and it seems I've been missing out. So have you, if you haven't been following the exploits of the newest Red Lantern in that group's book. This is worth checking out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Supergirl #31
May 23, 2014
|
|
I want Supergirl to wear the red ring forever! I love this turn in her character, and for however long this lasts, I'll be a fan following her.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Supergirl #33
July 19, 2014
|
|
On it's own, this is a great issue. As part of the Red Daughter of Krypton story, this is afun, strongconclusion. I'm going to continue to follow Kara's exploits because the last few issues have been so enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Supergirl #37
December 23, 2014
|
|
You should be reading Supergirl because its story of a young girl trying to fit in is a universal tale. That she's a Kryptonian with certain abilities makes her unique.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Supergirl (2016) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Supergirl #4
December 21, 2016
|
|
The story could have sped up and the art be more consistent. I'll continue to read this book because I love the character, but I've got to see some improvement to continue buying it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Supergirl #7
April 11, 2017
|
|
A familiar story and adequate art make this just passable. It's only Issue #7 and this is the best that can be mustered for Supergirl? Disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Supergirl #8
April 18, 2017
|
|
More Emerald Empress and stronger art would have helped his fun story considerably. A tease to whet Legion fans' thirst for an ongoing title coupled with a great reason for the super powered cousins to meet makes this a good read, but an average visual experience.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Supergirl #9
June 16, 2017
|
|
A competent hero comic, with an outstanding story strand revisited. If only the art had been stronger throughout. Still, if one is a fan of certain super team of the future, there's a thread of a future battle hinted at.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Supergirl #10
July 15, 2017
|
|
The Fatal Five continues to grow, while Supergirl and her friends are trapped in the Phantom Zone. A fun read, with the story showing how one can be a hero without super powers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Supergirl: Rebirth #1 |
Aug 20, 2016
show
|
|
By the numbers storytelling, with better than average art. This won't thrill long time fans, but would definitely be informative to new readers. Your knowledge of Supergirl will determine your enjoyment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Superior Spider-Man #1 |
Jan 13, 2013
show
|
|
A visually average outting with a so-so story that will be redacted in no time. For $3.99 an issue, this is too expensive for me to continue with this story/team. I tried it and am passing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Superman (2011) |
12 issues
show
|
|
|
Superman #7
March 30, 2012
|
|
I wasn't too pleased with the previous six issues of Superman written by George Perez. The art was great, but the story was ho-hum, and the ultimate ending anti-climatic. This is the first issue since the DC 52 redo that's lived up to the reboot promise for the man of steel in his own book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superman #8
April 27, 2012
|
|
Even though I wanted the villain to get more of a comeuppance, this was a very enjoyable book. Superman talking things out, before resorting to the physical was great! And defending his position and life on Earth gave me the chills that only Captain America pontificating could elicit. Priceless. However, after Page 8, I know it'll be a while before I can eat squid again.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superman #23.3
September 22, 2013
|
|
The story is okay for H'El, but better for Jor-El. The visuals are great, but I expected a villain and got more of a supporting character.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superman #36
November 29, 2014
|
|
An awesome story that holds many questions with clues being given in bursts. The visuals are amazing. This is perfect comic reading that will make you feel young.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superman #38
February 6, 2015
|
|
Unnecessary milking of story and art creates a mildly disappointing conclusion to this storyline. I expect better from these creators, because they've done better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superman #46
November 29, 2015
|
|
The story confused, but the visuals entertained. I'm going to have to chase down the previous issue to see if that helps. However, I'll continue to purchase this title as long as Porter is on board.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Superman (2016) |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Superman #2
July 7, 2016
|
|
This is a superior book that touches on the strength and soul of a hero. This is a “Must Read” book. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superman #26
July 7, 2017
|
|
This issue captures the heart of what it means to teach a child, even if one has super powers. It gave me goosebumps, though the art did occasionally take me out of the story. I'd recommend this for fans and for those who haven't read a Superman comic ever or in years. This story could create new fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superman #28
August 13, 2017
|
|
A vacation issue for the Kents shows what's important to Superman and how he will always help America's soldiers. Patriotic and heartfelt.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superman #29
August 21, 2017
|
|
Missing children lead to a cosmic threat that could tear the Man of Steel apart. A smart story that goes galactic accompanied by finely detailed visuals. This title continues to be worthy of the adjective super. Recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superman #34
November 20, 2017
|
|
Imperius Lex continues with the focus falling on Lois Lane's survival on Apokolips. The story is excellent and the visuals good, with Lois getting a cool, new look. This is shaping up to be one of the Man of Steel's greatest sagas.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superman #35
January 4, 2018
|
|
Two issues a month look to be too much for this title to keep up consistent visuals. DC, one book a month could be done by one artist. The story and the letters are fine on this book, but the visuals are disappointing. And on a flagship title, too. Unbelievably disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Superman #15 |
Sep 21, 2019
show
|
|
The previous issues' storylines are wrapped up and the Legion makes an extended cameo. I picked this up solely for the Legion, but there were enough breadcrumbs in this book for me to be curious about what led up to this team's inclusion. There's some solid emotion in this issue, with the visuals particularly strong. This whets my appetite for more Legion in the DC Universe.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Superman Unchained |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Superman Unchained #2
July 13, 2013
|
|
Issue #1 was $4.99. This issue was $3.99. I feel like I was swindled. This is how I felt after seeing Avatar: the experience was too expensive for pretty visuals and a padded story. I don't want to pay for pretty. I'm done buying this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Superman: American Alien |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Superman: American Alien #1
November 14, 2015
|
|
A fun story that shows a devoted family at the cusp of one member recognizing his abilities. The art, however, bothered with its attempts to mix American and Japanese styles, unsuccessfully.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Superman: Rebirth #1 |
Jun 05, 2016
show
|
|
This will get me to purchase Superman when it begins on June 15. I was emotionally drawn into the story and the visuals were exceptional. Thank you, DC, for this Superman.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Supernatural, Episode 224 "Thin Lizzie" #1 |
Nov 05, 2015
show
|
|
It's hard to be as good as last week's “Baby”, and this isn't, but it's watchable Supernatural fare.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Superwoman (2016) |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Superwoman #1
August 12, 2016
|
|
Wow! DC has another hit on their hands! This packs so much story and so much art into one issue, the cover price should be much, much more for what's given. I eagerly await seeing more adventures of these two heroes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superwoman #5
December 17, 2016
|
|
A lot of build up for the punches coming next issue. A decent installment, but nothing that will be memorable for readers in a year.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superwoman #7
February 17, 2017
|
|
The final line: A great conclusion with every character getting a moment. If this is the way all Superwoman stories will go, this character will gain quite the following. A great story and a visual feast.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superwoman #9
April 23, 2017
|
|
Lana's journey would have been more satisfactory had she not had to rely on Superman. The visuals have a few speed bumps, but they look better than most books. This is a decent read, but really could have been something with a stronger, more independent lead.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superwoman #10
June 4, 2017
|
|
This is a transition issue where the hero makes a change, but, sadly, the outcome won't be seen until the next installment. Standing on its own, the story is just okay. The visuals run from good to adequate, but at least the colors and letters are strong. This title needs some upgrades if it's going to continue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superwoman #11
June 16, 2017
|
|
A decent super hero outing with the focus on helping family, not saving the city or the world. I'm grateful for this change up in the story. The visuals are also good, with the battle sequences looking particularly strong.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Superwoman #12
July 17, 2017
|
|
A price increase, a story that's unsurprising or rote, and visuals that are average have me discontinuing this series. I looked forward to seeing what could be done with Lana Lang, but after twelve issues, there hasn't been a consistency that begs my return. I'm sad.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Superzero #1 |
Dec 19, 2015
show
|
|
I'm going to pass on the next issue. There's comedy, but too much came off as sad and I don't want that in a comic book. Kudos to the writers for making this come off as real, but it was so real it depressed me.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Swamp Thing (2016) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Swamp Thing #1
January 9, 2016
|
|
Horror and heroics are alive and well in this Swamp Thing. It has the feel of an issue from the 1970s, though it's entirely new. A must-own book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sword of Sorcery |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Sword of Sorcery #0
September 24, 2012
|
|
If you know nothing about these characters, this isa solid opening for both tales, but I'd like to see the focus on Amethyst to save me a dollar. If you know something about either character, I don't think you're seeing anything you haven't seen before.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sword of Sorcery #5
March 18, 2013
|
|
There are no gods in the pages of Amethyst, yet those creating this workare comic deities! Stalker, however, is a wash, and it impacts my grade on the entire book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Sword of Sorcery #8
June 21, 2013
|
|
I'm sorry to see this series end. This is a class act in every way showcasing a land of magic in the DC universe. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Swords of Sorrow |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Swords of Sorrow #1
May 31, 2015
|
|
In one issue, this has surpassed other companies' crossover events. Superior art and story that show how crossover events should be done. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Swords of Sorrow: Black Sparrow & Lady Zorro #1 |
Jul 01, 2015
show
|
|
|
|
|
Swords of Sorrow: Dejah Thoris & Irene Adler #1 |
Jun 24, 2015
show
|
|
A perfectjumping on place for anyone curious about these characters, and no previous reading of any Swords of Sorrow books is necessary to enjoy this. An excellent beginning.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Swords of Sorrow: Vampirella & Jennifer Blood |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Teen Titans #1 |
Jul 18, 2014
show
|
|
Critics of the New 52 will have to remain mute when they see this series. Outstanding in every way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ten Grand |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Ten Grand #1
May 6, 2013
|
|
Not to be missed! This is my pick of the week. Do I want more? To quote the final dialogue, “…yes…”
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ten Grand #4
August 11, 2013
|
|
This continues to be one of the best books out there. Joe Fitzgerald is the perfect damned hero on a quest. His journey has now begun in earnest. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ten Grand #5
November 11, 2013
|
|
This is only the beginning of Hell. If this were all that were seen of it, I'd be satisfied, but here's more to come. I've never been so happy to anticipate Hell. Is this something I should actually be saying? Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ten Grand #6
December 19, 2013
|
|
I can't stop reading and I can't look away. This is the horror/romancebook of the year.Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ten Grand #8
March 20, 2014
|
|
Every issue ramps up the intensity and now that we've gone to Hell they're really increased. Must read reading! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ten Grand #10
August 5, 2014
|
|
An amazing payoff of Heaven and Hell being used by one man tosave the soul of his dead lover. You're going to be kicking yourself for a long time if you're not following this. Every issue impossibly improves upon the previous installment's story and art. Epic and awesome aren't sufficient to describe it. Just get it! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ten Grand #11
November 8, 2014
|
|
Chandler meets Dante, with bit of Tarantino thrown in. How could this be anything but superior? Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ten Grand #12
January 20, 2015
|
|
This has become one of my favorite sagas. A man fights Heaven and Hell for his girl. This could be it for Joe Fitzgerald, but someone could always raise another ten grand and seek his services. I hopethis is not his only tale. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Terminator Salvation: The Final Battle |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Terminator Salvation: The Final Battle #4
March 6, 2014
|
|
“I don't care about history…” goes the old song. Well you should, because it's about to damn the human race. This book is a continuing treat for those familiar with the films and those who have just enlisted. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Terminator Salvation: The Final Battle #5
April 3, 2014
|
|
All Terminator fans should read this. Anyone who's interested in the Terminator and have never seen any of the films (Really?) should check this out. It's accessible to anyone and should be read by everyone. A joy to read. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Terminator Salvation: The Final Battle #8
August 19, 2014
|
|
This should be a guidebook on how to write an originalstory while preserving all that's gone before. It wraps and winds it way around readers as if it were liquid metal. The visuals expertly show a horrific future and a finely detailed past where battles are fought. Thisis must reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Terminator Salvation: The Final Battle #9
September 13, 2014
|
|
The final page takes a turn and I don't see how this can all be wrapped in only three issues. Like the goals of the human race, it'll take a miracle, but as the previous issues have shown, this creative team doesn't need miracles with the skills they possess. They can pull off anything. Highly recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Terminator: Sector War |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Terminator: Sector War #1
September 9, 2018
|
|
A new Terminator target is revealed in this issue which has plenty of action drawn in an unexpected style. I'm enjoying the story, which features some solid action and a decent mystery. The style of art has me wondering if it will grow on me in the next three issues, but I'm willing to go along just to see how the story plays out. This should be a solid purchase for fans of the Terminator.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Terminator: Sector War #2
October 20, 2018
|
|
An entertaining issue, even if it goes in all the expected directions of a Terminator tale. An interesting turn occurs on the final three pages that has me very interested to see what happens in the next installment. The art continues to be interesting for its style, though it does lessen as the issue progresses. If one is a Terminator fan, this should be enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Terminator: Sector War #3
February 23, 2019
|
|
A gangster and his minions assist Officer Castro in trying to stop the Terminator pursuing her. There's a lot of action, a good reveal, and exciting visuals. This was some nice payoff after the build of the previous two issues. I'm looking forward to seeing how this series ends.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Terminator: Sector War #4
May 26, 2019
|
|
This was an enjoyable conclusion to Lucy Castro's plight. The action is strong and the visuals, though Manga inspired, work well. I wouldn't mind seeing more of Castro's adventures and would also like to see the artwork before it was colored.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Terrible Lizard |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Terrible Lizard #1
November 6, 2014
|
|
The only thing terrible about Terrible Lizard is waiting 30 days for the next issue. This is hoot, hollering fun with giant monsters, army men, and scientists. Christmas has come early from the past.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Terrible Lizard #2
December 17, 2014
|
|
A dinosaur, its human, and a giant mutant gorilla. It doesn't get better than this for a premise. Fun, beautiful, and bright adventure. Great reading for any age.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Thanos Rising #1 |
Apr 04, 2013
show
|
|
This falls under the “Was this really necessary” origin story. Thanos was–is–cool because he's just evil outright. No explanation needed. That's one reason he's so frightening. Again, this is like Anakin Skywalker: if young Thanos had just been hugged by the right people, none of the following tragedy would ever have happened. Skip this book and pretend it never happened.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Armory Wars: Good Apollo, I'm Burning Star IV #1 |
Apr 08, 2017
show
|
|
I was somewhat confused, jumping in with no previous knowledge, but enjoyed it enough to want to return. An epic saga that crosses worlds, inhabited by conflicted protagonists.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Bionic Man Annual #1 |
Mar 19, 2013
show
|
|
Not a bad little adventure. If you're a fan you should enjoy this adventure of Mr. Austin. If you're new to Steve, this works as a nice introduction.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Bionic Woman |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Bionic Woman #7
January 20, 2013
|
|
I was apprehensive about this book, being someone old enough to remember this series when it was originally on, but it was fun. This book captures my adolescent memories and brings them to the present in an entertaining way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Black Beetle #0 |
Dec 29, 2012
show
|
|
|
|
|
The Black Knight |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
The Black Knight #1
December 5, 2018
|
|
This is the type of action packed hero book that all companies want: great story, excellent visuals, cool colors, and strong lettering. If this is the way this series begins, I can't wait to see where it's headed. Zenescope has created another outstanding series that deserves to be followed. Get yourself a copy!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Black Knight #2
December 21, 2018
|
|
The title character doesn't appear until the end, but there's plenty to enjoy with two baddies battling. The story creates some solid tension by bouncing between two settings and having a monstrous fight occur. The visuals demonstrate the villains' abilities in a massive smack down. The Black Knight continues to be entertaining.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Black Knight #3
February 23, 2019
|
|
This is a solid comic with action, a hero, surprises, supernatural teases, Russian gangsters, and great escapes. The visuals are highly detailed and the colors and letters are perfect. A great book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Black Knight #4
March 21, 2019
|
|
A stand is made to save the Grigor family, but one character falls. Peyton continues to grow in her abilities as Nadia's mysterious benefactor is almost free. Excellent story and visuals that already have me wishing this was a monthly series. Exciting and entertaining.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Black Knight #5
April 23, 2019
|
|
This is how to end a series: a big battle, a solid surprise reveal, and several teases of more adventures to come. I would welcome all the creators back for more. Sorry, Zenescope. This can't be the last of Peyton's adventures. I don't want this to end!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Blood Queen |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
The Blood Queen #1
June 15, 2014
|
|
Magic and mystery with a manipulative maiden whose motivations are most interesting. This is something new and different that's worth checking out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Deep #1 |
Jan 25, 2015
show
|
|
What's above ground is fantastic, but once the reader submerges into The Deepit becomes an undefined hodgepodge that doesn't frighten or entertain. Very disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Dresden Files: Down Town |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
The Dresden Files: Down Town #2
March 17, 2015
|
|
Reading this comic only encourages me to grab another novel by Butcher to continue my enjoyment with Harry's magical mysteries. Be warned: Reading this could make you a fan of Dresden for life! Absolutely enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Dresden Files: Ghoul Goblin |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
The Dresden Files: Ghoul Goblin #4
May 13, 2013
|
|
Damn! This is good stuff! How good? I'm loving this comic book series so much, I had to track down the novels and see if Butcher could tell a tale without pictures. He can! Somebody at Dynamite please be sure to have Butcher continue the four color adventures of his detective!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Dresden Files: Ghoul Goblin #6
August 28, 2013
|
|
A must buy for fans or newbies to the mysteries and adventures of Harry Dresden. I fell so in love with this series that I've finally begun to read the novels. There must be another series from all the contributors to this book. It's too good to stop with just this one! Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Dresden Files: War Cry #1 |
Jun 10, 2014
show
|
|
Dresden's back in comics and this time it's war! I'm dying–figuratively, not literally–to see what happens next. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Dresden Files: Wild Card |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
The Dresden Files: Wild Card #1
May 19, 2016
|
|
When there's a new Dresden comic from Dynamite you should run to get it! This faithfully continues the wizard detective's adventures beyond the books with superior story and art. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Eterna Files #1 |
Apr 03, 2016
show
|
|
On its own, this is not a satisfying book because nothing is answered. This is laying the framework for future books in this series, and that's fine, if something is given to the reader that shows the characters are accomplishing something. That's not in this book. I found the characters and premise interesting, but their actions frustrating. I don't know if I'll read the sequel.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Fall and Rise of Captain Atom |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
The Fall and Rise of Captain Atom #1
January 6, 2017
|
|
I was a tremendous fan of the 1980s Captain Atom and this book captured a lot of that flavor, but most of this is setting up the issues that follow it. I am a huge fan of the writers and the artists, so I'll continue with this series to see what happens next.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Fall and Rise of Captain Atom #5
May 7, 2017
|
|
DC, I know this wraps up with the next issue, but can you just make this monthly with the same creative team to make the fans happy? The story has plenty of drama and action, and the visuals are incredible. This is everything a super hero comic should be. I'm already fretting that the next issue is the final issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Fall and Rise of Captain Atom #6
June 11, 2017
|
|
This limited series goes out on a high note and I want more. This hero is new, yet retains his past. As entertaining as his action scenes were, his personal life was so engaging I need to know what happens next in that arena. This Captain Atom needs to return as a monthly!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Hidden Witch #1 |
Nov 28, 2018
show
|
|
Ostertag continues to create magic with her storytelling and visuals. This book expertly addresses friendship, bullying, and the power of being different. A terrific read for all ages and all genders. One can only hope that Ostertag has more adventures for Aster and his friends. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Jungle Book: Fall of the Wild |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
The Jungle Book: Fall of the Wild #3
March 4, 2015
|
|
Exciting, beautiful, funny, and frightening. This is one of the most enjoyable mini-series I've encountered in a while. Whenever I finish an issue of thisseries I just feel so happy. Thank you, Zenescope, for creating a book like this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Jungle Book: Fall of the Wild #4
April 24, 2015
|
|
This is one of the best books out and should be read by everyone. It perfectly captures the wild in action and has me turning pages anxiously to see what species will next appear. Action packed, beautiful, funny, sad, awesome, and spectacular. This is simply amazing. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Last Fall #1 |
Jul 17, 2014
show
|
|
|
|
|
The Last Space Race |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
The Last Space Race #1
October 14, 2018
|
|
A solid introductory issue to get the series started: the conflict is introduced and backstory is given on the lead protagonist. It's readable, but isn't too exciting. I'm definitely in for a second issue and will decide after that if I continue to see where this title is going. AfterShock's record is strong, so I'm encouraged.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Last Space Race #2
December 24, 2018
|
|
A new character adds new tension to the story and the race has now truly begun. I like all the teases and justifications for the race stated in the story and that it didn't come off as information dumps at any time. An impressive feat from Calloway. The visuals are also good, with some impressive work done with layouts and actions. The colors add to the reality of the story and even the letters assist the visuals while telling the story. This is a great read. More, please.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Last Space Race #3
February 19, 2019
|
|
The story has some issues with time and character identifications, but enough can be understood to make this a pleasant read. The visuals are good, communicating solid emotion from characters, with the colors and letters increasing the impact of each panel. I'm enjoying this series and am anxious to see the final team chosen to go into space.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Last Space Race #4
May 11, 2019
|
|
I was let down by the story and art in this issue. Something goes wrong, but was it sabotage? It's very unclear. Did we need all the backstory on Sasha? Not at all. It seems this issue could be skipped and nothing really lost in the overall arc of the story. The visuals went from good to average, and this includes the colors. Four issues in and the characters and reader are no closer to the alien ship. I've grown impatient. I'm still on board for the next issue, but I'm expecting it to be better than this installment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen (Top Shelf) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen: The Tempest #1
July 14, 2018
|
|
I love books that make reference to other things and if I don't get them, I take the time to find out what they are. Nothing wrong with a book that makes you work to understand all of it. I expected that with this book. This is a fun story with great art. The text pieces are also fun for their tone. Everything about this works, but what else is there to expect from a Moore and O'Neill venture?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Little Mermaid |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
The Little Mermaid #1
February 27, 2015
|
|
Okay, Zenescope, you got me again. I'll be following this series until the end.A good mix of the classic tale with unexpected modern thrills. Perfect reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Lollipop Kids |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
The Lollipop Kids #1
October 9, 2018
|
|
The Lollipop Kids has a wonderfully developed lead who finds himself confronted by supernatural foes and new friends as he searches for his sister. The peek into the history of this group has me very interested at what they can do and the pantheon of creatures that they will battle has me eager to see all the monsters. The visuals are very strong, creating reality and the fantastic well. Heck, even the letters are strong visual elements of this book. You'd be a sucker not to pick up The Lollipop Kids. I'm looking forward to where this is going.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Lollipop Kids #2
December 6, 2018
|
|
The origin of the group is given and a new character introduced in this highly entertaining book. The premise is fantastic, lending itself to several possible stories, and the characters are very enjoyable. This is perfect for younger readers and older ones who remember what it was like to be young and adventurous. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Lollipop Kids #3
March 30, 2019
|
|
Adventure, scares, mystery, drama, and revelations that will please all ages of readers. Nick learns more about the Lollipop Kids, seeing their expansive facilities. He makes a decision that will change his life and it's something everyone dreams of whether they're young or old. The visuals are terrific, with appropriate scares and thrills. This is the book you give a reader who wants something other than spandex clad superheroes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Mighty Yeti One-Shot #1 |
Jul 18, 2016
show
|
|
This issue sows the seed for further adventures, but as a stand alone book it contains too many similarities with other hero books. I'll return for the next issue, but I'm hoping it does something new.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Mummy #2 |
Dec 24, 2016
show
|
|
A decent outing, but I expect more of a Hammer related comic. The story is good, but the visuals have got to be consistent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The New 52: Futures End #1 |
May 10, 2014
show
|
|
I didn't care for most of the heroes, and having the book colored so darkly sucked any enjoyment I might have had out. I expected a more enjoyable experience. I don't know if I'll be returning for the remainder of the run.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The New Ghostbusters |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
The New Ghostbusters #13
February 26, 2014
|
|
This is what every fan of Ghostbusters hopes a third film will be like. Love Ghostbusters? You'll love this book. Get it before the world ends. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Normals |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Normals #1
May 26, 2017
|
|
Takes a while to get going, but the premise is interesting. The visuals really hurt the book, though. I'm in for at least one more, but I need the visuals to improve.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Normals #2
June 23, 2017
|
|
An overly familiar tale and visuals that do not work have me discontinuing this series. I salute AfterShock for doing something that looks different, but this is not for me.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Sandman Overture |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Sandman Overture #1
November 11, 2013
|
|
Remember how excited you were when you heard George Lucas was returning to Star Wars to create more adventures and they fell short of everyone's expectations? I was feeling similarly anxious on hearing Gaiman was going toreturn to Sandman–and this, too, was a prequel. Allay your fears, friends. You will not nod off for the Sandman's return, instead you'll only fall into the welcome arms of an engrossing fantasy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Sandman Overture #2
March 28, 2014
|
|
This is still the openingact of this series, and the plot only just revealed. I love Gaiman, but this issue is still an “overture,” as it were. The visuals are stunning and will have fans and art students pouring over every inch for years to come.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Shadow |
9 issues
show
|
|
|
The Shadow Annual #2
September 20, 2013
|
|
Las Vegas, gangsters, and the past all collide in the Shadow's path to end a very ancient evil. The story is a great combination of past and present for Lamont Cranston with of the sweetest endings in Shadow lore. You'll be unable to stop from joining in the Shadow's unholy laughter when you get to the end.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Shadow #14
June 26, 2013
|
|
Let me repeat, my ignorance has led to a wonderful discovery. This is why the Shadow has endured for so long. This is why so many writers and artists want to tackle this character. This superb book makes you believe in the magic of the character and inspires you to track down everything related to this character, hoping it lives up to the high standards set in this book. And this comic compels me to find out what I've been missing for the last thirteen months. Excellent!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Shadow #16
August 6, 2013
|
|
This is a gift from every creator on this book. It's fun, smart, thrilling, and gorgeous. Come into the light or stay in the shadows, it's doesn't matter–Just get a copy of this book! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Shadow #17
September 15, 2013
|
|
The Shadow has found the Light, but will he falter before it? A fun read with great visuals. I'm dying to know how this ends!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Shadow #18
October 20, 2013
|
|
I loved this story and this art. This is what you show people if they ask, “Is The Shadow any good?” Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Shadow #25
May 21, 2014
|
|
All good things come to an end, and this run of The Shadow has finished. And, Wow!, what an ending! This is how you close out a series. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Shadow Now |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
The Shadow Now #1
October 6, 2013
|
|
Themodern world and the Shadow collide with guns a'blazing and betrayal around every corner. This book proves, yet again, that Dynamite is incapable of producing a bad Shadow comic. The present may seem to have a momentary edge, but my betsare on the Shadow for rootingout evil.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Shadow: Midnight In Moscow |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
The Shadow: The Death of Margo Lane |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
The Shadow: Year One |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
The Shadow: Year One #1
February 26, 2013
|
|
Just when you think the “Year One” concept has been done to death, a comic appears to remind you that it's not dead if it's done well. I say welcome to The Shadow: Year One.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Shadow: Year One #4
July 22, 2013
|
|
I eagerly await this book each month because it's head and shoulders above other books. Many cannot compete with the great story, outstanding art, perfect coloring, and precise lettering. Other books wish they were The Shadow: Year One. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Shadow: Year One #5
September 15, 2013
|
|
A must buy! This isn't even over yet, but I feel if this is not released as a collected work in hardcover it would be an incredible disservice to fans. Amazing, month after month. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Shadow/Green Hornet: Dark Nights |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
The Shadow/Green Hornet: Dark Nights #4
October 26, 2013
|
|
I continue to find this an exceptional adventure comic that unites two of the greatest pulp heroes against one of the greatest villains operating for the Axis Powers. Once you pick this up you will be carried away on an adventure that was long overdue. Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Shield (2015) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Shield #1
October 24, 2015
|
|
This book was completely off my radar, but I had seen it mentioned in places online. I'm thankful that I did because it spurred me to check this out, and I'm glad that I did. An exciting opening that instantly grabs the reader transitions to a woman in search of her past, and it's a varied one at that. A strong story with superior illustrations make this a book I'll follow. If you think there's nothing new in comics, this will prove you wrong.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Shield #2
March 11, 2016
|
|
Action and questions. Always perplexing and always entertaining. I'll be coming back to see if some answers are given.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Simpsons: Treehouse of Horror #21 |
Sep 19, 2015
show
|
|
Two out of three isn't bad. Sure to please fans of the series and those looking for some Halloween laughs.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Sleeping Prince #1 |
Jun 13, 2016
show
|
|
Liked the characters, but not the journey. The first half of the novel is more enjoyable than the second, and a lack of resolution (and knowledge of a previous character) hurt my enjoyment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Spider #12 |
Jun 05, 2013
show
|
|
|
|
|
The Squidder #1 |
Jul 17, 2014
show
|
|
An amazing world with amazing characters and creatures. Not to be missed. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Star Wars: Lucas Draft |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
The Star Wars: Lucas Draft #1
September 8, 2013
|
|
I went into this a Doubting Thomas. I thought this was going to be a train wreck, a last gasp from this publisher. Excuse me for a moment while I remove my foot from my mouth. This is the ultimate tale of what could have been. You will be amazed at the visuals and awe at the subtle twists in the tale. This is not to be missed by fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Star Wars: Lucas Draft #2
October 5, 2013
|
|
I stated that Rain Beredo wasn't being paid enough for the work delivered. I'd like to amend that comment: everyone involved with this book isn't getting paid enough to deliver a bookthis good. So, Dark Horse, what you're delivering to the fans is a steal! Keep it coming! Highest possible recommendation!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Star Wars: Lucas Draft #8
May 29, 2014
|
|
A rushed ending, but I think that has more to do with George Lucas's original screenplay, rather than that of those at Dark Horse. A definite read for fans of the film and an interesting What If? for those curious.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Terminator Enemy Of My Enemy |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
The Terrifics #1 |
Mar 25, 2018
show
|
|
This is a standard “heroes thrown together” starting point that's very readable, but not earth shattering. Not once do they refer to themselves as a team or use the title moniker, so that's sure to be happening down the way. A fine premise is begun and the visuals are outstanding. I'm looking forward to seeing where this is going and I'm hoping more teases of the Legion of Super-Heroes are made.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Visitor: How And Why He Stayed |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
The Visitor: How And Why He Stayed #1
February 25, 2017
|
|
A science fiction strand running throughout Hellboy's life makes his supernatural saga stranger. Each reader that stays with this Visitor will witness a hero's journey. Perfect reading for new or veteran fans of Hellboy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Visitor: How And Why He Stayed #5
July 8, 2017
|
|
The Visitor shows that free will makes one human and it's an amazing journey. Action and adventure are here, to be sure, but this leaves a reader hoping they can live as well as this alien did, so far from his friends. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Witchfinder General #1 |
Nov 24, 2015
show
|
|
With all the dark, grim, apocalyptic supernatural books running amok it's about time someone put the fun back into ghostly adventures. Wyatt and Grine have created an entertaining book that will put a smile on your face when you're not screaming at the next threat.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Wrong Earth #1 |
Nov 15, 2018
show
|
|
Swapping heroes takes a dark turn in this book. One will either find this incredible fun or just too dark. The five page comic is a delight and the three pager of text is weirdness one cannot stop reading. There's something for everyone in this. It will be impressive to see if the main story can beyond the tropes of the characters. I'm willing to return for more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The X-Files (2016) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
The X-Files #4
July 13, 2016
|
|
Not all horrors come from space. Several live among us, and one is gunning for Dana. A good addition to the X-Files canon, adding another layer to the complex character of Dana Scully.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The X-Files #11
March 5, 2017
|
|
I defy any fan not to hear Mark Snow's haunting theme music at the end of this issue. It's a perfect X-Files tale full of thrills and strangeness that will leave readers hungry for more, but afraid of what it might reveal. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The X-Files #14
June 6, 2017
|
|
The final line: This is a story building issue, so there's not much physical drama, but the visuals are right in line for fans. Harris has never disappointed in a story, so I'm sure that next issue will show the importance of this installment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The X-Files #15
July 2, 2017
|
|
After reading this, you'll be lucky to sleep through the night. Government takeovers, conspiracies, and things eager to be let loose make this an outstanding X-Files. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The X-Files #16
August 6, 2017
|
|
Scully is at ground zero for the conspiracy, Mulder is far away, and the missiles have been launched. This penultimate issue has the entire future of the world in jeopardy, as one group continues to remain silent. Must reading for X-Files fans that creates paranoia and visual thrills on every page.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The X-Files X-Mas Special #2014 |
Dec 26, 2014
show
|
|
|
|
|
The X-Files, Episode 2 "Founder's Mutation" #1 |
Jan 26, 2016
show
|
|
This is what an X-Files episode should be! Shocks, twists, and an uncomfortable, creepy tone. This is what you show people to become fans of the series!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The X-Files: JFK Disclosure |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The X-Files: JFK Disclosure #1
November 4, 2017
|
|
I'm enough of an X-Files fan to continue to read, no matter what, but I'm hoping things improve. Not enough Mulder and Scully so far, and the Vegas flashback seems unnecessary. My opinion, hopefully, could change with the next issue, but this is feeling lacking.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The X-Files: JFK Disclosure #2
December 17, 2017
|
|
A disappointing conclusion to a good premise. Too much time in the past, makes this a story that could have been told without any tie to The X-Files. Add inthe mixed visuals, and this is a lackluster outing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The X-Files: Season 10 |
15 issues
show
|
|
|
The X-Files: Season 10 #1
June 21, 2013
|
|
I've been dying for new X-Files stories. This issue has a great series of covers and a solid story, but the art undermines this. I'm onboard for this series all the way, but I want better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The X-Files: Season 10 #2
July 22, 2013
|
|
Stellar story with a fantastic, overdue return, though with subpar art. I cannot fathom how these visuals would encourage the curious or new fans into dropping four dollars down. Heartbreaking.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The X-Files: Season 10 #9
February 17, 2014
|
|
This is the best issue of this series. If you have a fleeting memory of the show, this will renew your faith in new adventures. Never read an X-Files? I don't know if you're ready for this, but here it is…The Chittering God doesn't ask for anything, but I do: Get this! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The X-Files: Season 10 #19
December 27, 2014
|
|
The only reason you haven't read this is because the government doesn't want you to know the truth. The truth is that this is perfect entry point to one of the best written series on the market. The truth is in here. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The X-Files: Season 11 #2 |
Sep 12, 2015
show
|
|
The most infamous episode of the series inspires a worthy cringe inducing sequel. Hold on to something: this is going to turn your stomach. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The X-Files: Year Zero |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The X-Files: Year Zero #5
December 21, 2014
|
|
A fantastic addition to The X-Files' history. However, it can't end here. I want more from 1947. Everyone must return for a second series. C'mon, IDW! Don't make me go Robert Patrick Modell on you!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The ZooHunters |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
The ZooHunters #1
November 6, 2014
|
|
This is a delightful discovery that puts wonder back into space. A strong story of a father and son trying to build a lost bond against the backdrop of catching alien animals. A must read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The ZooHunters #3
October 24, 2015
|
|
This is a gripping story of a reluctant father and son chasing down exotic animals and encountering nefarious individuals. The artwork is of the caliber that every artist hopes to achieve. One of the finest comics I've read created by an individual. This is must reading and gets my highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Thor (2014) |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Thor #1
October 4, 2014
|
|
More He-Thor than She-Thor, but enjoyable enough toget me to return next month. Fun, fantasy heroics. Worthyour time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Thor #3
December 12, 2014
|
|
I dare you to open this up and not purchase it. It is perfection. I thought nothing could ever equal Walt Simonson's run for storytelling and art, but this is coming really close.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Thor #4
January 30, 2015
|
|
Outside of two races' speech, it's aflawless book. It provides all the drama and power one wouldwant from a Marvel comic. Two Thors enter, but will only one leave? Fun fighting fantasy fiction. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Threshold |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Threshold #3
March 18, 2013
|
|
I've completely changed. I'm enjoying Larfleeze much more than The Hunted. I'm a Giffen-addict, so I'll be eagerly awaiting the next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Time Warp #1 |
Mar 29, 2013
show
|
|
A real mixed bag, to be sure. The three I loved, I really loved, and those I didn't (“R.I.P.”) should have beentakin out of this collection. I wish I had a time machine to go back and do that, or get my $7.99 back. You'd be better off buying a novel than getting this comic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
To Hell You Ride |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
To Hell You Ride #1
December 13, 2012
|
|
It's going to get bad and people are going to die. I've got to know where this is heading. Only one thing is for sure: The past is a bitch and it's riding a horse.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
To Hell You Ride #2
January 13, 2013
|
|
The tension is mounting as the snow falls in its unnatural way. Nature's spirits are not happy. This issue marks the first instance of revenge, so I'm hoping to see things increase next issue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
To Hell You Ride #5
August 4, 2013
|
|
I enjoyed this issue and this series. If this is a visual screenplay, I'd welcome it long before I have to endure another Sharknado. This is horror done right.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Toil and Trouble |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Toil and Trouble #1
September 6, 2015
|
|
Magic is shown to have a much stronger presence than previously known in the Bard's iconic tragedy. The story is smart and the visuals outstanding. Using my magical abilities, I can see that this will be a highly enjoyable series and should be read by anyone who enjoys a classical supernatural tale with just a pinch of Shakespeare tossed in. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Toil and Trouble #2
October 11, 2015
|
|
A powerful, secretstory is revealed with magical visuals that will hook you even if you're not fated to be King. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Toil and Trouble #3
November 17, 2015
|
|
The secret supernatural interfering of three witches shows that they did much more than the Bard ever told. A sensational secret tale brought to light in a superb way. A “Must Read” for fans of Shakespeare, the supernatural, or good storytelling. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Toil and Trouble #4
December 6, 2015
|
|
Hidden tales involving sorcery are revealed in this classic tragedy, as three witches cannot stop their hands from meddling in most revered Scotland. Macbeth and his Lady cannot alter their fates due to the weird sisters named Smerate, Riata, and Cait. But you, dear reader, will find the highest bliss, for this is a tale you should not miss. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Toil and Trouble #5
January 20, 2016
|
|
Highest possible recommendation. You know the story, but not what went on beyond the view of mortal eyes. Spectacular story with impressive visuals. I cannot recommend this enough.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Toil and Trouble #6
February 8, 2016
|
|
A smart story and beautiful art make this a must-own book for anyone who loves Shakespeare, drama, or sorcery. “So, thanks to all at once and to each one” who helped create this series. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Tom Strong and the Planet of Peril #1 |
Aug 04, 2013
show
|
|
A hero going on a journey to save his daughter and unborngrandchild. It doesn't get any more heroicor classical than this. Get in on thiswhile you can!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Tomb Raider (2014) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Tomb Raider #1
March 1, 2014
|
|
Though I wasn't too thrilled by the art, I'm definitely going to see this adventure through to the end. The story has me intrigued and the action was cool enough to warrant another visit.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Tomb Raider #3
May 3, 2014
|
|
You'd be better off picking up a copy of Danger Girl or any reprint of The Further Adventures of Indiana Jones than looking for actionin this book. Disappointingly average.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Tomboy #1 |
Nov 24, 2015
show
|
|
A highly enjoyable book that holds several mysteries, with the biggest being what has Addison done? This is definitely being added to my monthly pull list.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Tony Stark: Iron Man #1 |
Jun 24, 2018
show
|
|
A solid introduction to this character and his supporting cast. It does mold the comic book character into the film persona a little too often, but this is obviously being done to attract and keep new readers. Old time readers will find plenty to enjoy, though there are instances which might skew too far to younger readers. If Marvel keeps Tony this way, they are sure to have a long run with this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Trinity of Sin: Pandora |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Trinity of Sin: Pandora #1
July 3, 2013
|
|
This is an unnecessary origin that creators like Jack Kirby, Jim Starlin or John Byrne could have covered in one page, if they had wanted to. This created no empathy for this character. A superfluous book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Trio |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Trio #1
May 15, 2012
|
|
This is what a super herobook should be: big, bold, loud, and fun as can be. John Byrne may be on to something"again!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Trio #3
July 27, 2012
|
|
We're only three issues in and Byrne continues to ramp up and expand the story and the art. We started with a bank robbery, went to an underwater nemesis and now this issue! How the heck can Byrne expand the Trio universe even further? I can't wait to see how!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Trio #4
August 31, 2012
|
|
The saddest words I've read in a comic of late come on the final page: “To be continued! We promise!” Byrne's taking a long vacation, his first in a long, long time. So that means you've all got a homework assignment: read this book and the previous three and join me in the anticipation for the continuation of this series. Four colored awesomeness that's required reading!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Triple Helix |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Trish Out Of Water |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Trish Out Of Water #1
October 17, 2013
|
|
A new series has begun for only a buck! You're getting more than your money's worth, that's for sure! A spot-on story featuring real teens with a title character whose world is radically changing. Get one while you can!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Trish Out Of Water #4
February 1, 2014
|
|
Readers needed one issue where everything is explained, and the penultimate chapter seemed like a good place, so that's what you get this time out. One quick action scene, but everything else is an information dump. I didn't hate this, but I found this to be the weakest individual issue so far.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Trust Fall #1 |
Jun 16, 2019
show
|
|
A member of a crime family encounters trouble on a big score and it's a riveting read. The story did take more than one read to get a handle on it, but I enjoyed it and want to see how it all plays out. The visuals are eye-popping thrillers, where colors are as key as the action on the page. The letters are stylish accompaniments to the visuals. If you don't enjoy this, you deserve to have two fingers pointed at you. This is the first issue, so jump on now! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Turok: Dinosaur Hunter |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Twilight Zone |
9 issues
show
|
|
|
Twilight Zone Annual #1
June 11, 2014
|
|
The art is better than the stories, so you've been forewarned. This is a pricey pick up at $7.99. You'd be much better off reading the monthly series than this book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Twilight Zone #2
February 7, 2014
|
|
Like the actual classic series, once you open the doorway to this tale you won't be able to get out. You'll have to see this nightmare of one man through. I'm ready for that trip! Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Twilight Zone #8
September 3, 2014
|
|
A nightmare caused by a coin has a woman confront a future she feels she can't change. If she doesn't, we all die. Perfection at every level earns this my highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Twilight Zone #11
January 20, 2015
|
|
The curtain is about to fall on all the characters and no one looks to escape the Twilight Zone unscathed. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
U.S.Avengers #1 |
Jan 05, 2017
show
|
|
This is the first superhero book from Marvel that has thrilled me in several years. If this is the future of Marvel, I'm all on board. This is my highest possible recommendation of the week. Find one and experience the joy of what comic book heroics should be.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Uncanny X-Men (2011) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
Unholy Grail |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Unholy Grail #1
July 7, 2017
|
|
Holy cow is Unholy Grail awesome! The familiar Arthurian tale is twisted into blasphemous delights with beautiful art that hides no horrors. Successful in every possible way. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Unholy Grail #4
January 3, 2018
|
|
The story of Camelot is twisted into something unnatural in this gloriously deviant series. The fall has begun for Arthur, though he doesn't know that a demon has shaped his life's path. Wickedly entertaining reading with visuals that are classical and horrific. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo |
15 issues
show
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #148
October 11, 2015
|
|
As I've been reviewing the latest Groo series, I've been instructing readers to pick up Usagi Yojimbo. I'm now heeding my own advice: after picking up this issue I'm having it added to my monthly pull list. Why did I ever stop reading this? The story and artwork are incredibly strong. Reading this book is like a trip in time. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #149
November 4, 2015
|
|
A fantastic self-contained story that shows the power of the title character and those around him. Flawless. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #150
December 15, 2015
|
|
The price of honor is the focus of this memorable tale. Stan Sakai continues to show why this book is deserving of all the praise it receives. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #151
January 24, 2016
|
|
Another recommended read from Stan Sakai. This is a complete story, requiring no previous issues to understand. It's got action, drama, and some incredible visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #153
March 20, 2016
|
|
Supernatural characters must be stopped by the ronin, but is he strong enough? Stan Sakai creates thrills packed with a lot of heart in this installment, which is highly recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #154
May 21, 2016
|
|
A fantastic issue which will please long time readers and provide an excellent introduction to the ronin. Beautiful and exciting in every possible way. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #156
August 21, 2016
|
|
The mystery deepens as the list of suspects grows. Revelations are given, but a solution doesn't seem anywhere in sight. This issue will please long time fans of the yojimbo and create new ones who love a good mystery.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #160
December 23, 2016
|
|
Inspector Ishida and Usagi are a fantastic pair in this outstanding outing. A perfect tale with perfect visuals. Always a recommended read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #161
September 6, 2017
|
|
An entertaining mystery begins, with a familiar character taking the fall. Will Usagi and Ishida be able to keep Kitsune from prison? And what's Chibi Usagi going to discover in that home in the snow? The only real mystery is why you're not picking this up! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #162
October 7, 2017
|
|
The mystery deepens with the characters having to team up to solve a double murder. Smart storytelling with incredible visuals. And Chibi Usagi, too! It doesn't get better than this!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #163
December 30, 2017
|
|
An excellent beginning to a three part story that introduces a criminal who shows himself to be more than just a thief. The art is gorgeous, with strong characters and to-die-for settings. This is a great starting point for those new to the character.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #164
January 5, 2018
|
|
More mysteries and more mayhem for Usagi Yojimbo to navigate safely! The characters are as detailed as the art. This is perfect reading for all ages. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #165
March 21, 2018
|
|
One of the finer things in life is Usagi Yojimbo. Each issue always contains highly entertaining stories with wonderful characters and exceptional artwork. Do yourself a favor and pick up an issue. This one would be the perfect place to start.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #1
June 20, 2019
|
|
Usagi restarts its numbering and maintains its outstanding storytelling and visuals. This is the perfect issue to jump in on if you haven't read this character's exploits. Plus, having it be a mystery that's not fully explained to the reader is a solid way to guarantee returning readers. And having the book in color is a treat for those who've been long time followers. This is a book that should be on everyone's pull list.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #2
July 26, 2019
|
|
A supernatural threat is revealed, but will Usagi be able to stop it? That's the question of this issue. I love having Usagi deal with otherworldly threats, which haven't been used that often. They are thrilling to read. I like how Sasuke seems more confident in this threat than the title character, placing Usagi in a welcome weak position for once. The visuals are outstanding and the colors, new to this series at this publisher, add to the artwork considerably. I can't yank on your strings anymore to get your attention — you need to pick up this series!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #3
August 25, 2019
|
|
This is an absolutely satisfying conclusion to this saga, with incredible action involving supernatural foes. The story is creepy, with Usagi out of his element, the visuals are frightening for the never ending wave of demon puppets, the colors are glorious even in this dark tale, and the text adds to the horrors and shocks of the visuals. This is a perfect comic book. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo #4
November 3, 2019
|
|
A clever action intro leads to a new character and the trouble that surrounds her. I love the action, but the characters are so good, if Sakai wanted to have an issue devoted to characters just sitting and talking a table for an entire issue I would be a happy camper. The visuals are great, with the art beautiful and the colors increasing their power. This is a series that should be on everyone's pull list. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo: The Hidden |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo: The Hidden #1
April 7, 2018
|
|
An excellent entry point for Usagi's exploits that begins with a fantastic chase. Every aspect of this book is outstanding and you'd be hard pressed to find a series that is consistently this wonderful. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo: The Hidden #2
April 21, 2018
|
|
The mystery goes in deadly directions, ending with a sinister reveal. The characters are some of the best written characters in the industry, with the artwork always staggeringly detailed. This is a constant hallmark of excellence in comics. The only mystery is why you're not reading this. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo: The Hidden #3
June 17, 2018
|
|
The mystery thickens and a new antagonist is revealed, all told with beautiful visuals. You can never go wrong with a book by Stan Sakai. Usagi Yojimbo:The Hidden is something you should find as soon as possible. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo: The Hidden #4
July 3, 2018
|
|
Action and mystery with some of the best characters in comics can always be found in Usagi Yojimbo. This is a fun story with beautiful and exciting visuals. If you're not picking up this book, you're missing out on a wonderful reading experience. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo: The Hidden #5
August 25, 2018
|
|
A request is made, the villains cross a line, and a terrible discovery can be found within this spectacular issue. I love the characters and the mystery, and the visuals are sensational. Perfect in every possible way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo: The Hidden #6
September 29, 2018
|
|
Revelations and reactions result in a discovery that could tear the country apart. Fantastic story and art that make this another classic tale of Usagi Yojimbo. Stan Sakai's comics should be mandatory reading for everyone of any age.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Usagi Yojimbo: The Hidden #7
November 4, 2018
|
|
I was filled with joy and sadness at the end of this series. The ending is one of hope for some individuals, but all the death and destruction that led to it is heartbreaking. I love how Sakai is able to take some historical elements and weave them so smoothly into his universe. This was an superb ending and I can't wait to buy it when it's collected…Hopefully in hardcover…Are you listening, Dark Horse? Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vampire State Building |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Vampire State Building #1
October 26, 2019
|
|
A decent premise is undercut by art that seems printed incorrectly. The idea is fun, though its delivery is average. The art looks misprinted, being too small, with colors too dark and lettering that's the smallest of any comic currently published. I'll go another issue, but if the visuals are just as tiny, I'll be looking for four colored thrills elsewhere.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vampire State Building #2
November 3, 2019
|
|
I think I'm done with this series. The story is predictable and the visuals are difficult to see at times. I could have used my money for the first two issues to purchase a novel. I wanted to have a fun tale of vampires loose in the ESB and I wanted thrilling visuals. I'm not getting that. Disappointing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vampirella |
12 issues
show
|
|
|
Vampirella #28
April 10, 2013
|
|
I enjoyed half of the story and and visuals were average to poor. If you're a hard core Vampirella fan, you'll buy this no matter what I say. If you're new to Vampy, don'tpurchase this;find a copy of VampirellaStrikes instead.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vampirella #30
June 26, 2013
|
|
Insanity spills from every page at a breakneck pace. If you breathe you might miss something. Vampirella in the future is fun!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vampirella #34
September 18, 2013
|
|
This is a terrific entry point for new readers. This series is so much more than a curvaceous vampire strutting about in a tight, revealing outfit. Though, there's something to be said for that as well.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vampirella #35
October 20, 2013
|
|
If you think Vampirella is the story of a lone little vampire looking for a nibble or two, I strongly suggest you pick this book up and see how wrong you are. Supernatural forces collide with results that could reshape the world and Vampirella is in the center of it. Why don't you pull up a seat and enjoy the show?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vampirella #36
November 22, 2013
|
|
This has been a tremendous run and this was a tremendously emotionally packed ending. You'll either love it or hate it, since it's done. Me? I loved this.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vampirella (2014) |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Vampirella #8
January 10, 2015
|
|
Supernatural beings are trying to start the Apocalypse and only Vampirella can stop them. A trip to this dark side couldn't be better.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vampirella #5 |
Jul 10, 2016
show
|
|
The first arc wraps up well with some appropriately scary visuals. This shows the famous heroine at her best, taking out a foe with glee.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vampirella #0 |
Feb 21, 2017
show
|
|
Many unanswered questions, cool retro visuals, and a price that cannot be beat make this a book to find. I'm on board for the regular series, Dynamite. Give me more! And do more "introductory priced" issues for other series!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vampirella (2019) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Vampirella #1
August 11, 2019
|
|
This is everything I could have hoped for in this debut. Shocks, horror, the undead, humor, thrills, and one heck of a mystery. I'll gladly empty my wallet for more Vampirella like this. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vampirella #2
November 3, 2019
|
|
Horror, humor, and shocking visuals make this a Vampirella for the ages. Add nuns with guns into this book and it becomes epic. You ain't read Vampirella until you've read this book! Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vampirella / Red Sonja (2019) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Vampirella / Red Sonja #1
September 10, 2019
|
|
A fantastic period piece with two characters out of place. I love the time period of this book and the mystery that draws Vampirella to Russia is great. The visuals are excellent, capturing the time and the fantastic elements extremely well. I'm incredibly interested to see where this is going. Russia in 1969 is going to get redder with Vampirella and Sonja meeting.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vampirella / Red Sonja #2
October 27, 2019
|
|
The heroes meet and investigate an unknown Russian base. The story is fantastic, with the justification for their meeting solid, with each character remaining absolutely true to their past incarnations. I love the humor, the action, and the tone of this tale. The visuals are also incredibly strong. I love out of place Sonja trying to deal with modern day Vampirella. When the characters go into action they are great. This is the team up of the year! Track this down!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vampirella Strikes |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Vampirella Strikes #1
January 4, 2013
|
|
The last time I read a new Vampirella book it was a black and white magazine in the 1980′s. I picked up this book because I made a New Year's resolution I'd try one new book every week. Who knew I'd hit gold coming out of the gate? This is a story of extreme evil and good with poor little Vampirella in the middle. The art and the coloring are really good, too! I came into this book knowing only who this character was and I left it knowing I want to read more! Thank you, Dyanmite, for starting a new reader right in a new year!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vampirella Strikes #5
May 1, 2013
|
|
Like Ezekiel, I should be careful what I ask for, because I may get it, but I'm going to continue to ask Dynamite to keep all of these creators together because they're making great books!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vampirella: NuBlood #1 |
Mar 01, 2013
show
|
|
|
|
|
Vampirella: Southern Gothic |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Vampirella: Southern Gothic #1
August 14, 2013
|
|
A common Southern clich uttered is “Y'all, c'mon back now, y'hear!” Vampirella doesn't say this in this issue, but I got the feeling she was to me, and I will definitely return. Action, thrills and a great start. I'm in for the haul.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vampirella: Southern Gothic #2
September 15, 2013
|
|
The mystery deepens, with more pieces of the puzzle laid out and demons trying to keep Vampirella from the truth. But what is going on in this town? I don't know, but I'm sure enjoying the ride along the way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vampirella: Southern Gothic #3
October 22, 2013
|
|
A wonderful continuation of a Southern supernatural mess with our sweetheart smack dab in the middle of it. You don't have to be a redneck to enjoy this book, but Vampirella would certainly give anyone a red neck if they picked it up. To use a clich, “Com'n get it!”
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Van Helsing vs. Dracula |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Van Helsing vs. Dracula #3
November 1, 2015
|
|
If you'd like to try a Zenescope book, you can jump in here and be fully caught up. The story is good and the art spectacular. This lives up to the hype as it looks to put down the undead. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Van Helsing vs. Robyn Hood |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Van Helsing vs. Robyn Hood #1
January 10, 2018
|
|
A solid start with a story that promises a lot of thrills and surprises. However, the art is incomplete when it comes to settings; the character work is fine, but the locations were lacking. Fans of both characters should enjoy this book, but new readers might put it back on the shelves due to the visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Van Helsing vs. Robyn Hood #2
February 17, 2018
|
|
Robyn has gone vampire and Liesel has been captured. I love the action that both characters encounter and the visuals give the leads some awesome moments. If you're a fan of either character, you'll want to pick this up. If you've never read either's exploits, this is a terrific introduction.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Van Helsing vs. Robyn Hood #4
April 19, 2018
|
|
A great conclusion to a fun series. The action is good, the dialogue great, and the visuals solid. The only thing that could make this better is if it were an ongoing series. Now that this pair has teamed up, I want more. Maybe in the sequel, Liesel could get bit? Oh, Zenescope…
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Van Helsing vs. The Mummy of Amun-Ra |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Van Helsing vs. The Mummy of Amun-Ra #1
February 12, 2017
|
|
Zenescope does it again: this series captures horrors and heroics superbly. This is an excellent inroad for new readers and a slick continuation for those who've been following Liesel for some time. I'm looking forward to this story's run.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Van Helsing: Sword of Heaven |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Van Helsing: Sword of Heaven #1
December 19, 2018
|
|
Here's a formula for success: Liesel Van Helsing, vampires, and India. Here's a formula to guarantee success: Dixon, Abrera, Araujo, and Temofonte. An action packed start with the hero in an unusual setting, fighting foes that are different from those she's fought before, racing to find a secret artifact that could end her neverending quest. Whew! There's a lot of good stuff in this issue that should be in your hands.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Van Helsing: Sword of Heaven #2
December 31, 2018
|
|
Smart, thrilling, entertaining, and visually engaging. This is a book that flies high above others. I'm really looking forward to Liesel's journey through India to rid the world of vampires once and for all.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vengeance of Vampirella #1 |
Oct 08, 2019
show
|
|
Not much Vampirella as this issue is setting the stage for her return. I was interested by the story, though I didn't exactly understand what was going on. I really liked every element of the visuals: art, colors, and letters. I'm definitely coming back for more to see how the title character is going to save this world from Nyx.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Venomverse #1 |
Sep 21, 2017
show
|
|
A great beginning that captures the spirit of fun of 1980s Marvel comics. There's nothing deep, just action and adventure starring Venom and slew of familiar faces bonded to a symbiote. If more Marvel comics were like this, I'd be buying more Marvel comics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Volition #1 |
Sep 11, 2018
show
|
|
This is a very polished introduction to this world which has an amazing amount of depth. The robotic leads are very engaging and I'm looking forward to seeing what happens when these two finally meet. The visuals are incredibly detailed, bringing this incredible world to life spectacularly. The visuals are so good, I'd love to see this collected in a larger format so that all of the details could be more easily examined. This is a dream for fans of science fiction: robots, mystery, and sumptuous visuals. AfterShock Comics continues to show it's a leader in world building books.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
War of the Realms |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
War of the Realms #1
April 6, 2019
|
|
You've got to buy this book. This is modern Marvel Comics at their finest. Every hero gets a great scene and the villains are glorious. Even if you haven't read a Marvel Comic in years, you can jump in and be instantly immersed in this tale. The visuals are staggeringly epic, be they the inhabitants of the realms or the familiar faces on Earth. This is why comic books continue to thrive and inspire. This War is for everyone. Get a copy while you can. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
War of the Realms #2
May 14, 2019
|
|
Every hero and villain gets a moment, before the final two pages focus on the most important scene for a specific character. The story is epic, with heroes and villains clashing, while civilians run for shelter. The visuals would have received an A+ had there not been so much horrific computer blurring that only points how ineffective the technique is in comic books. I'd still recommend this book to any fan who wants to read a super hero saga.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
War Stories |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
War Stories #2
October 30, 2014
|
|
Reading this book makes me want to learn more about the war. If a comic can inspire someone to learn more about one of the biggest turning points in history, it's got to be good. This is.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
War Stories #3
December 5, 2014
|
|
I'm so glad I picked this and the previous two issues up. Jointly thrilling and terrifying, this is a superb book from Avatar Press. It made me think of all the men who made this journey so many years ago.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Warhammer 40,000: Revelations #2 |
Apr 19, 2017
show
|
|
I'm a huge fan of George Mann, and he was the reason I picked up this book and tracked down the issue before it. I'm going to read the next two issues, I can't stop halfway through. However, I was disappointed in this, but I'm hoping that the conclusion will impress.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Warlord of Mars |
14 issues
show
|
|
|
Warlord of Mars #15
February 3, 2012
|
|
I've never read any of this series from Dynamite. And all I can say is, “Can you forgive me?” Why have I not picked this book up before? And why isn't the internet, and fandom in general, singing the utter awesomeness of this book? Now, if you'll excuse me, I need to get back to my local comic book store and find some back issues or trade reprints, 'cause I've got some serious catching up to do!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Warlord of Mars #16
April 10, 2012
|
|
This is my newest favorite comic. I can gasp at the machismo of the dialogue and swoon at the art. I bow down to all involved with this fantastic book!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Warlord of Mars #23
March 1, 2013
|
|
If this comic, or any comic for that matter, is true to its source material, the fans will enjoy it. I'd like to put in my two cents as a John Carter fan since I was twelve and say you don't have to be a fan to enjoy this comic, like I do, but if you try this book you might become one.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Warlord of Mars #24
May 8, 2013
|
|
An action-packed adventure with astounding artwork and awesome coloring and amazing lettering. With this many “A” adjectives is is a surprise what I think of this book?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Warlord of Mars #28
October 16, 2013
|
|
Another outstanding chapter that makesme wish Barsoom was a real place. The greatest gift a comic can give a reader is the dream for the characters and places to be real. And what a lovely dream this is.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Warlord of Mars #29
November 27, 2013
|
|
The plot is revealed, the course is set, and John Carter and Tars Tarkas are Barsoom's only hope. This book continues to thrill and impress. Highly recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Warlord of Mars: Dejah Thoris |
12 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
What If?: Magik #1 |
Nov 06, 2018
show
|
|
This is too good to be a one-off: it needs to be a monthly or miniseries. The story is the best magical Marvel tale I've read in decades. The visuals capture the mundane world and the magical realm flawlessly. Marvel, make more for these characters with these creators as soon as you can. It's money in the bank. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
When My Heart Was Wicked #1 |
Feb 22, 2015
show
|
|
This is the story of a girl trying to adapt to a new, unwelcome environment. There is implied fantasy, but none truly exists. I would have preferred author Stirling make the magic real, rather than it be the irrational ramblings of two characters in desperate need of intervention. This is a shame, because Lacy is so likable, until she goes off on one of her many magical memories.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Where Monsters Dwell |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Where Monsters Dwell #2
June 25, 2015
|
|
This is the best book of the week. It's funny, exciting, and surprising. One moment I'm laughing out loud, then I'm squirming at the dinosaur attacks, and then I'm absorbing the grandeur of the setting. Highest possible recommendation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Where Monsters Dwell #5
November 1, 2015
|
|
This series wraps up well, but not visually. A tale like this would have made a better short story than visual read. I'm glad I bought it, though it didn't follow the “monsters” I was expecting.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Wings of Fire: Moon Rising #1 |
May 18, 2015
show
|
|
An excellent adventure set at a school for dragons where dark secrets are revealed. Highly enjoyable and it left me wanting more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Winterworld #1 |
Jun 17, 2014
show
|
|
You don't need zombies to make the end of the world scary, only a change of climate and a lot of desperate survivors. Winter World is cool escapism from the hot summer nights.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Witchfinder |
9 issues
show
|
|
|
Witchfinder: The Gates of Heaven #1
June 10, 2018
|
|
A mystery with supernatural overtones begins that slowly spirals into something much more massive. One of the joys of a Grey tale is not knowing where the story is going and this is one of this book's strengths. I love stories that start small and then grow into something massive and this, too, is a strength. The art grew on me, eventually, though it did pull me out of the reading experience occasionally. This looks to be the start of something wonderful.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Witchfinder: The Gates of Heaven #2
July 15, 2018
|
|
A history is revealed, a source becomes a closed door, and a famous face appears. I love the stories where the hero has a goal but doesn't know where it will take him — that's the case with Grey in this story. Outstanding tension and great visuals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Witchfinder: The Gates of Heaven #3
July 31, 2018
|
|
The midpoint has been reached, but the Witchfinder is no closer to a solution. More clues are revealed, a classic character gets a backstory, and something appears. The characters are fantastic, the mystery delicious, and the visuals wonderful. This is everything you want in a book.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Witchfinder: The Gates of Heaven #4
November 28, 2018
|
|
Someone pays the ultimate price for investigating the supernatural, while the heroes finally get a lead. The opening action is great, but the reason for moving forward is too easy and quick. However, once onto this new lead, things are interesting, though it is mostly dialogue. A lot is being saved up for the finale, I'm sure. The visuals continue to impress, with art, colors, and letters creating a memorable reading experience.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Witchfinder: The Gates of Heaven #5
December 30, 2018
|
|
The Gates of Heaven are opened, but what is going to come out? Great story with tons of horrors, action, and a fair amount of humor. The visuals are stunning for the art and colors, with even the lettering contributing to the tone of this nail biter. Grey can't return soon enough.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Wolverine and the X-Men (2011) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #9
April 19, 2012
|
|
I bought this book because it was a tie-in to A Vs X, but I didn't want a prequel. This was an okay book, but not one I'd purchase again unless it really contributes to the crossover.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Wonder Woman: Rebirth #1 |
Jun 27, 2016
show
|
|
This Rebirth left me unsatisfied. The story is nothing but questions, with the biggest being What in this book compels me to buy the monthly? Nothing.The visuals are fine, but I'm seeing nothing that's recalling the book's visual glory days from over two decades ago. I'll eyeball the first regular issue, but if the visuals don't impress, I'll be passing on this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Wonder Woman/Conan |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Wonder Woman/Conan #1
September 29, 2017
|
|
Icon characters meet and battle, providing unparalleled excitement for readers. The story is exceptionally true to both characters and is immensely enjoyable. The visuals are wonderful with an exceptional eye for detail. This is a pairing that should be part of every collector's cache. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Wonder Woman/Conan #2
October 22, 2017
|
|
This is the battle that fans wanted to see and it delivers. Simone has a perfect understanding of how each character should act, while Lopresti and Ryan know how each should look. Plenty of action and wonderful visuals make this a fan's dream come true.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Wonder Woman/Conan #3
November 21, 2017
|
|
Survival on the ocean is interrupted by two supernatural villains. The story is great, with the conversations between the heroes being particular highlights, and the visuals awesome. This is a great series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Wonder Woman/Conan #4
January 30, 2018
|
|
Wonder Woman and Conan come to a town to eat and drink, with the latter getting them into trouble. The story is progressing well, but thankfully takes a pause so both leads can learn more about each other, as well as bash some heads. The artwork is fantastic, showing Lopresti and Ryan to be at the top of their game. This team-up continues to be enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Wonderland: Birth of Madness #1 |
Jun 03, 2017
show
|
|
An enjoyable one-shot that serves as an excellent primer on Wonderland's past. Hopefully this will relaunch the series, much in the way that Grimm Fairy Tales has restarted.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
World Reader |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
World Reader #2
June 15, 2017
|
|
You've never seen space like this. If you're looking for something different in science fiction, you want World Reader. The story and art are wonderful. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
World Reader #3
June 17, 2017
|
|
A character's past is made plain, while a discovery remains unclear. World Readerpulls you in and won't let go. I eagerly await the next installment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
World Reader #4
July 15, 2017
|
|
No other book captures the wonders and horrors of space like World Reader. The story thrusts the reader not only into space, but the supernatural realm, where a monster consumes the dead. Mesmerizing story and art. Absolutely recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
World Reader #5
August 13, 2017
|
|
A dark secret is revealed and death comes, but not from the entity that eats souls. The story twists and turns wonderfully, while the art goes where no comic has gone before. This is a science fiction tale that will blow your mind and overload your eyes. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
World Reader #6
September 23, 2017
|
|
A terrific conclusion to the most cosmic tale in comics. The story is fantastic and the imagery is mind blowing. World Reader will rock your world.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
World's Finest #0 |
Sep 07, 2012
show
|
|
Of the five “Zero Issues” I read this week, this was my favorite. Exciting story and slamming art! This delivers the goods and then some!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
X |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
X #0
April 12, 2013
|
|
This is a depressing, dark book where everything seems hopeless. Why would I spend three dollars a month to get depressed? The Walking Dead has more hope than this book! I'll give the “official” first issue a try, but if it's more of the same, why bother?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
X #1
May 12, 2013
|
|
I'm out. The story is okay, but the art is killing me. If you enjoyed Barbara Gordon, pre-The Killing Joke, and Batman working together, this looks poised to deliver the same type of stories only with more violence.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
X-Files Conspiracy |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
|
|
X-Files Conspiracy: Ghostbusters #1 |
Jan 26, 2014
show
|
|
Funny, cool, and a great pairing of two famous genre teams. Fans of either group wouldenjoy this, as would the casual reader.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
X-Files Conspiracy: The Crow #1 |
Mar 20, 2014
show
|
|
|
|
|
X-Files Conspiracy: TMNT #1 |
Feb 24, 2014
show
|
|
Terrific story with disappointing art. This is quite the shame because the story was so well executed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
X-Files Conspiracy: Transformers #1 |
Feb 26, 2014
show
|
|
|
|
|
X-Men: Legacy #266 |
May 15, 2012
show
|
|
I really did not want to like this book. I was a hard core mutant maniac back in the day, but by adding Gambit and relocating to Austrailia, broke my heart, and I couldn't stand any mutant books. But with this focus on Rogue, a great story with great art, I'm worried this could return me to mutantdom again.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
X-Men: Red #1 |
Feb 13, 2018
show
|
|
The story goes in an interesting direction, though the visuals are disappointing. I'll check out the next issue, but if the visuals are the same, this will probably be the only issue I purchase.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Xena: Warrior Princess |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Xena: Warrior Princess #1
April 16, 2016
|
|
Readers can rejoice for Xena is back! This is a terrific introductory issue that will please the most fervent fans and bring others into the fold. Thank you, Dynamite, for continuing her adventures!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Xena: Warrior Princess #2
May 21, 2016
|
|
The plot thickens as the cast expands and Xena and Gabrielle have a mission, but one is keeping a terrible secret. Xena's saga continues to burn brightly with this series. Recommended.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Xena: Warrior Princess #4
August 9, 2016
|
|
Two artists with conflicting styles hurt the appeal of this issue. The story remains strong, but the change up in visuals took me out of the book. With only one artist illustrating the next issue, my hopes are high for improvement.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Year of the Demon #1 |
Oct 23, 2014
show
|
|
This book was found in the science fiction sectionat my local Barnes & Noble and it shouldn't have been there. This is a straightforward historical fiction novel. I was expecting a bill of goods I did notreceive. This was three stories in one, with none being satisfactory. I will not read another book by Steve Bein again involving these characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Zodiac #1 |
Mar 23, 2019
show
|
|
This character is killer! Heaven help you if you get in his way. Great action and snazzy visuals make this one to pick up. The only thing about this book that makes me sad is that it's only three issues long. Sorry, Zenescope. A book this good deserves to keep going. Recommended!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|